ACADEMIC BRIEF (VOLUME II) - Funai

FEDERAL 

UNIVERSITY 

NDUFU ALIKE, 

IKWO 

FEDERAL UNIVERSITY NDUFU ALIKE, IKWO 

EBONYI STATE 

ACADEMIC BRIEF (VOLUME II)

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Title Page i 

Table of Contents ii 

Biochemistry/Molecular Biology, Biology, Botany, Zoology, 

Biotechnology and Microbiology 

B. Sc Degree in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 1 

B. Sc Degree in Biological Sciences (Biology) 14 

Course Description, Biology Programme 19 

B. Sc, Botany Degree Programme 23 

B. Sc, Zoology Programmes 29 

Course Description, Zoology 32 

B. Sc Biotechnology Degree 35 

Course Description 42 

B. Sc Microbiology Degree Programme 47 

Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and Informatics 56 

B. Sc Mathematics 56 

Course Descriptions, Mathematics 63 

Computer Science 75 

B. Sc, Computer Science Degree 75 


Statistics 89 


Chemistry 101 

B. Sc Degree in Applied Chemistry 101 


Physics with Electronics 121 


Geology 140 

B. Sc Degree in Geology 140 

Course Synopsis 144 

Applied Geophysics 150 

B. Sc Degree in Applied Geophysics 150 


Faculty of Humanities and the Social Sciences 157 

2 

1

English 158 

B. A Degree in English 158 


History 168 

B. A Degree in History 168 


Linguistics and Nigerian Languages 184 

B. A in Linguistics and Nigerian Languages 184 


Igbo/Linguistics 195 

Degree in Igbo/Linguistics Combined Honours 195 


Igbo 201 

B. A Degree in Igbo 201 

Foreign Languages 207 

B. A Degree in French 207 

Visual Communication and Creative Arts 219 

B. A. Degree in Visual Arts 219 


Theatre and Media Arts 233 

B. A Degree in Theatre and Media Arts 233 


Economics 248 

B. A Degree in Economics 248 

Use of English 253 

Distribution of Courses in Political Science 267 

Distribution of Courses in Psychology 276 

Distribution of Courses in Sociology 288 

B. Sc Degree in Accounting 306 

B. Sc Degree in Business Administration 332 

3

BIOCHEMISTRY/MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, BIOLOGY, BOTANY, 

ZOOLOGY, BIOTECHNOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY. 

B.Sc. DEGREE IN BIOCHEMISTRY/MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

Philosophy, Aims and Objectives of the Degree Programme 

The main aims and objectives of the degree programme in biochemistry should be: 

� To provide students with a broad and balanced foundation of biochemical and molecular 

biology knowledge and practical skills 

� To develop in students the ability to apply knowledge and skills to solving theoretical 

and practical problems in biochemistry and molecular biology. 

� To develop in students, a range of transferable skills that are of value in biochemical and 

non-biochemical employment 

� To provide students with knowledge and skills base from which they can proceed to 

further studies in specialized areas of biochemistry or multi-disciplinary areas involving 

biochemistry and molecular biology. 

� To provide, through training and orientation, an appreciation of the salutary rewards of 

inter- and multi-disciplinary approach to the solution of complex life problems 

� To generate in students an appreciation of the importance of biochemistry and molecular 

biology in industrial, economic, environmental, technological and social development 

� To instill in students a sense enthusiasm for biochemistry and molecular biology, an 

appreciation of its application in different contexts and to involve them in an 

intellectually stimulating and satisfying experience of learning and studying. 

ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English 

Language, Mathematics, to form the core course with credit in three other relevant science 

4

courses Biology, Chemistry, Technical drawing Agricultural Science and Geography at the 

Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and at least a pass in Physics. In addition, 

an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100-level is 

required. For the B.Sc. Programme in Biochemistry, candidates must have credit level passes in 

Biology, Chemistry and Physics. . 

Expected duration for UME candidates shall be 4 years. 

Expected duration for Direct Entry (DE) candidates with two A level passes (graded A-.E) at the 

Advanced Level in one or more relevant subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, 

Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – year degree programme into 200-Level. 

YEAR I 

100 LEVEL COURSES 

Course Code Course Title Units Status 

GST 121 Library Skills 2 

GST 111 Use of English I 2 

GST 122 Use of English II 2 

BIO 101 General Biology I 3 

BIO 102 General Biology II 3 

BIO 108 General Biology Lab. I 1 

CHM 101 General Chemistry I 3 

CHM 102 General Chemistry II 3 

CHM 107 General Chemistry Lab. 1 

PHY 101 General Physics I 3 

PHY 102 General Physics II 2 

PHY 107 General Physics Laboratory 1 

MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 3 

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 3 

CMP 101 Introductory Computer Science 1 

TOTAL 34 

5

YEAR II 



BCH 201 General Biochemistry I 3 

BCH 202 General Biochemistry II 3 

BIO 201 Genetics I 2 

BIO 204 Biological Techniques 2 

CHM 210 Physical Chemistry II 2 

CHM 212 Inorganic Chemistry II 2 

CHM 211 Organic Chemistry II 2 

CHM 215 Chemistry Practical 2 

MCB 201 General Microbiology 3 

STA 202 Statistics for Biologists 4 

GST 112 Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence 2 

GST 113 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 

CMP 201 Computer Programming I 3 

CMP202 Computer Programming II 3 

GST 222: Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 

GST 223 Enterpreneurial Studies I 2 

TOTAL 37 

6 

2

YEAR III 



BCH 301 Enzymology 3 

BIO 301 Genetics II 3 

BCH 302 Metabolism of Carbohydrates 2 

BCH 303 Metabolism of Lipids 2 

BCH 304 Metabolism of Amino Acids and Protein 2 

BCH 305 Metabolism of Nucleic Acids 2 

BCH 306 Methods in Biochemistry 2 

BCH 307 Membrane Biochemistry 1 

BCH 308 Food and Nutritional Biochemistry 2 

MCB 424 Microbial Physiology & Metabolism 2 

BCH 311 General Biochemistry Lab. I 1 

BCH 310 Bioenergetics 1 

CHM 301 Physical Chemistry III 2 

BCH 314 

Bio-informatics Methods 

BCH 315 Computational Biology & Bio-informatics 

MCB 412 Microbial Genetics/Molecular Biology 4 

CHM 312 Instructional Methods of Analysis 2 

GST 311 Entrepreneurial Studies II 2 

BCH 399 Student Industrial Work Experience 3 

TOTAL 42 

7 

2 

4

YEAR IV 



BCH 401 Advanced Enzymology 2 

BCH 402 Biosynthesis of Macromolecules 1 

BCH 404 Bioinorganic Chemistry 1 

BCH 405 Biotechnology & Genetic Engineering 3 

BCH 406 Metabolic Regulations 2 

BCH 408 Biochemical Reasoning 1 

BCH 409 Special Topics/Seminar in Biochemistry 2 

BCH 411 Research Project 6 

MCB 307 Immunnology 3 

TOTAL 21 

Biochemistry option 

BCH 403 Tissue Biochemistry 1 

BCH 407 Plant Biochemistry 2 

BCH 410 Advance Biochemical Methods 2 

BCH 412 Industrial Biochemistry 3 

BCH 413 Pharmaceutical Biochemistry 2 

TOTAL 10 

Molecular Biology option 

BCH 415 Molecular Genetics 3 

BCH 416 Recombinant DNA Technology 3 

BCH 417 Molecular Biology Techniques 2 

BCH 418 Model Organisms in Human Genome Project 3 

TOTAL 11 

8

COURSE DESCRIPTION 

Biochemistry Programme 

BCH 201 & 202: General Biochemistry I & ll: (6 Units) (LH 70: PH 20) 

Chemistry of amino acids, proteins, and their derivatives; methods of isolation and 

identification acidity and alkalinity, pH and pKa values and their effects on cellular activities; 

Buffers. Chemistry/Structures of carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic. acids. Primary, Secondary, 

tertiary and quartenary structures of proteins; determination and biochemical applications of the 

structures. Nomenclature of nucleosides, and nucleotides; effects of acid and alkali on 

hydrolysis of nucleic acids. Structures and functions of major cell compotre1ilts; procariotic 

versus eukaryotic organisms. 

BCH 301 Enzymology: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Vitamins and co-enzymes. Fat and water soluble vitamins. Structures and functions of vitamins 

and co-enzymes. Classification and nomenclature of enzymes. Genetics of enzymes and 

inhibition. Mechanisms of enzyme-catalysed reactions. Effects of temperature, pH, ions and 

inhibitors on enzyme catalysed reactions. Michaelis Menten Equation. Allosteric/Regulatory 

enzymes. Active sites of enzymes. Estimation of kinetic parameters – enzyme activities, Km, 

Vrnax, Ki, etc. Zymogen activation, digestive enzymes etc. Production, isolation, purification 

and characterization of enzymes. Recent advances in enzymology. 

BCH 302 Metabolism of Carbohydrates (2 Units) (LH 30: PH0) 

Degradation and digestion of carbohydrates - sugars, storage polysaccharides and cell walls. 

Reactions of sugars. Glycolysis, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, the phosphogluconate pathway the 

glyoxylate pathway; the pentose phosphate pathway and the cori cycle: the calvin pathway. 

Gluconeogenesis and glyconeogenesis. Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism. 

BCH 303 Metabolism of Lipids: (2 Units) (LH30: PH 0) 

Classification of lipids - fatty acids, triglycerides, gy cosylglyceroles, phospholipids, waxes, 

prostaglandins. Lipid micceles, monolagers bilayers Lipoprotein systems. Oxidation and 

synthesis of fatty acids; cholesterol synthesis. Formation of ketone bodies. Integration of lipid 

metabolism. Acetic acid as a central precursor for biosynthesis of lipids. 

9

BCH 304 Metabolism of Amino Acids And Proteins: (2 Units) (LH 30:PH 0) 

Amino acids as building blocks of proteins; covalent backbone of proteins; Amino acid sequence 

of proteins. Protein isolation, fractionation, purification and characterization of proteins. 

Biological functions of proteins. Oxidative degradation of amino acids and metabolism of one 

carbon units. Biosynthesis of amino acids and some derivatives; the urea cycle; metabolism of 

inorganic nitrogen. Disorders of amino acid metabolism. 

BCH 305 Metabolism of Nucleic Acids: (2 Units) (LH30: PH 0) 

Genome organisation and biosynthesis of. proteins. Metabolism of purines and pyrimidines, 

nucleosides and nucleotides; abnormalities in nucleic acid metabolismxeroderma 

pigmentation.and skin cancer. 

(Pre-requisite BCH: 304) 

BCH 306 Method In Biochemistry: (2 Units).(LH 0 PH 60) 

Principles of instrumentation. Principles. methodologies and applications of dectrophonesis 

Chromatography, thin layer chromatography, spectroscopy and spectrophotometry 

centrifugation" (and isotopic techniques). 

(Pre-requisite BCH 201) 

BCH 307 Membrane Biochemistry: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

Structure, composition and functions of \biological membranes. Isolation, characterization and 

classification of membranes; chemistry and biosynthesis of membranes. Molecular organization 

of membrane components. Natural and artificial membrane bilayers - the unit membrane 

hypothesis Membrane transport system – active versus passive transport systems. Transport of 

sugars and amino acids; ionophores. 

BCH 308 Food and Nutritional Biochemistry: (1Unit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

An introduction to the theory and application of physical and chemical methods for determining 

the constituents of food. Food processing, preservation and storage of traditional foods - root 

and stem tubers, fruits and fruit drinks, seeds and grains~ green and vegetables. Food poisoning 

and intoxication; prevention and cure. Food nutrients; Energy values of foods and energy 

expenditure by mammalians. Nutritive value of foods - carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, 

mineral elements and water. Nutritional disorders, prevention and therapy. Nutritional status and 

nutritional requirements. Recommended dietary allowances. Assessment of nutritional status. 

10

Nutrient requirements in relation to Physical, activity and ageing, diet and disease, obesity and 

under nutrition. 

BCH 310 Bioenergetics: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

High-energy compounds; Chemical potentials, Electrochemical potentials, Electron transport 

system and oxidative phosphorylation; Regulation of ATP production. Chemical 

thermodynamics; Oxidations and reductions. 

BCH 311 General Biochemical Methods (Practical): (2 Units) (LH:0 PH 60) 

Practical laboratory exercises in areas of interest of academic staff to cut across a wide spectrum 

of general biochemistry. Laboratory practicals may be arranged on the basis of 6 hours or 3 

hours per week for a second semester. 

Bch 314 Bio-informatics method: (Practical): (2 Units) (LH:0 PH 60) 

Internet basics. Introduction to NCBI Web sites. Introduction to Data bases. 

BCH 315 Computational Biology & Bio-informatics (4units) (LH 60: PH:0) 

Introduction to Genomics - information flow in biology, DNA sequence data, experimental 

approach to genome sequence data, genome information resources. Functional Proteomics - 

protein sequence and structural data, protein information resources and secondary data bases. 

Computational Genomics - Internet basics, biological data analysis and application, sequence 

data bases, NCBI model, file format. Sequence alignment & data base search - Protein primary 

sequence analysis, DNA sequence analysis, pair wise sequence alignment, FASTA algorithm, 

BLAST, multiple sequence alignment, DATA base searching using BLAST and FASTA.5. 

Structural data bases - Small molecules data bases, protein information resources, protein data 

bank. 

BCH 399 Students Industrial Work Experience (SIWES) (3 Units) 

Students will be attached to some industrial organizations for 3 months, the exact period being 

determined by the institution. 

BCR 401: Advanced Enzymology: (2 Units) (LH 3015: PH:0). 

Steady state enzyme. kinetics. Transcient kinetic methods. Chemistry of enzyme catalysis. 

Regulatory enzymes. Molecular models for allosterism. Multienzyme complexes. Enzyme 

11

assays. Criteria for determining purity of enzymes. Enzyme reconstitution. Regulation of 

enzyme activity and synthesis 

(Pre-Requisite BCH 311) 

BCH 402 Biosynthesis of Macromolecules: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

Structure and functions of macromolecules. Storage and structural polysaccharides; 

mucopolysaccharides, glycoproteins, bacterial cell wall synthesis of complex lipids, lipoproteins 

and nucleic acids. 

BCH 403 Tissue Biochemistry: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

Biochemistry of muscles, kidney, liver, and adipose tissues. General metabolism of the brain and 

neuronal bochemistry. Biochemistry of reproductive tissues. Detoxification and excretion in 

tissues. 

BCH 404 Bioinorganic Chemistry: (lUnit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

Relationship between the physicochemical properties and biological functions of inorganic ions. 

Ligand complexes and their biochemical significance. Electrolyte metabolism. Nitrogen fixation 

and sulphur cycle. 

BCH 405 Genetic Engineering: (3 Units) LH 45: PH 0) 

Replication, transcription and translation - a brief review. The genetic code and its relationship 

to cellular functions. DNA replication in a cell-free system. Genetic transformation, 

transfunction and conjugation. Gene mutation, mutagenic agents and thin applications to gene- 

transfer. Gene mapping. Structure of eucaryotic genome. Recombinant DNA and its application. 

Hybridomas. 

BCH 406 Metabolic Regulations: (2 Units) (LH 30: PH 0) 

The relationship of Krebs' Cycle to protein, carbohydrate, lipid and nucleic acids metabolism. 

Integration of metabolic pathways. Tum-over rates and metabolic pools. Regulation of enzymes 

of metabolic pathways-feed back inhibition versus enzyme synthesis. Catabolite repression, end 

product repression, the lactose operon and arabinose operon. Identification of different 

regulatory mechanism in metabolic pathways. 

12

BCH 407 Plant Biochemistry: (2Units)LH 30:PH 0) 

Organization of plant cells, photosynthesis, alkaloids and flavonoids, Plant hormones. 

Biosynthesis of carotenoid Pigments, Biochemistry of Plant Development. The plant cell wall 

structure, formation and growth. Lignin formation. Free amino acids, pyrimidines, purines and 

nucleosides in plants. Metabolism of auxins, gibberelins and cytokinins. Synthetic growth 

regulators and herbicides. Structure - function relationship of plant hormones. 

BCH 408 Biochemical Reasoning: [1 Unit] L 15: PH 0] 

Evaluation and design of experimental biochemistry from available information and data. 

Analysis, interpretation and inference - drawing from biochemical research data. 

BCH 409 Special Topics/Seminar in Biochemistry: (2 Units) 

Hormones, immunochemistry, oncology, brain biochemistry, monoclonal antibodies. These 

may be taught or seminars may be given by academic Staff and Students. 

BCH 410 Advanced Biochemical Methods (PRACTICAL): (2 Units) (LH 0: P60) 

The purpose of this course is to familiarise students with operations of latest biochemical 

equipment and with methods of research, assimilation and dissemination of information. 

Students will go therefore round lecturers and laboratories housing specialized equipment with 

the aim of exposing them to such equipment under the supervision of lecturer. Part of the course 

will also cover the effective use of the library, preparation of dissertations or theses, papers for 

journal publications and journal reviews. Special assignments and essays will be given to 

students. 

BCD 411 Research Projects: (6 Units) 

Independent research findings into selected areas/topics of interest to the academic staff. 

Students will be required to carry out literature survey on the topics, perform experiments and 

produce reports (preferably at the end of second semester). Students will be subjected to both 

seminar and oral examination on the projects undertaken. 

13

BCH 412 Industrial Biochemistry: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

A short review of microbial physiology and genetics. A review of general metabolic pathways 

and application in industrial processes. Continuous culture methods, principles and applications. 

The chemostat and its application in industrial fermentations. Fermentations - alcoholic, amino 

acid antibiotics and other secondary metabolites. Primary and secondary metabolism. Process 

evaluation and development. Over production of metabolites - amino acids, taste enhancers, 

vitamins, toxin, etc. Methods for screenmg and selecting micro-organisms of industrial 

importance. Induction of mutation in micro-organism and plants for the purpose of over 

production; Strain selection/development and enhancement. Gene dosage and its . application in 

industrial processes. 

BCH 413 Pharmacological Biochemistry: (2 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Cellular metabolism in infected cells. Biochemical aspects of host-parasite relationships. 

Metabolic factors affecting chemotherapeutic agents. Theories of the mechanism of drug action. 

Drug resistances and other factors affecting drug efficacy. The physiological and biochemical 

action of some selected drugs. Nigerian traditional medicinal plants in the management and 

therapy of common ailments in Nigerian - malaria, sickle cell anaemia, common cold, hepatitis, 

etc. 

BCH 415 Molecular Genetics : (3 Units) (LH 60: PH 0) 

How to clone a gene - What is a clone, Overview of the procedure, Gene library, Hybridization. 

Purification and Separation of nucleic acids – Extraction and Purification of nucleic 

acids,Detection and Quantitation of Nucleic acids, Gel Electrophoresis. Cutting and Joining 

DNA – Restriction Endonucleases, Ligation, Alkaline Phosphate, Double Digest, Modification 

of Restriction Fragments ends, Other Ways of joining DNA Molecules. Vectors – Plasmid 

vectors, ectors based on the lambda Bacteriophage, Cosmids, M13 vectors, Expression vectors, 

Vectors for cloning and expression in Eukaryotic cells, Super vectors : YACs and BACs. 

Amplifying DNA : PCR and Cell based DNA Cloning – The importance of DNA Cloning,PCR : 

basic features and application, Principles of Cell-based DNA Cloning, Cloning System for 

amplifying different sized fragments, Cloning System for producing single-stranded and 

mutagenized DNA. Nucleic Acid Hybridization: Principle and application - Preparation of 

nucleic probes, Principle of Nucleic acid hybridization, Nucleic acid hybridization assays, and 

microarrays. 

14

BCH 416: Recombinant DNA Technology : (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 0) 

Gene Recombination and Gene transfer : Bacterial Conjugation, Transformation, Transduction, 

Episomes, Plasmids, Microinjection, Electroporation, Microprojectile, Shot Gun method, 

Ultrasonication, Liposome fusion, Microlaser. Changing genes: site-directed mutagenesis and 

Protein engineering: Primer extension is a simple method for site directed mutation, PCR based 

site directed mutagenesis, Random mutagenesis, Use of Phage display techniques to facilitate the 

selection of mutant peptides, Gene shuffling, production of chimeric proteins.Genetic 

engineering in animals: Production of transgenic mice, ES cells can be used for gene targeting in 

mice, Applications of gene targeting, Using Yeast to study Eukaryotic gene function,Therapeutic 

products produced by genetic engineering-blood proteins, human hormones, immune modulators 

and vaccines, Transgenic animals, Production of proteins of Pharmaceutical value. Genetic 

engineering in plants: Use of Agrobacterium tumefaciens and Arhizogenes, Ti 

plasmids,Strategies for gene transfer to plant cells, Direct DNA transfer to plants, Gene targeting 

in plants,Use of plant viruses as episomal expression vectors. 

BCH 417 Molecular Biology Techniques : (2 Units) (LH 0: PH 60) 

DNA isolation - from Plant cell (leaf of cabbage / mustard), Animal cell (goat liver), Human 

Blood (Fresh / Stored / Frozen) & Microbes. Plasmid DNA isolation. Gel electrophoresis. 

Polymerase Chain Reaction. Gel documentation & photography. 

BCH 418 Model Organisms in Human Genome Project : (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Genome – about genomes of model organisms (E. coli, Yeast, Arabidopsis thaliana, C. elegans, 

Drosophila melanogaster, laboratory mouse, Zebra fish, Human), types of genomes, genomes & 

genetic variation, comparison of different genomes, genome evolution. Genomics – about the 

genomics, history, comparative genomics, comparative genomic hybridization, functional 

genomics. Genome projects – an overview of genome projects of human and other model 

organisms of Human Genome Project. Human Genome Project (HGP) – an overview of the 

project, goals of the project, major scientific strategies & approaches used in HGP, expected 

scientific & medical benefits of this project, about the organizations behind this project.How 

Human genome was mapped – physical mapping, genetic mapping, gene ontology, gene 

annotation. 

15

B.Sc. DEGREE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (BIOLOGY) 


The main aims and objectives of the degree programme in biological sciences should be: 

� To provide students with a broad and balanced foundation of biochemical 

knowledge and practical skills 

� To develop in students the ability to apply knowledge and skills to solving 

theoretical and practical problems in biochemistry 

� To develop in students, a range of transferable skills that are of value in 

biochemical and non-biochemical employment 

� To provide students with knowledge and skills base from which they can proceed 

to further studies in specialized areas of biochemistry or multi-disciplinary areas 

involving biochemistry 

� To provide, through training and orientation, an appreciation of the solutory 

rewards of inter- and multi-disciplinary approach to the solution of complex life 

problems 

� To generate in students an appreciation of the importance of biochemistry in 

industrial, economic, environmental, technological and social development 

� To instill in students a sense enthusiasm for biochemistry, an appreciation of its 

application in different contexts and to involve them in an intellectually 

stimulating and satisfying experience of learning and studying. 





Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and at least a pass in Physics. In addition, 

16


required. For the B.Sc. Programme in Biological Sciences, candidates must have credit level 

passes in Biology, Chemistry and at least a pass in Physics. 

Expected duration for UME candidates shall be 4 years. 

Expected duration for Direct Entry (DE) candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the 

Advanced Level in one or more relevant subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, 

Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – year degree programme into 200-level. 

Students are required to complete a minimum of 120 units for Graduation, 60 of which must 

come from the relevant option areas in Biological sciences. 

YEAR I 


COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (BIOLOGY OPTION) 



GST 111 Use of English 2 




BIO 108 General Biology Lab. I 1 



CHM 107 General Chemistry Lab. 1 



PHY 107 General Physics Laboratory 1 



TOTAL 31 

17




BIO 201 Genetics I 

BIO 202 Introductory Ecology 2 

BIO 203 General Physiology I 2 


BIO 205 Introductory Developmental/Cell Biology 3 

BOT 202 Seedless Plants 2 


STAT 202 Statistics For Agricultural and Biological Sciences 4 

ZOO 201 Lower Invertebrates 2 

GST 223 Introduction to Enterpreneurial Skills I 2 

TOTAL 25 

Electives: 

To satisfy the 30 units minimum requirement, students could select any 4 units from the courses 

listed below: 


BOT 203 Seed Plants 2 

CHM 213 Analytical Chemistry I 2 


ZOO 202 Coelomate Invertebrates 2 

ZOO 200 Chordates 3 


18




BIO 301 Genetics II 3 

BIO 302 Field Course I 1 

BIO 303 General Cytology 3 

BIO 304 General Ecology 3 

BIO 305 Molecular Biology 3 

BIO 306 General Physiology II 3 



GST 311 Entrepreneurship Studies II 2 

BIO 399 Restricted Electives Industrial field experience in 

Electives: To satisfy the 30 units minimum requirement, students could select any 5 units from 

the courses listed below: 

anyone of the following: 

(a) Aquatic Pollution 3 

(b) Pest Control 3 

(c) Public Health 3 

TOTAL 33 


BIO 308 Evolution 2 

MCB 307 Immunology 3 

MCB 425 Environmental Microbiology (Sewage, Water, 

Pollution) 

BIO 309 Introductory Nematology 2 

GST 123 Modern European Language 2 

TOTAL 12 

19 

3

YEAR lV 



BIO 401 Population Genetics 3 

BIO 402 Cytogenetics of Plants 3 

BIO 403 Soil Ecology 3 

BIO 404 Systematic Biology 3 

BIO 499 Project 6 

TOTAL 18 

Electives: To satisfy the 30 units minimum requirement, students could select any 12 units from 

the courses listed below: 


BIO 405 Developmental Biology 3 

BIO 406 Marine Biology 3 

BIO 407 Hydrobiology 3 

BIO 413 Field Course II 4 

BIO 414 Molecular Biology 3 

MCB 423 Industrial Microbiology 3 

MCB 404 Advanced Food Microbiology 3 

MCB 326 Introductory Virology 3 

MCB 324 Microbial Ecology 2 

ZOO 401 Parasito1ogy 3 

TOTAL 33 

20


BIOLOGY PROGRAMME 

BIO 101 GENERAL BIOLOGY I: (3 Units) (LH 60: PH) 

Cell structure and organization, functions of cellular organelles, diversity, characteristics and 

classification of living things, general reproduction, interrelationship of organisms; heredity and 

evolution, elements of ecology and types of habitat. 

BIO 102 GENERAL BIOLOGY II: (3 Units) (LH 60: PH 0) 

A generalized survey of the plant and animal kingdoms based mainly on study of similarities and 

differences in the external features, ecological adaptation of these forms. 

B10 201 GENETICS I: [2 Units] (LH 30: PH) 

Hereditable and non-hereditable characteristics. probability and tests of goodness of fit. 

quantitive inheritance; variation in genome structure, introduction to population genetics. 

BIO 2O2 1NTRODUCTORY ECOLOGY: (2 Units) (LH 30: PH 0) 

Concept and definition of ecosystem, ecology at community level, ecological classification of 

habitat types, terrestrial and aquatic biomas, specific features of each, biotic components of 

habitat. Natural distruction, factors of communities, success of community interaction, natural 

cycle, dynamics of population. 

Practicals: to include among others community and population studies of each species in a 

habitat. Succession simply teated. 

BIO 203 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY I: (2 Units) (LH 30:PH 0) 

Physical and chemical processes in basic plants and animal physiology. Basic elements of 

respiration, photosynthesis, transportation or circulation. Reproduction, germination, growth 

hormones and enzymology 

21

BIO 204 BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES: (2 Units) (L 30: PH 0) 

Preparation of microscope slides, biological drawings, microtomy, colorimetry, photometry, 

cytological techniques, chromatography, collection and preservation of biological specimens. 

Herbarium Techniques, experimental design 

BIO 205 INTRODUCTORY DEVELOPMENTAL CELL BIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: 

PH:30) 

History and present trends in cell biology. Reproduction, cell division, cell differentiation and 

growth of cells. A brief study of the molecular basis of cell structure and development. 

Organelles. Proteins and nucleic acids. 

BIO 301 GENETICS II: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Aspects of human genetics; pedigree analysis. Further consideration of various deviations from 

basic principles. Gene interaction. Pre- requisite -BIO 201. 

BIO 302 FIELD COURSE I: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0) 

Sampling techniques in local habitats. Assessment by report. This could be in any area of 

specialization not necessarily ecology. 

BIO 303 GENERAL CYTOLOGY: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Light, Phase contrast, dark-field and electron microscopy, auto-radiography, florescence; cell 

cycle; introductory cytogenetics. 

BIO 304 GENERAL ECOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 30: PH 30) 

The ecosystem approach to the study of ecology. Energy flow and nutrients cycling. Dynamics 

of populations and communities in ecosystem; influence of man. 

Pre-requisite -BIO 202. 

BIO 305 CELL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY I: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Biogenesis of microtubules, microfilaments, golgi and mitochondria. Membrane -membrane 

interactions. Introduction to bioenergetics and thermo-dynamics. 


22

BIO 306 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY II: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

A general study of osmoregulation, excretion, transport, homeostasis and their co-ordination in 

animals. Plant water relation, growth and growth regulation. Physiological aspect of crop Yield 

Prequisite -BIO 203. 

BIO 399 RESTRICTED ELECTIVES 

Industrial field experience in any one of the following: 

a) Aquatic Pollution (3 Units) 

b) Pest Control (3 Units) 

c) Public Health (3 Units) 

BIO 309 INTRODUCTORY NEMATOLOGY: (2 Units) (LH 30: P 30) 

Principal characteristics of nematodes, morphology, position and outlines of classification of 

nematodes. Morphology and biology of important plant parasitic nematodes and their economic 

importance. Nematological techniques. General principles and methods of controlling 

nematodes. 

Electives 

BIO 308 EVOLUTION: (2 Units) LH 30: PH) 

Current concepts in evolution. Geological periods and epochs. Genetic variation and speciation. 

Evolution of selected organisms. 

BIO 401 POPULATION GENETICS: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 0) 

An introductory consideration of mathematics models for the analysis of gene frequencies and 

genetic variation in populations. 

BIO 402 CYTOGENETICS OF PLANTS: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0) 

Aspects of cell and nuclear divisions. Morphology and behaviour of chromosomes. aberrations 

and polyploidy. 

Pre-requisite -BIO 205 

BIO 403 SOIL ECOLOGY (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0) 

Physical and chemical nature of soil. Setritus organisms. Cycling of minerals and nutrient pools. 

23

BIO 404 SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0) 

A bio-systematic approach to the classification of organisms and nomenclature. 

BIO 499 PROJECT: (6 Units) 

A short research project involving an investigation on a selected biological probable. The project 

is to be written up in the form of a scientific report or paper. 

Electives 

BIO 405 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY: (3Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Molecular and genetic aspects of development. A detailed study of the cellular and multicellular 

bases of development. 

BIO 406 MARINE BIOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0) 

A study of the Biology of Marine fauna and flora. Economic importance of the marine 

organisms. 

BIO 407 HYDROBIOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0) 

Types of aquatic habitat; ecological adaptations to aquatic life. 

BIO 413 FIELD COURSE II (4Units) (L 0: PH 120) 

This is designed to give students an opportunity to carry out a small independent research project 

dealing with plant matinal, approved by the Departmental Board and under the supervision of 

one or more members of the staff. 

BIO 414 CELL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY II (L 45: PH 0) 

The structure, conformation and other properties of proteins, with special reference to X-ray 

crystallography and other physical techniques. Polysaccharides, glycoprotein cell-wall structures 

etc. and related biological macromolecules. Structure and properties of DNA and RNA. No 

practicals. 

24

B.SC. BOTANY DEGREE PROGRAMME 


The programme has been designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts and 

methodologies of Botany in key areas that meet the needs of society. The main objectives of the 

programme are to broadly educate students for positions in the conservation and bio-diversity 

sectors, and to prepare them for graduate and professional studies in the plant sciences at the 

molecular level. 

Admission and Graduation Requirement 




Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and atleast a pass in Physics. In addition, 


required. 

Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more relevant 

subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the 

three – year degree programme into 200-level. 

YEAR I 






BOT 101 Diversity of Plants 3 

BOT 102 Flowering Plants, Forms and Function 2 



MTH 101 General Mathematics I 3 

25

MTH 102 General Mathematics II 3 



GST 121 Library Studies 2 



PHS 107 General Physics Laboratory 1 


BIO 108 



General Biology Practical 1 

TOTAL 36 


BIO 201 Introductory Genetics 2 


BIO 203 General Physiology 2 


BIO 205 Introductory Molecular Biology 3 



MCB 201 Introductory Microbiology 3 

STA 202 Statistics for Agriculture and Biological Science 2 



GST 222 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2 2 


Other Electives to satisfy Minimum units 

CHM 211 Organic Chemistry II 

Fisheries and Zoology Courses. 

TOTAL 30 

26 

2

YEARI II 



BOT 301 Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOT 302 Comparative Anatomy of Plant 3 

BOT 303 Plant Physiology 3 

BOT 304 Plant Ecology 3 

BOT 305 Mycology 3 

BOT 306 Plant Breeding 3 

BOT 399 Restricted Electives 

Aforestation 

Aquatic and Pollution Biology 

Horticulture 

Biotechnology 

BOT 311 Medicinal Plant 3 

BIO 312 Conservation and Biodiversity 3 

BIO Statistics 2 


TOTAL 40 

YEAR IV 



BOT 401 Seminar 1 

BOT 402 Economic Botany 2 

BOT 403 Nigerian vegetation 2 

BOT 404 Soil Science 3 

BOT 406 Plant pathology 3 

BOT 407 Plant reproduction 3 

BOT 408 Plant tissue culture 3 

BOT 409 Plant Virology 3 

BIO 413 Field Course/ Projects 4 

BOT 414 Molecular Biology 3 

BOT 415 Paleobotany and Paleontology 3 

BOT 416 Plant Cytogenetics 3 

TOTAL 33 

27 

3 

3 

3 

3


BOTANY PROGRAMME 

BOT 202 SEEDLESS PLANTS: (2 Units). (LH 30 PH 0) 

Morphology and reproduction of algae, bryophytes and pteridophytes including fossils. 

BOT 203 SEED PLANTS: (2 Units) (L 30: PH 0) 

Morphology and reproduction of seed plants. 

BOT 301 PLANT TAXONOMY: (3 Units) (L 30: PH 0) 

Taxonomy and its significance, principles and concepts in plant taxanomy. Construction and 

use of taxonomic keys. Experimental taxonomy with special emphasis on cyto-taxonomy and 

chemataxonomy. Sources of taxonomic data and Methods of Analysis. 

BOT 302 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF PLANTS: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Characteristics and classification of tissue and tissue systems; organisation of meristems, 

evolutiotion of vascular tissues, comparative mood anatomy. Anatomical adaptations to 

specia1ized habitats. Applied aspects of plant anatomy. 

BOT 303 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Plant water relation, Photosynthesis, Respiration, Growth and growth regulation, flowering 

dormancy, Seed germination, senescence; Physiological aspects of Crops yield. Pre -requisite - 

B10 203. 

BOT 304 PLANT ECOLOGY: (3Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Study of various plant communities and their ecological framework; Nigerian vegetation, desert 

and semi-desert plant productivity. Modern concepts in ecology. 


BOT 305 MYCOLOGY: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Structure, life cycles, Physiology and Classification of fungi. Fungi of economic importance. 

Metabolites of Fungi, Industrial uses of fungi, Fungi in Medicine. 

28

BOT 306 PLANT BREEDING: (3 Units) (LH 15: P 60) 

The Objectives of plant breeding; origin and domestication of basis of breeding, self-pollinated 

and cross pollinated crops. Breeding methods, pure line breeding and mass selection, pedigree 

method, bulk population breedings, back cross breeding. Recurrent selection, beterosis, 

chromosome manipulation. 

BOT 399 RESTRICTED ELECTIVES (3Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Industrial field experience in anyone of the following: (a) Afforestation (3Units) (b) Applied 

Plant Anatomy (3 Units) (c) Aquatic and Pollution Biology (3 Units) (d) Horticulture (3 Units). 

Biotechnology (3 Units) 

BOT 311: MEDICINAL PLANTS: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Description identification and classification of medicinal plants. Preparation of Extracts from 

various organs of plants. Gathering of ethnomedical information. Collection and preservation of 

medicinal plant. 

BOT 312: CONSERVATION AND BIODIVERSITY: (3 Units) 

Plant breeding concepts and methods. 

BOT 402 ECONOMIC BOTANY; (2 Units) (L30: P0: T15) 

A study of the botany and cultivation of plant species with particular reference to Nigerian 

economic plants. 

BOT 403 NIGERIAN VEGETATION: (2 Units) (L 30: P0: T 15) 

A study of Nigerian forests, savannah grass lands and special emphasis on arid zones. 

BOT 404 SOIL SCIENCES: (3 Units) (L 30: P0: T 15) 

Classification and characteristics of soils. Chemical component and analysis of soils and plant 

tissue. Plant, soil water relationships. 

BOT406 PLANT PATHOLOGY: (3 Units) (L30: P0: T 15) 

Principles and concepts in plant pathology. The concept of disease, infection, pathogenesis, host- 

pathogen relationship and methods and theory of biological and chemotheraphy. 

Pre-requisite -BOT 305. 

29

BOT 407 PLANT REPRODUCTION: (3 Units) (L 30: P0: T 15) 

Development trends of sexual and asexual reproductions. 

BOT 408 PLANT TISSUE CULTURE: (3 Units) (L 15: P 30: T 0) 

Meristem culture, organ cultivation, embryo culture. The role of plant hormones and vitamins. 

Techniques of plant tissue culture. Applications of plant tissue culture in plant breeding. 

BOT 409 PLANT VIROLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: P0: T 0) 

General characteristics of plant bacterial viruses. Viral multiplication selected viral diseases in 

plants. 

BOT 415: PALEOBOTANY AND PALEONTOLOGY: (3 units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Morphology and Classification of Spurs and Pollen; their stratigraphic and pale environment 

application. Study of fossils. Oil implications of Fossils 

BOT 416: PLANT CYTOGENETICS ADVANCED ASPECTS OF CELL AND 

NUCLEAR DIVISIONS (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Morphology and behaviour of Chromosomes, Chromosomal Aberrations and Polyploidy 

importance of polyploidy, Population cytogenetics. Examples with reference to specific 

individuals. 

30

B.SC. ZOOLOGY DEGREE PROGRAMMES 

Philosophy, Aims and Objectives of the Degree Programmes 

The programme has been designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts and 

methodologies of Zoology in key areas that meet the needs of society. The main objectives of 

the programme are to broadly educate students for positions in the conservation and bio- 

diversity sectors, and to prepare them for graduate and professional studies in the animal 

sciences at the molecular level. 

ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT 

UME 


Language, Mathematics, to form the core subjects with credit in three other relevant science 

courses Biology, Chemistry and Physics at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its 

equivalent. In addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) 

into 100-level is required. 

Direct Entry 


subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – 

year degree programme into 200-level. 

YEAR I 






ZOO 113 

Diversity of Animal 3 

BIO 108 General Biology Practical 1 




31




PHY 107 Practical Physics 2 

AGC 122 

Electives: To be selected from other Botany and other Biological Science Courses. 



Environment and Humans 5 


GST 121 Library Studies 2 



TOTAL 44 


BIO 201 Introductory Genetics I 2 


BIO 203 General Physiology I 2 

BIO 204 Biological Technique 2 

ZOO 111 Invertebrate Zoology 3 

ZOO 212 Chorodata Zoology 3 

CHM 212 Inorganic Chemistry 3 

CHM 210 Physical Chemistry 3 

CHM 308 Natural product chemistry 3 

BOT 312 Conservation and Bioderversity 3 


STA 201 Statistics for Agriculture and Biological Sciences 4 

ARC 222 Introduction to Environmental Archaeology 5 



GST 222: Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2 


TOTAL 43 

32




BIO 301 Genetic II 3 

BIO 302 Field Course I 3 

BIO 304 General Ecology 3 

ZOO 311 Comparative Animal Physiology 3 

ZOO 312 The Biology of Tropical Parasites 3 

ZOO 313 Arthropod Diversity 3 

ZOO 314 Vertebrate Zoology 4 

ZOO 315 Principles of Development 3 

ZOO 316 Histology 3 

ZOO 399 Industrial and Field Experience 6 

GST 311 Enterpreneurial Studies II 2 

TOTAL 36 

YEAR IV 



ZOO 411 Entomology 4 

ZOO 412 Principles of Parasitology 4 

ZOO 413 Hydrobiology and Fisheries 4 

ZOO 414 Special Topics in physiology 3 

ZOO 415 Wildlife Ecology and Conservation 3 

ZOO 416 Animal Behaviour 3 

ZOO 417 Local Fauna 3 

ZOO 418 Essay topics in Zoology 2 

ZOO 419 Project 4 

TOTAL 36 

33


ZOOLOGY 

ZOO 211 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30) 

The systematic, inter-relationship and basic organization of the invertebrates. 

ZOO 212 CHORDATE ZOOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30) 

The systematic inter-relations and basic Organization of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 311 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30) 

Nutrition and Digestion, Respiration. Blood and circulation. Excretion and homeostasis. The 

physiology of movement, Hormones. Nervous communication and the sense organs. 

ZOO 312 THE BIOLOGY OF TROPICAL PARASITES: 3 Units(LH 30:PH 30) 

Classification, adaptation morphology. Anatomy, life cycle and other features of interest in the 

protozoans, plathyhelminthes, nematodes and parasitic arthropods; drawing particular attention 

to the various adaptations to the drawing of life exhibited by selected members of the group 

ZOO 313 ARTHROPOD DIVERSITY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30) 

Adaptive radiation within the phylum arthropoda with particular reference to the structure and 

functions of the body appendages. General biology of selected arthropod groups. Biological 

success of the arthropods 

ZOO 314 VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY: 4 Units (LH 30:PH 60) 

Vertebrate systematics, evolution and functional anatomy; geographical distribution of recent 

vertebrates; the Nigeria vertebrate fauna. 

ZOO 315 PRINCIPLES OF DEVELOPMENT: 3 Units (LH 30: PH 30) 

Problems and processes of development Gene-activity, in cogenesis. Cytoplasmic localization 

in the nature egg. Gastrulations and cell interactions. Cellular and molecular basis of 

embryogenesis. Tissue interactions in development. The significance of the placenta and the 

development of immunity 

34

ZOO 316 HISTOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 15:PH 60) 

The cellular basis of tissue formation. Cell communication. Stability of the differentiated state. 

The formation, distribution, structure and function of vertebrate tissues. The organization of the 

tissues into organ systems. 

ZOO 399 INDUSTRIAL/FIELD EXPERIENCE: 6 Units 

(a) Fisheries 

(b) Wildlife Management 

(c) Biology of Aquatic Environment 

(d) Entomology 

(e) Animal and Public Health 

(f) Biotechnology 

(All are 6 units each) 

ZOO 411 ENTOMOLOGY:4 Units (LH 45:PH 30) 

Origin and phylogeny of insects. Biology of control of selected groups which are of economic 

importance in the tropics (Particularly in Nigeria) aspects of crops; stored products and vectors 

diseases of man and his domestic animals. Insect physiology. 

ZOO 412 PRINCIPLES OF PARASITOLOGY: 4 Units (LH 45:PH 30) 

Evolution of parasitic mode of life. Nature of Parasitism in relation to other forms of animal 

Associations. Host-parasitic relationships. Epidemiological studies and control measures of 

importance Tropical parasitic diseases and the role of vector in the Transmission of these 

diseases. 

ZOO 413 HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES: 4 Units (LH 45:PH 30) 

A comparative study of the hydrobiology and cycle of life in marine, brackish and fresh water. 

Fisheries biology including the food and feeding Habits of fish populations. Fecundity and 

reproduction, age and growth. Aquaculture with particular reference to Nigeria. The Fish fauna 

of Nigeria. Fishing gear and fishing techniques. 

35

ZOO 414 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSIOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30) 

Specialized aspect of animal physiology, for Example; muscle contraction and cytoskeletal 

Elements, intracellular microenvironment and Metabolic compartmentation: membrane 

Organization, receptors and endocytsis, cell Communication. 

ZOO 415 WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 45) 

Dynamics of wildlife population. Techniques of wildlife investigation. Principles of wildlife 

Management. The wildlife resources of Nigeria Conservation policies, problems and prospects. 

World wildlife resources: differences in values, Management philosophies and traditions. 

ZOO 416 ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR: 3units (LH 30:PH 45) 

The basis of behaviour orientation Mechanism in animals, instinct and Intelligence, feeding 

behaviour social Life, courtship and meeting, migration and navigation. Biological clocks and 

Rhythms. 

ZOO 417 LOCAL FAUNA: 3Units (LH 30:PH 45) 

General survey of local molluscs, Anthropods and vertebrates. Equivalent existing course – 

None. 

ZOO 418 ESSAY TOPICS IN ZOOLOGY: 2 Units 

An essay based on a review of the literature on a Zoological topic. 

ZOO 419 PROJECT: 6 Units 

A research project involving an investigation in Zoology and a written presentation and 

discussion of result 

36

PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 

B.SC BIOTECHNOLOGY DEGREE 

Although there are existing programmes in Nigerian Universities that prepare graduates in the 

basics of traditional biotechnology, the nation has a dearth of the critical mass of human 

resources as well as infrastructural capacity for modern biotechnology research and teaching 

which is the current mainstay of global trend in biotechnology. The programme has been 

designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts and methodologies of modern 

molecular biotechnology in key areas that meet the needs of society. The main objectives of the 

programme are to broadly educate students for positions in the modern Biotechnology industry 

and to prepare them for graduate and professional studies in the life sciences at the molecular 

level. 


The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including 

English Language, Mathematics, to form the core course with credit in three other relevant 

science courses Biology, Chemistry, Technical drawing Agricultural Science and Geography at 

the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and atleast a pass in Physics. In 

addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100-level 

is required. 

Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more 

relevant subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics and Physics) may 

undertake the three – year degree programme into 200-level. 

37


B.Sc. BIOTECHNOLOGY 

YEAR 1 







PHY 102 General Physics III 2 





CHM 107 Practical Chemistry I 1 

BIO 108 Practical Biology II 1 

PHY 107 Practical Physics I 1 


CMP 101 Introductory computer science 3 

TOTAL 31 

38


200 LEVEL COURSES: 








BCH 311 General Biochemistry Lab 1 

GST 223 Entrepreneurship Studies I 2 


BTG 202 Introduction to Biotechnology 1 

CHM 201 Introductory Chemistry 4 

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) 3 

MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III (Geometry 3 

CMP 204 Data Structures* 4 

GST 222 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2 

TOTAL 38 


* For Bioinformatics option only 

300 LEVEL COURSES: CORE COURSES 


BTG 301 Molecular Genetics 3 

BTG 302 Molecular Genetics Lab 3 

STA 202 Statistics for Agriculture & Biological Sciences 4 




39

YEAR IV 

** See Required Courses list for each option 

*** See List of electives for each option 

400 LEVEL COURSES: CORE COURSES 

Course No. Course Title Units 

BTG 401 Biotechnology seminar 1 

BTG 402 Project Seminar 2 

BTG 403 Methods in recombinant DNA Technology 4 

BTG 404 Industrial Biotechnology 3 

BTG 405 Nucleotide sequence analysis 3 

BTG 406 Metabolic Engineering 3 

BTG 407 Research in Biotechnology 6 

BTG 416 Bioresources Management 3 

BTG 418 Biosafety issues 1 

BTG 420 Intellectual Property Rights & Bioethnics 1 

Option’s Required course ** 3 

Options elective *** 3 

Free Electives 6 

TOTAL 25 

At least 1 of the courses in the “Required Courses” list for each option must be offered each 

semester , starting from the 2 nd semester of the third year. 

Required Courses and Electives for Animal Biotechnology Option 

Required Courses ( at least 1 per semester starting from second semester of 3 rd year) ( 9 – 10 

units) 

Option’s Required course ** 3 

Scientific writing 1 

Option’s Elective course *** 3 

BTG 304 Molecular Cell Biology 3 

TOTAL 31 

40


BTG 308 Animal Microtechniques and Tissue Culture 3 


BTG 307 Advanced Nutrition I 3 

BTG 424 Advanced Nutrition II 3 

Electives (9 units) 


BTG 408 Biotechnology of Animal Reproduction 3 

BCH 301 Protein Chemistry and Enzymology 3 


BTG 410 Comparative Virology 3 

BTG 411 Process Biotechnology 3 

BTG 412 Biotechnology Robotics 3 

BTG 422 Biology of Cancer 3 

BTG 413 Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation and Development 3+ 

Required Courses and Electives for Microbial Biotechnology Option 

Required Courses 


BTG 305 Microbial Technology 3 

BTG 306 Applied Microbiology 3 

MCB 231 Basic Techniques in Microbiology 3 

BTG 415 Analytical Methods in Microbiology 3 

BTG 419 

Electives (9) 

Marine Microbiology 3 



BTG 423 Plant Gene Transfer 4 




41



BTG 415 Analytical Microbiology 4 




MCB 407 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 

MCB 424 Microbial Physiology 3 

BTG 419 Marine Microbiology 4+ 

BTG 413 Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation and Development 3+ 

Required Courses and Electives for Plant Biotechnology Option 

Required courses 





BTG 425 Plant Microtechniques and Tissue Culture 

BOT 301 Plant Taxonomy 3 

Electives (9) 







BTG 417 Plant Molecular Biology 3 


BTG 413 Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation and Development 3 

BOT 202 Introductory Ecology 4 

MCB 324 Microbial Ecology and Diversity 3 

42

BOT 406 Plant Pathology 3 

BOT 311 Medicinal Plants and Ethnobotany 3 

BOT 303 Plant Physiology 4 

BOT 306 Plant Breeding 3 

STA 202 Statistics for Agriculture & Biological Sciences 4 

Required Courses and Electives for Bioinformatics Option 

Required Courses (11) 


CMP 204 Data Structures 4 

STA 211 Basic Probability and Statistics II 3 

STA 112 Basic Probability and Statistics 3 

One of the following: 

Homology Modeling of Proteins 3 


CMP 482 Introduction to Molecular Modeling 3 

BTG 427 Evolutionary Genetics 3 

At least one of the following: 

CMP 208 Introduction to Discrete Structures 4 

CMP 314 Computer Architecture 4 

CMP 304 Introduction to Information Systems 4+ 

CMP 201 Principles of Programming Languages 4 

CMP 404 Principles of Database Management Systems 4 

Required Courses and Electives for General Biotechnology Option 

Required Courses (3-4) 






43



BTG 415 Analytical Microbiology 4 


Electives (9-12) 

Three additional electives from the lists of required and elective courses listed in the other four 

biotechnology curriculum options. 


BTG 202: INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY (1Unit) (LH 15:PH 0) 

Historical developments, Applications and Implications of molecular biology including ethical 

and social controversies. 

BTG 301: MOLECULAR GENETICS (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Principles of genetics at the molecular level. Chemical nature of hereditary material. The 

genetic code, regulatory mechanisms, the molecular basis of mutation. DNA replication and 

recombination. 

BTG 302: MOLECULAR GENETICS LAB (3Units) (LH 30:PH 30) 

Biochemical and molecular aspects of genefunction and gene recombination. 

BTG 304: MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY(3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Genetics at the molecular level as related to gene structure, function variation and control with a 

comprehensive treatment of plant and animal cell structure and function. Basic concepts of cell 

physiology are treated. 

BTG 305 MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

An integrated discussion of recent genetic biochemical and engineering approach to microbial 

processing from antibiotics, biomass and citric acids to zymomonas. 

44

BTG 306: APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Applications of microorganisms in industry agriculture environment with emphasis on the 

physical and chemical factors of growth and control in relation to industrial and natural 

processes. 

BTG 307 ADVANCED NUTRITION I (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

See Nutritions Synopses 

BTG 308:ANIMAL MICROTECHNIQUES(4) (LH 30 PH 60) 

Microscopic structure of organism. Introductory microtechniques. 

BOT 311: INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOBOTANY 

Plants used for treating diseases, Ethovetrinary medicinal plants 

BTG 401: BIOTECHNOLOGY SEMINAR (1 Unit) 

Development of communication skills needed by professionals in the field of biotechnology 

though student oral presentations and facilitated. 

BTG 402 PROJECT SEMINAR (2 Units) 

BTG 403:METHODS IN RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY (4) (LH 60:PH 0) 

Introduction to techniques and experimentation approaches used in DNA technology: Principles 

and techniques of Polymerase chain reaction, Southern, Northern and Western Blot methods of 

protean and DNA identifications. Methods of gene transfer. Principles, methodologies and 

applications of electrophoresis, chromatography, spectroscopy spectrophotometer, centrifugation 

and isotopic techniques. Ultracentrifugation, dialysis, optical microscopy. Review of modern 

analytical. 

BTG 404: INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45: PH 0) 

Microorganisms of Industrial importance and their roles, culture techniques and maintenance of 

selected strains, improvement of strains through mutation, gene amplification hybridization, 

protoplast fusion and transformation & DNA techniques and future impact. Basic fermentation 

design and operations. Single cell proteins, Bioinsecticides and Biofertlizers. Development and 

prospects of enzyme technology Biodegradation of Industrial materials. Industrial production 

and principles of processes organic acids, amino acid, antibiotics, vita mine. 

45

BTG 405:NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE ANALYSIS (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Computer analysis of nucleotide sequences assembly; restriction analysis; gene location and 

identification; protein sequence analysis and structure prediction; database searching; sequence 

alignments; and phylogenetic analysis. 

BTG 406 : METABOLIC ENGINEERING (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Regulation of metabolism, induction, nutritional repression, feedback regulation metabolic 

control mechanisms; Regulatory mechanism of carbohydrates metabolism; Regulation of protein 

and amino acid synthesis; catabolite repression; Regulation of biosynthetic pathways in 

prokaryotes and eucaryotes feedback resistance mutation; 

BTG 418: BIOSAFETY (1Unit) (LH 15:PH 0) 

Definition and scope. Hierarchy of regulatory organs. Overview of safety issues and application 

in various products and services. Environmental risks associated with gene manipulation. 

Biohazards, Risk assessment and management in 

BTG 407: RESEARCH IN BIOTECHNOLOGY (6) 

Independent research findings undertaken by students into selected areas of biotechnology under 

the guidance of project supervision. 

BTG 408: BIOTECHNOLOGY OF ANIMAL REPRODUCTION (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

The issue of food security, principle of animal breeding; marker assisted selection and breeding; 

artificial insemination, invitro fertilization, multiple relation embryo techniques for farm 

animals; genetic engineering of farm animals for better growth, monoclonal antibodies, 

recombinant DNA technology for development of diagnostics reagents for detection of animal 

diseases, animal vaccine production. 

BTG 410: COMPARATIVE VIROLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Biology of viruses and approaches to control through antiviral and genetic engineering. Genome 

organization, gene expression, replication movement and transmission across kingdom. 

BTG 411: PROCESS BIOTECHNOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Description of various types of vessels for cell cultivation. Bioreactor design and optimization. 

Agitation of bioreactors. Survey of the applications of biotechnology, emphasizing the 

46

pharmaceutical industry and the operation of fermentation systems. Case studies of down stream 

separation and purification protocols employed on an industrial scale. 

BTG 412: BIOTECHNOLOGY ROBOTICS(3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Application and use of robotic equipment in the analysis of large number of samples; assay and 

protocol design; data collating, analysis and interpretation, applications in various life science 

industries. 

BTG 415:ANALYTICAL METHODS IN MICROBIOLOGY(3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Hands on training in the use of analytical instrumentation in microbiological research and 

applications including biotransformatics and fermentations, biodegradation and identification of 

bacteria and fungi. 

BTG 416: BIORESOURCES MANAGEMENT (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Biological diversity, genetic diversity, specific diversity, species of local cereals, local legume 

species, local fruit tree species, genetic diversity expressed through large number of associations 

or combinations of genes in individuals of single species, wild local plants related to cultivated 

species and whose genetic diversity is crucial ingredient to coo-breeding or hybridization 

processes aimed at giving more vigour to the crop varieties that have been cultivated over so 

many years, loss of genetic variability of crops or genetic erosion, species disease resistance, 

utilization of plant and animal genetic resources, local germplasms, conservation of plant and 

animal genetic resources, the effects of destruction of natural environment on local plant and 

animal genetic resources; the importance of conserving the biological heritage of plant and 

animal kingdoms, development of seed and gene banks, modes of operation of gene banks, 

germplasm collections of local crop species, gene banks and breeding, selection of resistant 

varieties, biotechnologically-based alternatives to live animal experiments; biotechnological 

protection of forest plantations and economic plants, germplam appropriation and privatization 

for crop improvement, patents and plant breeders rights, production of improved plants and 

animals. 

BTG 417: PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Fundamental and applied aspects of plant molecular biology; structure, expression and isolation 

of plant nuclear genes; molecular biology of plant development, plant organelles and plant- 

microbe interactions and plant biotechnology. 

47

BTG 418 BIOSAFETY ISSUES (1 Unit) (LH 15:PH 0) 

BTG 419 : MARINE MICROBIOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

Examination of the roles of microbes in the oceans and their impact on oceanographic processes 

and biochemical cycles. Emphasis is on bacteria and their interactions with other Marine 

Organisms and the Marine environment. Laboratory exercises make use of modern techniques to 

study metabolic rates and community structure. 

BTG 420:INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND BIOTHICS (1Unit) (LH 15:PH 0) 

Definition and scope, ethical issues, sperm bank designer babies, organ donation. Property 

rights protection, patents, innovations and lineation and other legal instruments. 

BTG 422: BIOLOGY OF CANCER (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0) 

A consideration of chemical viral and physical oncogenic agents; genetics and host factors; 

immunological response to neoplasia; chemotherapy. 

BTG 423: PLANT GENETRANSFER (4Units) (LH 45:PH 30) 

Principles and experimental techniques of non sexual gene transfer in plants. Application of 

gene-transfer techniques in crop improvement and research in gene expression. 

48

B.SC. MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE PROGRAMME 

PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 

The programme has been designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts of micro- 

organisms in relation to mankind and the environment. The programme will elaborate the 

importance of micro-organisms in the industry, health and environmental sectors of the society. 

The Microbiology programme will also emphasis the traditional biotechnology and the linkage 

to the current modern biotechnology. The main objectives of the programme are to broadly 

educate students for positions in the industry, health sectors, research institutes and to prepare 

them for graduate and professional studies in the life applied areas of microbiology. 


UME 


Language, Mathematics, to form the core subjects with credit in three other relevant science 

courses Biology, Chemistry, and Physics at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its 

equivalent. In addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) 

into 100-level is required. 

Direct Entry 


subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the 

three – year degree programme into 200-level. 

YEAR I 




MCB 101 Introduction to Microbiology 3 



BIO 108 General Biology Practicals 1 


49


CHM 107 Chemistry Practice I 1 



PHY 107 General Physics Practicals 1 






TOTAL 37 

Electives : To be selected from Botany, Zoology, or other Biological/Chemistry courses. 




MCB 201 

General Microbiology 3 

MCB 231 Basic Techniques in Microbiology 2 

BIO 211 

ZOO 211 

TFT 211 

CHM 259 

Introductory Genetics & Cell Physiology 4 

Invertebrate Zoology 3 

Introduction to Food Science 3 

Physical for the Life Sciences 3 



GST 223 Entrepreneurship Studies I 2 

BOT 242 General Techniques in Botany 2 

CHM 277 

Polyfunctional Group & Aromatic Chemistry with 

Mechanism of Reaction 

CHM 229 Basic Inorganic Chemistry for Non-majors 3 


STA 201 Statistics for Agriculture & Biological Sciences 

50 

4 

4

TFT 211 Introduction to Food Sciences 3 

BOT 241 

BOT 271 



General Botany III 3 

Introduction to Ethnobotany 3 

ARC 211 Archaeological Theory & Practice 4 

ZOO 211 

CSC 272 

Invertebrate Zoology 3 

Information Management Systems 4 

TOTAL 60 



MCB 309 Food Microbiology 2 

MCB 321 Mycology 3 

MCB 322 Bacterial Diversity 3 

MCB 391 Industrial Attachment 3 


MCB 325 Soil Microbiology 3 

MCB 326 Introductory Virology 3 

MCB 328 Biodeterioration 2 

BOT 351 Introduction to Plant Diseases 3 

BIO 311 Genetic Variability & Evolution 3 

EPS 311 Entrepreneur Studies II 2 

TFT 311 Food Microbiology 3 

ZOO 312 Biology of Tropical Parasites 3 

CMP 231 Scientific Programming: 3 

CMP 291 Elementary Data Processing 3 

TOTAL 40 

51

YEAR IV 



MCB 491 Research Project 4 

MCB 423 Industrial Microbiology 3 

MCB 404 Advanced Food Microbiology 3 

MCB 401 Essays in Microbiology 3 

MCB 403 Pharmaceutical Microbiology 3 

MCB 405 Principles of Epidemiology & Public Health 

Microbiology 

MCB 407 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 

MCB 412 Microbial Genetics 3 

MCB 424 Microbial Physiology & Metabolism 3 

MCB 425 Environmental Microbiology 3 

MCB 482 Virology & Tissue Culture 3 

MCB 430 Microbiological Quality Assurance 2 

MCB 431 Petroleum Microbiology 3 

Electives 

ZOO 412 Principles of Parasitology 4 

BOT 451 Host Pathogen Relations & Plant Disease 

Management 

BOT 417 Plants & Environmental Pollution Monitoring 

BOT 463 Introduction to Mushroom Growing Technology 

TOTAL 52 

52 

3 

3 

3 

3


MCB 101 INTRODUCTORY MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

History of the Science of Microbiology. Sterilization and disinfection; Structure, ecology and 

reproduction of representative microbial genera. Cultivation of microorganisms. Isolation of 

microorganisms; isolation of bacteria, viruses. 

MCB 201 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Nutrition and biochemical activities of microorganisms. Antigens and antibodies. Identification 

and economic importance of selected microbial groups. Microbial variation and heredity. 

MCB 231 BASIC TECHNIQUES IN MICROBIOLOGY (2 Units) (PH 60) 

Culturing of microorganisms; preparation of media for microbial growth. Isolation of pure 

culture; streaking, pour plates etc; subculturing procedures. Staining techniques for 

differentiation of microorganisms. Enumeration of microorganisms, direct and indirect 

procedures. Identification of microorganisms to include colonial and cellular morphology and 

biochemical procedures. 

MCB 307 IMMUNOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Introduction. Historical background. Innate and acquired immunity. Antigens, antibodies, 

cellular immunity. Immunological tolerance and suppression. Surgical grafting. Complement 

System. Hypersensitivity. Immunological anomalies. Diagnostic immunology, Vaccines, 

effector systems of parasite killing and nature of resistance in plants. 

MCB 309 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (2 Units) (LH 15: PH 30) 

Pre-requisite: MCB 201/202; bch 201 

The distribution, role and significance of micro-organisms in food; intrinsic and extrinsic 

parameters of foods that affect microbial growth, food spoilage and food borne diseases. Micro- 

organism. Indices of food sanitary growth and food microbiology standards. Disease of animal 

transmitable to man via food products. 

MCB 322 BACTERIAL DIVERSITY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

The morphology, life cycle and biochemical characteristics of bacteria. Systematic study of 

bacteria and other prokaryotes, their nature, characteristics, identification and isolation. 

53

MCB 324 MICROBIAL ECOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Microbes and ecological theory. Physiological, morphological and genetic adaptations of 

microorganisms to their environment. Microbial interactions; microorganisms in natural 

ecosystems. The life of microorganisms in air, springs, rivers, lakes and seas. Cycling of 

elements in water and sediments. 

MCB 325 SOIL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

The characteristics of soil environment; microbial flora and fauna of soil; microbial activities in 

soil; Nitrogen cycle, mineral transformation by microorganisms. Ecological relationship among 

soil pathogens. Effect of pesticides on soil microorganisms. Biodegradation and biofuels 

generation. Microbiology of the rhizosphere. 

MCB 326 INTRODUCTORY VIROLOGY (3 Units) ( LH 30: P 30) 

General characteristics of plant, animal and bacterial viruses; viral replication, spread and 

cytopathic effects. Virus classification, purification and assay. Regulation of lytic development 

and maintenance of the Lysogenic state in bacteriophages lambda, P2 and 14 single stranded 

DNA and RNA phageviroids as pathogens. 

MCB 328 BIODETERIORATION (2 Units) (L 15: P 30) 

Principles of microbial deterioration of materials. Materials subject to microbial deterioration: 

Foods, Jet fuels, paper, paints, textiles and leather, metals etc. Factors favoring deterioration of 

materials. Major microbial groups involved in deterioration. Impact of processing and new 

technologies on biodeterioration. Biodeterioration Control. 

MCB 391 INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT ( 3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Students will be posted to industrial establishments such as food processing, brewing, distillery, 

pharmaceutical, research institutes or medical and health institutions. A report to be submitted 

for grading. 

MCB 401 ESSAYS IN MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) 

Detailed literature search followed by presentation at a departmental Seminar of a scientific 

topic, which must be of microbiological or biotechnological interest. 

54

MCB 403 PHARMACEUTICAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Concepts of growth and death in microorganisms. The chemistry of synthetic chemotherapeutic 

agents and antibiotics. Production and synthesis of antibiotics and antiseptics. Relationship of 

antimicrobial agents to different microbial groups: Gram positives, Gram negatives, spore- 

formers etc . The mode of action and assay of antibiotics and antiseptics. Sensitivity and 

resistance as related to microbial physiology. Microbiological quality control in the 

Pharmaceutical industry. 

MCB 404 ADVANCED FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Advanced ecology, taxonomy, biochemistry and analytical technology of bacteria, yeasts, fungi 

and viruses associated with food spoilage, food-borne diseases and fermentations. Emphasis on 

new developments in Food Microbiology; economic consequences of microorganisms in food; 

exploitation of microorganisms in novel processes for the production of food ingredients. 

MCB 405 PRINCIPLES OF EPIDEMIOLOGY & PUBLIC HEALTH MICROBIOLOGY 

(3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Statistical applications to epidemiology. Nature of epidemiological investigations. Spectrum of 

infections. Herd immunity. Latency of infections. Multifactorial systems in epidemics. 

Zoonoses. Antigenic drifts. Biological products for immunization. Schedules for International 

control of infectious diseases. 

MCB 407 PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Study of some microbial pathogens of plants and animals with emphasis on those prevalent in 

Nigeria. The geographical distribution, isolation, identification, morphology, life cycle, source of 

infection, transmission and the host. Ecology, clinical manifestations of specific bacterial, viral 

and fungal pathogens of man. 

MCB 412 MICROBIAL GENETICS (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Principles of genetic analysis. Plasmids and transposable genetic elements, mutagenesis and 

DNA repairs, bacteriophage genetics and genetics of Nitrogen fixation. Mechanism and nature 

of mutation, induction, isolation and characterization of mutants. Genetic recombination in 

prokaryotes including transformation, transduction, phage conversion and conjugation. Recent 

techniques in microbial genetics. Chemical coding and expression of genetic information. 

Fungal genetics. Principles and applications of genetic engineering. 

55

MCB 423 INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) ) 

Fermentation systems; design and use of fermenters. Microorganisms of Industrial importance. 

Classification of microbial products by use. Relationship between primary and secondary 

metabolism; characteristics, sources and strain improvement of industrial microorganisms. 

Microbial growth and product formation in industrial processes; media for industrial 

fermentations. Foaming, Major products of Industrial Microbiology: enzyme production and 

immobilization; production of vitamins, amino acids, antibiotics, organic acids, beer and wine 

MCB 424 MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY & METABOLISM (3Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Dynamics of growth. Nutrition and energy metabolism of microorganisms. Effect of physical 

and chemical factors on growth. Biochemistry of various microbial processes such as transport, 

regulation and respiration. Biosynthesis of microbial products. Buffer preparation and 

standardization. Basic separation techniques in microbiology, dialysis, salting out, gel filtration, 

electrophoresis etc. Assay techniques for various metabolites including microbial enzymes, acids 

etc. 

MCB 425 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Impact assessment of microbial contamination of soil, water and air in relation to the 

deterioration of the environment. Soil, air and water pollution. Waste disposal and management. 

Methods of water and sewage treatment with emphasis on specific microorganisms involved. 

Disease transmission by water. Biological and Chemical Oxygen 

MCB 430 MICROBIOLOGICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE (2 Units) (LH 15: PH 30) 

A theoretical and practical consideration of the management of microbiological quality 

assurance. HACCP, cleaning and sanitation. Microbiological specifications and regulations. 

Local and international approaches to obtaining safe food. Management and quality assurance in 

the microbiology laboratory. 

MCB 431 PETROLEUM MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Biogenesis of fossil fuels with emphasis on the role of microorganisms. Petroleum prospecting 

and secondary recovery. Microbial corrosion of pipes and equipment. Methanogenesis and 

methanotrophy. Effects of oil spill on microbial activities in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. 

Biodeterioration and biotransformation of hydrocarbons. 

56

MCB 482 VIROLOGY & TISSUE CULTURE (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) 

Structure, properties and classification of viruses. Principles of isolation, cultivation and 

maintenance of plant and animal cells in vivo. Application of cell culture technique in virology. 

Viruses as agents of diseases in animals. 

MCB 491 RESEARCH PROJECT (4 Units) 

A research project and dissertation to be undertaken on any topic of microbiological and/or 

biotechnological interest. 

57

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATICS 

B.SC MATHEMATICS PROGRAMME 

DEPARTMENTAL INFORMATION 

The department offers a B.Sc. degree programme in Pure and Applied, Mathematics which is of 

a three or four-year duration, depending on whether the student is admitted by direct entry or by 

JAMB Matriculation Examination. 

PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE 

The aim of the Department is to offer programmes designed to impact a sound knowledge of all 

branches of Mathematics to students. Courses are offered in all the core areas of Mathematics as 

well as in necessary courses in Applied Mathematics. The programmes help students to develop 

the necessary skills, intellectual, mental and moral training for a career in Mathematics and other 

related fields. The Department is inclined to producing B.Sc. degree holders that can compete 

favourably with any other B.Sc. Degree holder in Mathematics from any part of the Globe, and 

can pursue higher degrees in Mathematical Sciences any where in the World. Recently many 

innovations have been made in the programme to accommodate the fast growing demands in 

information technology, banking and oil industries. 

As the “mother” and “language” of all sciences, the Department aims at adequately servicing the 

faculties of Engineering, Physical Sciences, Pharmaceutical sciences, Medicals Sciences, 

Environmental Studies, Business Administration etc. Since the current trend in technology, 

engineering and life sciences emphasizes actual quantification, the programme of our department 

embraces application in all these areas of human endeavour. 

Recognizing the role of mathematics as a basic tool in the physical and engineering sciences, and 

the current developments in the social and life sciences which have now become increasingly 

quantitative, the mathematics undergraduate academic programme emphasizes the applications 

of theory and methods to real life and physical problems. It helps the student to establish an 

expertise in Mathematics, Applied Mathematics, Mathematical Physics, or Industrial 

Mathematics. It also prepares him for graduate study in the mathematical sciences. 

58

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 

These are the University’s minimum requirements 

Plus 

a. Credits at the Senior Secondary Certificate Examination or equivalent, in Mathematics, 

and Physics or Chemistry or Biology. 

b. Either a pass in Pure Mathematics and in Applied Mathematics at the General 

Certificate of Education A’ Level or equivalent, or a pass at the same level in Pure 

Mathematics or in Mathematics (i.e., Pure and Applied Mathematics taken as one 

paper), and a pass at the same level in Physics or Chemistry or Biology or Statistics. 

JOB OPPORTUNITIES 

On completion of the programme, a graduate has job opportunities in industry, government or 

educational institutions. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMME 

(i) Stress Areas 

Each course in the department is designated by the three letters, MTH, followed by a three-digit 

number. The first digit indicates the year, the second digit indicates the stress area, as listed 

below, and the third digit gives the order of the courses. 

The stress areas are as follows: 

Service Courses 0 

Pure Mathematics (Algebra, Geometry) 1 

Pure Mathematics (Calculus, Analysis, Differential Equations) 2 

Applied Mathematics (Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, and Mathematical Physics) 3 

Mathematical Methods 4 

Project 5 

59

(ii) FOUR-YEAR STANDARD PROGRAMME 

FIRST YEAR 


MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 3 C 

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 3 C 

STA 203 Statistics for Physical Sciences 2 R 

STA 203 Introduction to Computer Science 2 R 

GST 111 Use of English 2 C 

GST 112 Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence 2 C 

Choose any 4-5 units Elective from the following 

PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics I 3 E 

PHY 107 Practical Physics II 2 E 

CHM 101 Basic Principles of Chemistry I 2 E 

CHM 171 Practical Chemistry 2 E 

STA 111 Probability I 2 E 

STA 121 Inference I 2 E 

BIO 151 General Biology I 3 E 

MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 3 C 

MTH 131 Elementary Mechanics I 3 C 

STA 206 Statistics for Physical Sciences 2 C 

GST 121 Library Skill 2 C 

GST 113 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 

Choose any 4-5 units Elective from the following 

PHY 102 Fundamentals of Physics II 3 E 

PHY 109 Fundamentals of Physics III 3 E 

CHM 111 Basic Principles of Chemistry II 2 E 

CHM 121 Basic Principles of Chemistry III 2 E 

GEOL 141 Earth History 3 E 

STA 112 Probability II 2 E 

STA 132 Inference II 2 E 

STA 133 Laboratory for Inference I 2 E 

TOTAL 34/36 

60

SECOND YEAR 


MTH 211 

MTH 212 

MTH 221 

MTH 231 

STA 211 

THIRD YEAR 

Sets, Logic and Algebra 3 C 

Linear Algebra I 2 C 

Real Analysis I 3 C 

Elementary Mechanic II 2 C 

Probability III 2 R 

CMP 201 Computer Programming I 2 R 

GST 223 Entrepreneurial Studies I 2 C 

MTH 213 

MTH 214 

MTH 222 

Three-dimensional Analytic Geometry 2 C 

Linear Algebra II 2 C 

Elementary Differential Equations I 3 C 

MTH 223 Introduction to Numerical Analysis 3 C 

MTH 241 

Mathematical Methods I 3 C 

STA 212 Probability IV 2 R 

GST 222 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2 C 

TOTAL 35 


MTH 311 Abstract Algebra I 3 C 

MTH 321 Metric Space Topology 3 C 

MTH 322 Elements of Differential Equations II 3 C 

MTH 323 Complex Analysis I 3 C 

MTH 331 Introductions to Mathematical Modeling 3 C 

MTH 332 Methods of Applied Mathematics I 3 C 

GST 311 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Studies 2 C 

Any 2-3 units from the following: 

*MTH 313 Geometry I 2 E 

MTH 329 Calculus in R n 3 E 

MTH 332 

Optimization Theory I 2 E 

61

MTH 334 

Analytic Dynamics 3 E 

MTH 336 Introduction to Operations Research 3 E 

**MTH 341 Discrete Mathematics I 3 E 

STA 311 Probability V 3 E 

STA 321 

Distribution Theory 2 E 

STA 322 Regression Analysis I 2 E 

STA 331 

Inference V 2 E 

CMP 334 Numerical Methods I 2 E 

CMP 331 Operations Research I 2 E 

CMP 332 Operating Systems I 2 E 

CMP 321 Systems Analysis and Design 2 E 

*To be taken with MTH 314 **To be taken with MTH 342 

MTH 312 

MTH 324 

MTH 325 

MTH 326 

MTH 333 

MTH 335 

MTH 337 

Abstract Algebra II 3 C 

Vector and Tensor Analysis 3 C 

Complex Analysis II 3 C 

Real Analysis II 3 C 


Pure Mathematics Option 

Optimization Theory II 2 E 

Dynamics of a Rigid Body 3 E 

Special Theory of Relativity 4 E 

MTH 339 Continuum Mechanics 2 E 

MTH 342 

STA 312 

STA 332 

CMP 333 

Discrete Mathematics II 2 E 

Probability VI 2 E 

Inference VI 2 E 

Operating Systems II 2 E 

TOTAL 33/35 

62

FOURTH YEAR 


Pure Mathematics Option 

MTH 421 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 C 

MTH 422 

Functional Analysis 3 C 

MTH 425 Lebesgue Measure and Integration 3 C 

MTH 423 

MTH 424 

MTH 451 

Partial Differential Equations 3 C 

General Topology 3 C 

Project 4 C 

Applied Mathematics Option 

MTH 421 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 C 

MTH 427 

MTH 441 

Field Theory in Mathematical Physics 3 C 

Numerical Analysis II 3 C 

MTH 423 Partial Differential Equations 3 C 

MTH 433 Fluid Dynamics 3 C 

MTH 434 Mathematical Theory of Elasticity 3 C 


MTH 442 Mathematical Methods II 3 E 

MTH 436 

MTH 437 

MTH 411 

Analytical Dynamics II 3 E 

Systems Theory 4 E 

Abstract Algebra III 3 E 

MTH 426 Measure Theory 4 E 

MTH 431 

General Theory of Relativity 3 E 

MTH 432 Electromagnetism 3 E 

MTH 435 

Quantum Mechanics 3 E 

TOTAL 30/32 

63

(iii) THREE YEAR STANDARD PROGRAMME 

The three standard programme is the same as the four-year standard programme excluding the 

first year. However, the direct entry students are required to take GST 111, GST 112, GST 121 

and GST 113 during their first year. 

(iv) SERVICE COURSES INTENDED FOR SPECIFIED DEPARTMENTS/FACULTIES. 

FIRST SEMESTER 

COURSE NO. TITLE UNITS 

MTH 201 Advanced Mathematics I 3 

MTH 203 Advanced Mathematics III (Primarily intended for surveying students) 3 

MTH 206 Advanced Mathematics VI (Primarily intended for Engineering students) 2 

SECOND SEMESTER 

COURSE NO. TITLE UNITS 

MTH 202 Advanced Mathematics II 3 

MTH 204 Advanced Mathematics IV (Primarily intended for Surveying students) 3 

MTH 205 Advanced Mathematics V 3 

MTH 207 Advanced Mathematics VII (Primarily intended for Engineering students) 2 

MTH 208 Advanced Mathematics VIII (Primarily intended for Engineering students) 2 

64

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

MATHEMATICS 

MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 3 Units 

Elementary set theory: subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams, Real 

Numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers; mathematical induction, real sequences and 

series; theory of quadratic equations; binomial theorem, Complex numbers; algebra of complex 

numbers, the Argand Diagram. De Moivre’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular measure, 

trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae. 

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 3 Units 

Function of a real variable, graphs, limits and continuity. The derivative as limit of rate of 

change. Techniques of differentiation. Cure sketching; integration as an inverse of 

differentiation. Methods of integration, definite integrals. Application of integration to areas 

and volumes. 

MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 3 Units 

Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, Components, direction cosines. Addition 

of vectors and multiplications of vectors by a scalar, linear independence. Scalar and vector 

products of two vectors, Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar 

variable. Two-dimensional coordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabolas, ellipses, 

hyperbolas. Tangents and normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and 

acceleration of a particle moving in a plane. Force and momentum; Newton’s laws of motion; 

motion under gravity, projectile motion, resisted vertical motion of a particle, elastic string, 

motion of a simple pendulum, impulse and change of momentum. Impact of two smooth elastic 

spheres. Direct and oblique impacts. 

MTH 131 Elementary Mechanics I 3 Units 

Vectors: Algebra of vectors; coplanar forces; their resolution into components, equilibrium 

conditions, moments and couples, parallel forces; friction; centroids and centres of gravity of 

particles and rigid bodies; equivalence of sets of coplanar forces. Kinematics and rectilinear 

motion of a particle, vertical motion under gravity, projection; relative motion. Dynamic of a 

particle. Newton’s laws of motion; motion of connected particles. 

65

MTH 201 Advanced Mathematics I 3 Units 

Mathematics and symbolic logic: inductive and deduction systems. Concepts of sets; mappings 

and transformations. Introduction to complex numbers. Introduction to vectors, Matrices and 

determinants 

MTH 202 Advanced Mathematics II 3 Units 

Discrete and continuous variables. The equation of a straight line in various forms. The circle. 

Trigonometric functions; logarithmic functions; exponential functions. Maxima, minima and 

points of inflexion. Integral calculus: Integration by substitution and by parts. Expansion of 

algebraic functions. Simple sequences and series 

MTH 203 Advanced Mathematics III 3 Units 

Matrices and determinants: introduction to linear programming, and integer programming, 

sequences and series. Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series. Vector calculus, line integrals and 

surface integrals. Gauss’ (divergence), Green’s and Stokes’ Theorems. Complex numbers and 

functions of a complex variable; conformal mapping; infinite series in the complex plane 

MTH 204 Advanced Mathematics IV 3 Units 

Translation and rotation of axes, space curves; applications of vector calculus to space curves; 

the Gaussian and mean curvatures, the geodesic, and geodesic curvature. Differential equations: 

second order ordinary differential equations and methods of solution. Partial differential 

equations: second order partial differential equations and methods of solution. 

MTH 205 Advanced Mathematics V 3 Units 

Translation and rotation of axes, plane geometry of lines, circles and other simple curves; lines 

in space; equations of the plane, space-curve. The Gaussian and mean curvatures; the geodesic 

and geodesic curvature. 

MTH 206 Advanced Mathematics VI 3 Units 

Complex analysis - Elements of the algebra of complex variables, trigonometric, exponential 

and logarithmic functions. The number system; sequences and series. Vector differentiation and 

integration. 

66

MTH 207 Advanced Mathematics VII 3 Units 

Elements of linear algebra. Calculus: Elementary differentiation and relevant theorems. 

Differential equations: Exact equations, methods of solution of second-order ordinary 

differential equations; partial differential equations, with application. 

MTH 208 Advanced Mathematics VIII 2 Units 

Numerical analysis: Linear equations, non-linear equations; finite difference operators. 

Introduction to linear programming 

MTH 211 Sets, Logic And Algebra 3 Units 

Introduction to the language and concepts of modern mathematics; topics include: Basic set 

theory, mappings, relations, equivalence and other relations, Cartesian product. Binary logic, 

methods of proof. Binary operations, algebraic structures, semi-groups, rings, integral domains, 

fields. Homomorphism. Number systems; properties of integers, rationals, real and complex 

numbers. 

MTH 212 Linear Algebra I 2 Units 

System of linear equations. Matrices and algebra of matrices. Vector space over the real field. 

Subspaces, linear independence, bases and dimensions. Gram-Schmidt orthogonalizaion 

procedure. Linear transformations: range, null space and rank. Singular and non-singular 

transformations 

MTH 213 Three-Dimensional Analytic Geometry 2 Units 

Plane curves, parametric representations, length of a plane arc, lines in three-space, surfaces, 

cylinders, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, quadratic forms, quadrics and central quadrics. 

MTH 214 Linear Algebra II 2 Units 

Representations of linear transformations by matrices, change of bases, equivalence and 

similarity. Determinants. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Minimum and characteristic 

polynomials of a linear transformation. Cayley-Hamilton theorem, bilinear and quadratic forms, 

orthogonal diagonalisation. Canonical forms. 

67

MTH 221 Real Analysis I 3 Units 

Bounds of real numbers, convergence of sequences of numbers. Monotone sequences, the 

theorem of nested intervals, Cauchy sequences, tests for convergence of series, Absolute and 

conditional convergence of series, and re-arrangements. Completeness of reals and 

incompleteness of rationals. Continuity and differentiability of functions. Rolle’s and mean- 

value theorems for differentiable functions. Taylor series. 

MTH 222 Elementary Differential Equations I 3 Units 

First-order ordinary differential equations. Existence and uniqueness of solution. Second-order 

ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. General theory of nth-order linear 

ordinary differential equations. The Laplace transform. Solution of initial- and boundary-value 

problems Lap lace transform method. Simple treatment of partial differential equations in two 

independent variables. Applications of ordinary and partial differential equations to physical, 

life and social sciences. 

MTH 223 Introduction To Numerical Analysis 3 Units 

Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Curve fitting, error analysis. Interpolation, 

approximation, Zeros of non-linear equations of one variable. Systems of linear equations. 

Numerical differentiation and integration. Numerical solution of initial-value problems for 

ordinary differential equations. 

MTH 231 Mechanics II 2 Units 

Impulse and momentum, conservation of momentum; work, power and energy; work and energy 

principle, conservation of mechanical energy. Direct and oblique impact of elastic bodies. 

General motion of a particle in two dimensions, central orbits, motion in horizontal and vertical 

circles; simple harmonic motion; motion of a particle attached to a light inelastic spring or string. 

Motion of a rigid body about a fixed axis; moments of inertial calculations; perpendicular and 

parallel axes theorems, principal axes of inertial and directions. Conservation of energy. 

Compound pendulum. Conservation of angular momentum. 

MTH 241 Mathematical Methods I 3 Units 

Real-valued functions of a real variable. Review of differentiation and integration and their 

applications. Mean-value theorem. Taylor series. Real-valued functions of two or three 

68

variables. Partial derivatives. Chain-rule, extrema, Lagrange’s multipliers, increments, 

differentials and linear approximations. Evaluation of line-integrals. Multiple integrals. 

MTH 311 Abstract Algebra I 3 Units 

Group: definition; examples, including permutation groups. Subgroups and cossets. 

Lagrange’s theorem and applications, Cyclic groups. Rings: definition; examples, including Z, 

Zn; rings of polynomials and matrices, integral domains, fields, polynomial rings, factorization. 

Euclidean algorithm for polynomials, H.C.F. and L.C.M. of polynomials. 

MTH 312 Abstract Algebra II 3 Units 

Normal subgroups and quotient groups. Homomorphism, Isomorphism theorems. Cayley’s 

theorems. Direct products, Groups of small order. Group acting on sets. Sylow theorems, 

ideals and quotient rings, P.I.D.’s, Euclidean rings, Irreducibility. Field extensions, degree of an 

extension, minimum polynomial. Algebraic and transcendental extensions. Straight-edge and 

compass constructions. 

MTH 313 Geometry I 2 Units 

Coordinates in R 3 . Polar coordinates; distance between points, surfaces and curves in space. 

The plane and straight line. 

MTH 314 Geometry II 2 Units 

Introductory projective geometry. Affine and Euclidean geometries. 

MTH 315 Differential Geometry 3 Units 

Concept of a curve, regular, differentiable and smooth curves, osculating, rectifying and normal 

planes, tangent lines, curvature, torsion, Frenet-Serret Formulae, fundamental, existence and 

uniqueness theorem, involutes, evolutes, spherical indicatrix, developable surfaces, ruled 

surfaces, curves on a surface, first and second fundamental forms, lines of curvature, umbilics, 

asymptotic curves, geodesics. 

MTH 319 Numerical Analysis I 3 Units 

Polynomial and spline approximation. Orthogonal polynomials and Chebtchev approximations. 

Direct and interactive methods for the solution of systems of linear equations. Eigenvalue 

problem – power methods, inverse power methods. Pivoting strategies. 

69

MTH 321 Metric Space Topology 3 Units 

Sets, metrics, and examples. Open spheres or balls. Open sets and neighbourhoods. Closed 

sets. Interior, exterior, frontier, limit points and closure of a set. Dense subsets and separable 

space. Convergence in metric space, homeomorphism. Continuity and compactness, 

connectedness. 

MTH 322 Elementary Differential Equations II 3 Units 

Series solution of second-order ordinary differential equations. Sturm-Liouville problems. 

Orthogonal polynomials and functions. Fourier series, Fourier-Bessel and Fourier-Legendre 

series. Fourier transformation, solution of Lap lace, wave and heat equations by the Fourier 

Method (Separation of Variables). 

MTH 323 Complex Analysis I 3 Units 

Functions of a complex variable: limits and continuity of functions of a complex Variable. 

Derivation of the Cauchy-Riemann equations; Bilinear transformations, conformal mapping, 

contour integrals. Cauchy’s theorem and its main consequences. Convergence of sequences and 

series of functions of a complex variable. Power series. Taylor series. 

MTH 324 Vector and Tensor Analysis 3 Units 

Vector algebra. The dot and cross products. Equations of curves and surfaces. Vector 

differentiation and applications. Gradient, divergence and curl. Vector integrals: line, surface 

and volume integrals. Green’s, Stokes’ and divergence theorems. Tensor products of vector 

spaces. Tensor algebra. Symmetry. Cartesian tensors and applications. 

MTH 325 Complex Analysis II 3 Units 

Laurent exp0ansions, isolated singularities and residues. The Residue theorem, calculus of 

residues, and application to the evaluation of integrals and to summation of series. Maximum 

modulus principle. Argument principle. Rouche’s theorem. The fundamental theorem of 

algebra. Principle of analytic continuation. Multiple-valued functions and Riemann surfaces. 

MTH 326 Real Analysis II 3 Units 

Riemann integral of real function of a real variable, continuous monopositive functions. 

Functions of bounded variation. The Riemann-Stieltjes integral. Point-wise and uniform 

70

convergence of sequences and series of functions R → R. Effects on limits (sums) when the 

functions are continuously differentiable or Riemann inerrable power series. 

MTH 331 Introduction To Mathematical Modelling 3 Units 

Methodology of model building; identification, formulation and solution of problems; cause- 

effect diagrams. Equation types. Algebraic, ordinary differential, partial differential, difference, 

integral and functional, equations. Applications of mathematical models to physical, biological, 

social and behavioural sciences. 

MTH 332 Optimization Theory I 2 Units 

Linear programming models. The simplex method: formulation and theory, duality, integer 

programming; transportation problem. Two-person-zero-sum games. Nonlinear programming: 

quadratic programming. 

MTH 333 Optimization Theory II 2 Units 

Kuhn-Tucker methods. Optimality criteria. Single variable optimization. Multi-variable 

techniques. Gradient methods. 

MTH 334 Analytical Dynamics 3 Units 

Degrees of freedom. Holonomic and non-holonomic constraints. Generalized coordinates. 

Lagrange’s equations of motion for holonomic systems; force dependent on co-ordinates only; 

force obtainable from a potential. Impulsive force 

MTH 335 Dynamics of a Rigid Body 3 Units 

General motion of a rigid body as a translation plus a rotation. Moment of inertia and product of 

inertia in three dimensions. Parallel- and perpendicular-axes theorems. Principal axes, angular 

momentum , kinetic energy of a rigid body. Impulsive motion. Examples involving one- and 

two-dimensional motion of a simple systems. Moving frames of reference; rotating and 

translating frames of reference. Coriolis force. Motion near the earth’s surface. The Foucault’s 

pendulum. Euler’s dynamical equations of motion of a rigid body with one point fixed. The 

symmetric top. Processional motion. 

71

MTH 336 Introduction To Operations Research 3 Units 

Phases of operations research study. Classification of operations research models; linear, 

dynamic and integer programming. Decision theory. Inventory models. Critical path-analysis 

and project controls. 

MTH 329:-Calculus on 

Algebraic structure of 

theorem. 

n 

R 

n 

R , topology of 

MTH 332: Method of Applied Mathematics I 

n 

R . The inverse function theorem. The implicit function 

Algebra; solution of system of linear algebraic equations matrices and determination. Numerical 

vectors and vector spaces. orthogonalisation of vectors; quadratic forms Numerical solution of 

characteristic value problems functional space.Calculus of variations ; enter language equations, 

language multipliers, variational operator. Integral Equation; Fred Holm and vilterra Equation 

Green’s function. Fred Holm Equations were separable terms. 

MTH 337 Special Theory of Relativity 4 Units 

Classical mechanics and Principles of Relativity, Einstein Postulates; Interval between events, 

Lorentz transformation and its consequences; Four-Dimensional Space-time, Relativistic 

Mechanics of a particle, Maxwell’s theory in a Relativistic form. Optical phenomena. 

MTH 341 Discrete Mathematics I 3 Units 

Groups and subgroups, group axioms, permutation groups, cossets, graphs; directed and 

undirected graphs, sub graphs, cycles, connectivity. Applications (flow charts) and state- 

transition graphs. 

MTH 342 Discrete Mathematics II 2 Units 

Lattices and Boolean algebra. Finite fields: Mini-polynomials, irreducible polynomials, 

polynomial roots. Applications (error-correcting codes) 

72

MTH 411 Abstract Algebra II 3 Units 

Splitting fields. Separability. Algebraic closure. Solvable groups. Fundamental theorem of 

Galois theory. Solution by radicals. Definition and examples of modules, sub modules and 

quotient modules. Isomorphism theorems. Theory of group representations. 

MTH 417 Numerical Analysis II 3 Units 

Finite difference equation and operations. Discrete variable method for solutions of IVPs – 

ODEs. Discrete and continuous Tan methods for solving IVP – ODE error analysis. Finite 

difference and finite element methods. Stability, convergence and error analysis. 

MTH 421 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 Units 

Existence and uniqueness of solution; dependence on initial conditions and on parameters, 

general theory for linear differential equations with constant coefficients. The two-point Sturm- 

Liouville boundary value problem; self-adjointness; Sturm theory; stability of solutions of 

nonlinear equations; phase-plane analysis 

MTH 422 Functional Analysis 3 Units 

A survey of the classical theory of metric spaces, including Baire’s category theorem, 

compactness, separability, isometries and completion; elements of Banach and Hilbert spaces; 

parallelogram law and polar identity in Hilbert space H; the natural embeddings of normed linear 

spaces into second dual, and H onto H; properties of operators including the open mapping and 

closed graph theorem; the spaces C(X), the sequence (Banach) spaces, n 

l p� 

l p and c (= space 

of convergent sequences). 

MTH 423 Partial Differential Equations 3 Units 

Partial differential equations in two independent variables with constant coefficients; the Cauchy 

problem for the quasi-linear first-order partial differential equations in two independent 

variables; existence and uniqueness of solutions. The Cauchy problem for the linear, second- 

order partial differential equation in two independent variables, existence and uniqueness of 

solution: normal forms. Boundary- and initial- value-problems for hyperbolic elliptic and 

parabolic partial differential equations. 

73

MTH 424 General Topology 3 Units 

Topological spaces, definition, open and closed sets, neighbourhoods. Coarser and finer 

topologies. Bases and sub-bases. Separation axioms, compactness, local compactness, 

connectedness. Construction of new topological spaces from given ones. Subspaces, quotient 

spacers, continuous functions, homeomorphisms, topological invariants, spaces of continuous 

functions. Point-wise and uniform convergence. 

MTH 425 Lebesgue Measure and Integration 3 Units 

Lebessgue measure: measurable and non-measurable sets. Measurable functions, Lebesgue 

integral; integration of non-negative functions, the general integral convergence theorems. 

MTH 426 Measure Theory 4 Units 

Abstract Lp-spaces 

MTH 427 Field Theory in Mathematical Physics 3 Units 

Gradient, divergence and curl. Further treatment and application of the definitions of the 

differential. The integral definition of gradient, divergence and curl. Line-,surface- and volume- 

integrals. Green’s, Gauss’, and Stokes’ theorems. Curvilinear coordinates. Simple notion of 

tensors. The use of tensor notions. 

MTH 431 General Theory of Relativity 3 Units 

Particles in a gravitational field: Curvilinear co-ordinates, intervals. Covariant differentiation: 

Christoffel symbols and metric tensor. The constant gravitational field. Rotation. The curvature 

tensor. The action function for the gravitational field. The energy-momentum tensor. Newton’s 

Laws. Motion in a centrally symmetric gravitational field. The energy-momentum pseudo- 

tensor. Gravitational waves. Gravitational fields at large distances from bodies. Isotropic 

space. Space-time metric in the closed and open isotropic models. 

MTH 432 Electromagnetism 3 Units 

Maxwell’s field equations. Electromagnetic waves and electromagnetic theory of light; plane 

electromagnetic waves in non-conducting media; reflected and refractional place-boundary. 

Wave-guides and resonant cavities. Simple radiating systems. The Lorentz-Einstein 

transformation. Energy and momentum. Electromagnetic 4-vectors. Transformation of (E.H.) 

fields. The Lorentz force. 

74

MTH 433 Fluid Dynamics 3 Units 

Real and ideal fluids; differentiation following the motion of fluid particles. Equations of 

motion and continuity for in compressible in viscid fluids. Velocity potentials and Stokes’ 

stream function. Bernoulli’s equation with applications to flows along curved paths. Kinetic 

energy. Sources, sinks and doublets in 2- and 3-dimensional flows; limiting stream lines. 

Images and rigid planes, streaming motion past bodies including aero foils. 

MTH 434 Elasticity 3 Units 

Stress and strain analysis, constitutive relations, equilibrium and compatibility equations, 

principles of minimum potential and complementary energy, principles of virtual work, 

variational formulation, extension, bending and torsion of beams; elastic waves. 

MTH 435 Quantum Mechanics 3 Units 

Particle-wave duality. Quantum postulates, Schrodinger’s equation of motion. Potential steps 

and wells in one-dimensional Heisenberg formulation. Classical limit of quantum mechanics. 

Poisson brackets. Linear harmonic oscillator. Angular momentum. Three dimensional square 

well potential. The hydrogen atom. Collision in three-dimensions. Approximation methods for 

stationary extremum problems. 

MTH 436 Analytical Dynamics II 3 Units 

Lagrange’s equations for non-holonomic systems. Lagrange’s multipliers. Variational principles. 

Calculus of variations. Hamilton’s principle. Lagrange’s equations of motion from Hamilton’s 

principle. Contact or canonical transformations. Normal modes of vibration. Hamilton-Jacobi 

equations for a dynamical system. 

MTH 437 Systems Theory 4 Units 

Lyapunov theorems. Solution of Lyapunov stability equations. ATP + PA = Q. Controllability 

and observability. Theorems on existence of solution of linear systems of differential equations 

with constant coefficient. 

MTH 441 Mathematical Methods II 3 Units 

Calculus of variations: Lagrange’s functional an associated density. Necessary condition for a 

weak relative extremum. Hamilton’s principle. Lagrange’s equations and geodesic problems. 

The Du Bois-Raymond equation and corner conditions. Variable end-points and related 

75

theorems. Sufficient conditions for a minimum. Isoperimetric problems. Variational integral 

transforms. Laplace, Fourier and Hankel transforms. Complex variable methods; convolution 

theorems; applications to solutions of differential equations with initial/boundary conditions. 

76

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

B.Sc. COMPUTER SCIENCE DEGREE 

PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME 

The purpose, aims and objective of bachelors honours degree programme in computer science 

should include: 

� Create in students the awareness of and enthusiasm for computer science and its 

capabilities. 

� Involve the students in an intellectually stimulating and satisfying experience of 

learning and studying 

� Provide a broad and balanced foundation in computer science knowledge and 

practical skills. 

� Develop in students through an education in computer science a range of 

transferable applicable skills of information technology to all aspects of human 

endeavours. 

� Generate in students an appreciation of the importance of computer in an 

industrial, economic, technological and social context. 

� Provide students with knowledge and skills base for further studies in computer 

science or multi-disciplinary studies involving computer science. 



Language, Mathematics, Physics to form the core subjects with credit in any other two relevant 

science subjects, at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. In addition, an 

acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME), with relevant subject 

combination is required for Admission into 100 Level.Candidates with two A level passes 

(graded A-E) at the GCE Advanced Level in relevant subjects (Chemistry, Mathematics and 

Physics) may be admitted into 200-level. 

LEARNING OUTCOMES 

a) Regime of Subject Knowledge 

Each institution providing degree programmes in Computer Science is free, within the context of 

university autonomy and academic freedom to decide on the content, nature and organization of 

its courses and modules. However, it is expected that all programmes will ensure that students 

are conversant with the core areas of computer science: 

b. Competencies and Skills 

Students are expected to develop a wide range of different abilities, dynamism 

and skills. 

These may be divided into three categories, viz. 

Cognitive Abilities and Skills 

Practical Skills 

General Skills 

77

c. Behaviourial Attitudes 

General skills relating to non-subject specific competencies, communication, 

interpersonal, organization skills. 

ATTAINMENT LEVELS 

Graduates of Computer Science are expected to have the ability to apply knowledge and skills to 

solving theoretical and practical problems in Computer Science, development of relevant ICT 

for national development and societal needs. 

RESOURCE REQUIREMENT FOR TEACHING AND LEARNING 

a) Academic and Non-Academic Spaces (See section 1.6) 

b) Academic and Administrative Equipment (See Appendix) 

c) Library and Information Resources (See section 1.6) 


COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTION 


CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science 3 C 

CSC 102 Introduction to Problem Solving 3 C 

MAT 101 General Mathematics I 3 R 

MAT 102 General Mathematics II 3 R 

MAT 103 General Mathematics III 3 R 

PHY 101 General Physics I 3 R 

PHY 102 

General Physics II 3 R 

PHY 107/108 General Physics Practical I & II 2 R 

STA 112 Probability I 4 R 

BIO 101 Statistical Inference I 4 R 

GST 111 Communication in English I 2 C 

GST 112 Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence 2 R 

GST 121 Use of Library, Study Skills and ICT 2 R 

37 

Electives may be selected from Mathematics and Physics Courses. 



CSC 201 Computer Programming I 3 C 

CSC 202 Computer Programming II 3 C 

CSC 204 Fundamentals of Data Structures 

3 R 

CSC 205 Operating Systems I 3 C 

CSC 208 Discrete Structure 3 R 

CSC 212 Computer Hardware 3 R 

78

CSC 218 Foundations of Sequential Program 3 R 

CSC 299 Industrial Training 3 R 

MAT 201 Mathematical Methods 3 R 

PHY 202 

Electric circuits and Electronics 3 R 

GST 113 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 R 

GST 122 Communication in English II 2 R 

GST 223 Introduction to Entrepreneurial Skills 2 R 

36 

Elective courses may be selected from the following: MATH 204, Linear Algebra I (2 units); 

MATH 205, Linear Algebra II (2 units); PHY 201 General Physics III (3 units); and some 

Statistics courses. 



CSC 301 Structured Programming 3 C 

CSC 302 Object- Oriented Programming 3 C 

CSC 304 Data Management I 3 C 

CSC 305 Operating Systems II 3 C 

ECSC 

308 Formal Methods and Software Development 3 C 

lCSC 

310 Algorithms and Complexity Analysis 3 R 

eCSC 

314 Computer Architecture and Organization I 3 R 

cCSC 

315 Computer Architecture and Organization II 3 

ECSC 

316 Compiler Construction I 3 

lCSC 

321 Systems Analysis and Design 3 

eCSC 

332 Survey of Programming Language 4 

cCSC 

333 Computational Science & Numerical Methods 3 

tCSC 

399 Industrial Training II 3 

i 

GST 222 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2 

v 


e 

44 

s 

Elective courses may be selected from the following courses: 

R 

R 

R 

C 

R 

R 

R 

R 


STA 343 Operations Research 3 E 

MTH 319 Numerical Analysis 3 E 

STA 331 Statistical Computing 2 E 

79



CSC 401 Organization of Programming Languages 3 R 

CSC 403 Software Engineering 4 R 

CSC 404 Data Management II 3 R 

CSC 411 Artificial Intelligence 

80 

3 R 

CSC 421 Net-Centric Computing 3 R 

CSC 423 Computer Networks/Communications 

3 R 

CSC 441 Human Computer Interface 2 R 

CSC 499 Project 6 C 

Electives to be selected from: 

27 Units 


CSC 405 Special Topics in Software Engineering 3 E 

CSC 406 Queuing Systems Performance Evaluation 3 E 

CSC 408 Computer System Performance Evaluation 3 E 

CSC 416 Compiler Construction II 3 E 

CSC 422 Project Management 3 E 

CSC 432 Distributed Computing System 3 E 

CSC 433 Computer Graphics and Visualisation 2 E 

CSC 435 Optimization Techniques 3 E 

CSC 452 Formal Models of Computation 3 E 

CSC 461 Information Technology Law 2 E 

CSC 482 Modeling and Simulation 3 E 

CSC 492 Special Topics in Computer Science 3 E


CSC 101: Introduction to Computer Science: (3 Units; LH 30, PH: 45) 

History of Computer Science and their generations. Computer Hardware; functional 

components Modern I/0 units 

Software: Operating Systems, Application Packages 

Program: Development; Flow charts and algorithms; Program Objects 

BASIC or VISUAL BASIC Fundamentals. 

CSC 102: Introduction to Problem Solving: (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45) 

Problem solving strategies, Role of algorithm in problem solving process, implementations 

strategies, concepts and properties of algorithm. 

CSC 201: Computer Programming I: (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45) 

Introduction to problem solving methods and algorithm development, designing, coding, 

debugging and documenting programmes using techniques of a good programming language 

style, programming language and programming algorithm development. A widely used 

programming language should be used in teaching the above. E.g. FORTRAN 92 

CSC 202: Computer Programming II: (3 Units; L30, P45) 

Principles of good programming, structured programming concepts, Debugging and testing, 

string processing, internal searching and sorting, recursion. Use a programming language 

different from that in CSC 201. e.g. C-Language 

CSC 204: fundamentals of Data Structures: (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45) 

Primitive types, Arrays, Records Strings and String processing, Data representation in memory, 

Stack and Heap allocation, Queues, TREES. Implementation Strategies for stack, queues, trees. 

Run time Storage management; Pointers and References, linked structures. 

CSC 205 Operating System I (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45) 

Overview of O/S: Role & Purpose, Functionality Mechanisms to Support Client- server 

models, hand-held devices, Design Issues influences of Security, networking, 

multimedia, Windows. 

O/S Principles: Structuring methods Abstraction, processes and of recourses, 

Concept of APIS Device organization interrupts. 

81

CSC 208: Discrete Structure (3 Units; LH 45) 

Basic Set Theory: Basic definitions, Relations, Equivalence Relations Partition, Ordered Sets. 

Boolean Algebra & Lattices, Logic, Graph theory: Directed and Undirected graphs, Graph 

Isomorphism, Basic Graph Theorems, Matrices; Integer and Real matrices, Boolean Matrices, 

Matrices med m, Path matrices. Adjacency Vectors/Matrices: Path adjacency matrix, Numerical 

& Boolean Adjacency matrices. Applications to counting and Discrete Probability Generating 

Functions. 

CSC 212: Computer Hardware: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Computer circuits; diode arrays, PIAs etc, Integrated circuits fabrication process.Use of MSI, 

LSI and VLSI IC’ hardware Design. Primary and Secondary memories; core memory, etc. 

Magnetic devices; disks, tapes, video disks etc. Peripheral devices; printers, CRT’s, keyboards, 

character recognition. Operational amplifiers; Analog-to- digital and Digital-to-analog 

converter. Analog computers. 

CSC 218 Foundations of Sequential Program: (3 Units; LH 45) 

The relationships between H/L languages and the Computer Architecture that underlies their 

implementation: basic machine architecture, assembles specification and translation of P/L 

Block Structured Languages, parameter passing mechanisms. 

CSC 299: Industrial Training I: (3 Units) 

Require 3 months of Industrial Training. Students experience will be documented and presented 

in a Seminar. 

CSC 301: Structured Programming: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Structured Programming elements, structured design principles, abstraction modularity, stepwise 

refinement, structured design techniques. Teaching of a structured programming language etc. 

CSC 302: Object-Oriented Programming: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Basic OOP Concepts: Classes, Objects, inheritance, polymorphism, Data Abstraction, Tools for 

developing, Compiling, interpreting and debugging, Java Programs, Java Syntax and data 

objects, operators. Central flow constructs, objects and classes programming, Arrays, methods. 

Exceptions, Applets and the Abstract, OLE, Persistence, Window Toolkit, Laboratory exercises 

in an OOP Language. 

82

CSC 304: Data Management I: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Information storage & retrieval, Information management applications, Information capture and 

representation, analysis & indexing, search, retrieval, information privacy; integrity, security; 

scalability, efficiency and effectiveness. Components of database systems DBMS functions, 

Database architecture and data independence use of database query language. 

CSC 305: Operating System II: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Concurrency: States & State diagrams Structures, Dispatching and Context Switching; 

interrupts; Concurrent execution; Mutual exclusion problem and some solutions Deadlock; 

Models and mechanisms (Semaphones, monitors etc.). Producer – Consumer Problems & 

Synchronization. Multiprocessor issues. Scheduling & Despatching 

Memory Management: Overlays, Swapping and Partitions, Paging & 

Segmentations Placement & replacement policies, 

working sets and Trashing, Caching. 

CSC 310: Algorithms and Complexity Analysis: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Basic algorithmic analysis: Asymptotic analysis of Upper and average complexity bounds; 

standard Complexity Classes Time and space tradeoffs in algorithms analysis recursive 

algorithms. Algorithmic Strategies: Fundamental computing algorithms: Numerical algorithms, 

sequential and binary search algorithms; sorting algorithms, Binary Search tress, Hash tables, 

graphs & its representation. 

CSC 314: Computer Architecture I and Organization I: (3 Units; (LH 45) 

Fundamental building blocks, logic expressive immunization, sum of product forms. Register 

transfer notation, Physical considerations. Data representation, and number bases, Fixed and 

Floating point systems, representation memory systems organization and architecture. 

CSC 315: Computer Architecture and Organization II: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Memory system, general; characteristics of memory operation. (Technology-magnetic recording 

semi-conductor memory, coupled devices, magnetic bubble). Memory addressing, memory 

hierarchy, virtual memory control systems. Hardware control, micro programmed control, 

Asynchronous control, i/c control. Introduction to the methodology of faulty tolerant 

computing. 

83

CSC 316: Compiler Construction I: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Review of compilers assemblers and interpreters, structure and functional aspects of a typical 

compiler, syntax semantics and pragatics, functional relationship between lexical analysis, 

expression analysis and code generation. Internal form of course programme. Use of a standard 

compiler (FORTRAN/COBOL/PL) as a working vehicles. Error detection and recovery. 

Grammars and Languages: the parsing problem. The scanner. 

CSC 321: Systems Analysis and Design: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45) 

System Concept; System Development Life Cycle Analysis: Fact gathering Techniques, data 

flow diagrams, Process description data modeling. System Design: Structure Charts, form 

designs, security, automated Tools for design. 

CSC 333: Computational Science and Numerical Methods (3 Units; LH 45) 

Operations research, Numerical Computation, Graphical computation, Modeling and simulation, 

High performance computation. 

CSC 332: Survey of Programming Languages (4 Units; LH 45: PH 45) 

Overview of programming languages: History of programming languages, Brief survey of 

programming paradigms (Procedural languages, Object-oriented languages, Functional 

languages, Declarative – non-algorithmic languages, Scripting languages), the effects of scale on 

programming methodology; Language Description: Syntactic Structure (Expression notations, 

abstract Syntax Tree, Lexical Syntax, Grammars for Expressions, Variants of Grammars), 

Language Semantics (Informal semantics, Overview of formal semantics, Denotation semantics, 

Axiomatic semantics, Operational semantics); Declarations and types: The concept of types, 

Declaration models (binding, visibility, scope, and lifetime), Overview of type-checking, 

Garbage collection; Abstraction mechanisms: Procedures, function, and iterations as abstraction 

mechanisms, Parameterization mechanisms (reference vs. value), Activation records and storage 

management, Type parameters and parameterized types, Modules in programming languages; 

Object oriented language paradigm; Functional and logic language paradigms. 

CSC 399: Industrial Training II (3 Units) 

Student’s Industrial work experience of 3 months’ duration. Students reports will be presented in 

a seminar. 

84

CSC 401: Organization of Programming Languages: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Language definition structure. Data types and structures, Review of basic data types, including 

lists and tress, control structure and data flow, Run-time consideration, interpretative languages, 

lexical analysis and parsing. Pre-requisite – CSC 201, 202, 304, 302. 

CSC 403: Software Engineering: (4 Units; LH 45: PH 45) 

Software Design: Software architecture, Design Patterns, O. O. analysis & 

Design, Design for re-use. 

Using APIS: API programming Class browsers and Related tools, 

Software tools and 

Component based computing. 

Environment: Requirements analysis and design modeling Tools, Testing 

tools, Tool integration mech. 

CSC 404: Data Management II (3 Units; L H 30: P 45) 

Rational Databases: Mapping conceptual schema to relational Schema; Database Query 

Languages (SQL) Concept of Functional dependencies & Multi- Valued dependencies. 

Transaction processing; Distributed databases. 

CSC 405 : Special Topics in Software Engineering (3 Units ;LH 30 : PH 45) 

Topics from process improvement ; software re-engineering configuration management ; Formal 

spécification, software cost – estimation, Software Architectue, Software patterns, Software 

Reuse and Open source development. 

CSC 406: Queuing Systems: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Introduction; Birth-death queuing systems; Markovian queues, the queue M/GI bounds, 

inequalities and approximations. 

CSC 407 : Special Topics in Software Engineering: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45) 

Topics from process improvement; software re-engineering configuration management; Formal 

specification, software cost – estimation, Software Architecture, Software patterns, Software 

Reuse and Open source development. 

85

CSC 408: Computer System Performance Evaluation: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Measurement techniques, simulation techniques; techniques, workload characterization, 

performance evaluation in selection problems, performance evaluation in design problems, 

evaluation of programme performance. 

CSC 411: Artificial Intelligence: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Introduction to artificial intelligence, understanding natural languages, knowledge 

representation, expert systems, pattern recognition, the language LISP. 

CSC 416: Compiler Construction II (3 units; LH 45) 

Grammars and languages, recognizers, Top-down and bottom-up language Run-time storage 

Organization, The use of display in run-time storage Organization. The use of display in run 

time storage allocation. LR grammars and analysers. Construction of LR table. Organisation of 

symbol tablets. Allocation of storage to run-time variables. Code generation. 

Optimisation/Translator with systems. 

CSC 421: Net-Centric Computing: (3 Units; LH 45) 

Distributed Computing, Mobile & Wireless computing, Network Security; Client/Server 

Computing (using the web), Building Web Applications 

CSC 422: Project Management: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45) 

Team Management, Project Scheduling, Software measurement and estimation techniques, Risk 

analysis, Software quality assurance, Software Configuration Management, Project Management 

tools. 

CSC 423:Computer Networks/Communication: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45) 

Introduction, wares, Fourier analysis, measure of communication, channel characteristics, 

transmission media, noise and distortion, modulation and demodulation, multiplexing, TDM 

FDM and FCM Parallel and serial transmission (synchronous Vs analynchronous). Bus 

structures and loop systems, computer network Examples and design consideration, data 

switching principles broadcast techniques, network structure for packet switching, protocols, 

description of network e.g. ARPANET, etc. 

86

CSC 432: Distributed Computing Systems: (3 Units; LH 30: P 45) 

Introduction: Definitions, Motivation; Communication Mechanisms: Communication Protocols, 

RPC, RMI, Stream Oriented Communication; Synchronization: Global State, Election, 

Distributed Mutual Exclusion, Distributed Transactions; Naming: Generic Schemes, DNS, 

Naming and Localization; Replication and Coherence: Consistency Models And Protocols; Fault 

Tolerance: Group Communication, Two-And Three-Phase Commit, Check pointing; Security: 

Access Control, Key Management, Cryptography; Distributed File Systems: NFS, Coda etc. 

CSC 433: Computer Graphics and Visualization: (2 Units; LH 30: P 45) 

Hardware aspect, plotters microfilm, plotters display, graphic tablets, light pens, other graphical 

input aids Facsimile and its problems Refresh display refresh huggers, changing images, light 

pen interaction. Two and three dimensional transformation, perspective Clipping algorithms. 

Hidden line removal bolded surface removal. Warmock’s method, shading, data reduction for 

graphical input. Introduction to had writing and character recognition. Curve synthesis and 

fitting. Contouring. Ring structures versus doubly linked lists. Elerarchical structures. Data 

structure: Organization for intersotive graphics. 

CSC 441: Human-Computer Interface (HCI): (2 Units; LH 30) 

Foundations of HCI, Principles of GUI, GUI toolkits; Human-centred software evaluation and 

development; GUI design and programming. 

CSC 452: Formal Models of Computation: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45) 

Automata theory: Roles of models in computation Finite state Automata, Push-down Automata, 

Formal Grammars, Parsing, Relative powers of formal models. Basic computability: Turing 

machines, Universal Turing Machines, Church’s thesis, solvability and Decidability. 

CSC 482: Computer Simulations: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45) 

Basic Definitions and Uses, Simulation Process, Some basic statistic Distributions Theory, 

Model and Simulation. Queues; Basic components, Kendal notation, Queuing rules, Little’s 

Law, Queuing networks, Special/types of queues. Stochastic Processes; Discrete state and 

continuous state processes, Markov processes, Birth-Death Processes, Poisson Processes. 

Random Numbers; types of Random Number Exercises. 

87

CSC 492: Special Topics in Computer Science: (3Units; LH 30: P 45) 

Special topics from any area of computer science considered relevant at given time. Topics are 

expected to change from year to year. Apart from seminars to be given by lecturers and guests, 

students are expected to do substantial readings on their own. 

CSC 499: Project (6 Units) 

Students should embark on work that will lead to substantial software development under the 

supervision of a member of staff. 

88

Scope of the Programme 

STATISTICS 

In the Department students are groomed through a variety of courses at the end of which they 

obtain B.Sc. (Hons) degree in Statistics 

The degree programme aims at producing a statistician well equipped to face the challenges of 

his profession. This is achieved through the diversity of courses offered. Some of the areas 

covered are: 

Probability and Stochastic Processes, Design and Analysis of Experiments, Statistical methods 

and Inference, Sampling Technique, Quality Control, Operations Research, Time Series 

Analysis, Actuarial Sciences, Education, Medical, Health, Energy and Environmental Statistics. 

Efforts are made to strike a balance between theory and applications. Laboratory work, field 

work and projects on selected topics are so arranged to achieve this balance. Computing 

facilities are available and students are taught to make full use of them. In addition to services 

available at the University Computing Centre, the department has a Computer Lab with more 

than 20 functional desktop computers and other electronic calculators. 

The Department provides service courses for the students in many Faculties who need 

the knowledge of statistics. These special courses are tailored in content and orientation to suit 

the needs of individual Faculties. At present, the Department has such special service courses 

for students in the Faculties of Social Sciences, Agriculture, Biological Sciences, Physical 

Sciences, Engineering, Environmental and Education. The Department holds regular 

consultation with the Faculties to ensure continued relevance of the contents and delivery of 

these special courses. 

Philosophy of the Programme 

In accordance with the philosophy of the University, the programme provides a thorough 

training that enables man to understand his environment and thus be able to be a better master of 

his destiny. A measure of the uncertainties surrounding man can be determined through the 

study of random phenomena. A Statistician deals with how to observe such phenomena, properly 

analyze them and make judicious conclusions about them. 

Objectives of the Programme 

Statistics as a science deals primarily with the study of random phenomena that occur in our 

everyday life. It equips the student with the basic knowledge in Probability and Stochastic 

Processes, Design and Analysis of Experiments, Statistical Methods and Inference, Sampling 

Technique, Quality Control, Operations Research, Time Series Analysis, Actuarial Sciences, 

Education, Medical, Health, Energy and Environmental Statistics.. It is designed to develop the 

skills and the necessary intellectual orientation required by the student for subsequent career as a 

statistician. 

Entry Requirements: 

The department admits students either by entrance examinations conducted by Joint Admission 

and Matriculation Board or by the Direct Entry Mode. Those wishing to come into the 

Department by entrance must in addition to the minimum University requirements, have credits 

in Statistics, or Additional Mathematics or Mathematics and any two of Physics, Chemistry and 

Economics. To qualify for direct entry an applicant must possess HSC/GCE A-Level with 

passes in two subjects which must include Mathematics. Candidates holding NCE or Diploma 

from a recognized institution also qualify for direct entry provided that they have passed 

89

Mathematics and one other subject. While those who come in by entrance spend four years for 

Statistics major entrants by Direct Entry Mode spend three years . 

Job Opportunities: 

Vast opportunities exist in the country for well trained Statisticians. Such persons may be 

absorbed in Managerial positions in the economy and business, as teachers in the various levels 

of education or as research personnel in any of the Research Institutions. They may choose to 

work for Government, Banks or International Agencies. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMME 

Stress Areas Code Number 

Basic Courses 0 

Probability/Stochastic Processes 1 

Design/Analysis/Distribution Theory 2 

Inference/Methods 3 

Sampling/Quality Control 4 

Demography 5 

Operations Research 6 

Seminar 8 

Project 9 

STANDARD FOUR-YEAR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME [STATISTICS 

MAJOR]: 

F1RST YEAR 



STA 111 Probability I 2 C 

STA 131 Inference I 2 C 

Required Ancillary Courses 

MTH 111 Elementary Mathematics I 3 R 

MTH 113 Elementary Mathematics II 3 R 

90

COS 101 Introduction to Computer Science 2 C 

General Studies Courses 

GSP 101 The Use of English I 2 C 

Any combination of 4 units from Electives 4 

TOTAL 18 

Electives 

First Semester 


PHY 123 Probability I 2 C 

PHY191 Practical Physics I 2 C 

CHM101 Basic Principles of Inorganic Chemistry 2 C 

CHM171 Basic Practical Chemistry 2 C 

ECO101 Principles of Economics I 2 C 

BIO151 General Biology 2 C 

AGR 201 Introduction to Agriculture 2 C 

GEO 103 Basic and Applied Geology for Environmental 

and Physical Sciences 

3 R 


Major Courses 


STA 112 Probability II 2 C 

STA 132 Inference II 2 C 

STA 134 Statistical Computing I 2 C 


MTH 112 Elementary Mathematics III 3 R 


GSP102 Use of English II 2 C 

Any Combination of 6 Units of Electives 6 R 

91

Electives 

Second Semester 


MTH132 Elementary Mechanics I 3 R 

PHY 134 

PHY 154 

SECOND YEAR 


General Physics for Physical Sciences II 2 C 

General Physics for Physical Sciences III 2 C 

MTH 112 Elementary Mathematics III 3 R 

CHM112 Basic Principles of Physical Chemistry 2 C 

CHM122 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 2 C 

ECO102 Principles of Economics II 2 R 

BIO152 General Biology 3 R 

GEO 142 Earth History 3 R 


STA 211 Probability III 2 C 

STA 231 Inference III 3 R 


COS 201 Computer Programming I 2 C 

MTH 213 Linear Algebra I 2 C 


GSP103 Social Science I 2 C 

GSP207 Humanities I 2 C 

Any combination of 2 Units of Electives 2 

92

Electives 



ECO 201 Microeconomic Theory I 2 C 

MTH 211 Set, Logic and Algebra 3 R 

MTH 221 Real Analysis 3 C 

ECO281 Structure of Nigerian Economy 1 2 C 

PHY 251 Electromagnetism 1 2 C 


Major Courses 


STA 212 Probability IV 2 C 

STA 234 Statistical computing II 2 C 


MTH 216 Elementary Differential Equation I 3 R 

COS 202 Computer Programming II 


2 C 

GSP104 Social Science II 2 C 

GSP208 Humanities II 2 C 

Combination of 4 Units of Electives 4 

Electives 



ECO 203 

Microeconomic Theory I 2 C 

MTH 224 Introduction to Numerical Analysis 3 R 

MTH 242 Mathematical Methods I 3 R 

ECO 282 Structure of Nigerian Economy II 2 C 

93

THIRD YEAR 


Major Course 


STA 311 Probability V 3 R 

STA 341 Sampling Theory and Survey Methods I 3 R 

STA 331 Inference IV 3 R 

STA 321 Distribution Theory 2 C 

STA 361 Algebraic Bases for Statistics 2 C 

Any combination of 6 Units from the Electives 6 

Total 19 

Electives 



STA 325 Biometrics I 3 R 

STA 323 Analysis of Variance 3 R 

STA 345 Statistical Quality Control 3 R 

STA 351 Demography 3 R 

STA 357 Actuarial Statistics I 2 C 

STA 363 Operation Research I 3 R 

STA 365 Laboratory for Operation Research I 2 C 

STA 353 Laboratory for Field work for Demography 2 C 

STA 347 Laboratory for Fieldwork for Quality Control 2 C 

COS334 System Analysis and Design 2 C 


MAJOR COURSES 


STA 334 

STA 346 

Statistical Computing III 2 

Lab. and Fieldwork for Sampling 

Theory and Survey Methods 

INDUSTRIAL TRAINING 12 

94 

2

FOURTH YEAR 


Major Courses 


STA 417 Stochastic Processes I 2 C 

STA 413 Time Series I 2 C 

STA 421 Design and Analysis of Experiment I 2 C 

STA 323 Regression Analysis 3 R 

Any combination of 8 Units from the Electives 8 

Total 17 

Electives 



STA411 Probability VI 3 R 

STA425 Biometrics II 2 C 

STA 345 Statistical Quality Control 2 C 

STA 351 Bayesian Inference I 2 C 

STA 433 Multivariate Analysis I 2 C 

STA 437 Psychometrics I 2 C 

STA 441 Sampling Theory and Survey Methods II 2 C 

STA 451 Actuarial Statistics II 2 C 

STA 461 Operation Research II 2 C 

STA 463 Decision Theory I 2 C 

STA 471 Health Statistics 

2 C 

STA 473 Environmental Statistics 2 C 

STA475 Educational Statistics 2 C 

MTH 441 Mathematical Methods II 3 R 


Major Courses 


STA 418 Stochastic Processes II 2 

STA 422 Design and Analysis of experiment II 2 

STA 414 Time series Analysis II 2 

STA 492 Project 6 

Any combination of 6 units from the electives 6 

TOTAL 18 

95

Electives 



STA 462 Operation Research III 2 

STA 436 


Non Parametric Methods II 2 

STA 426 Biometrics III 2 

STA 432 Bayesian Inference II 2 

STA 434 Multivariate Analysis II 2 

STA 438 Psychometrics II 2 

STA 466 Laboratory for Operation Research II 2 

STA 472 Medical Statistics 2 

STA 474 Energy Statistics. 2 

MTH 322 Elements of Differential Equations II 3 

STA 111 Probability I 2 Units 

Elementary set theory. Techniques of counting. sample space and Events. Basic notions of 

probability: Definition, axioms and laws. Simple conditional probability and independence. 

STA 112 Probability II 2 Units 

One-dimensional random variables (Discrete and continuous): Definition, moments and their 

distributions: applications to Bernoulli, Binomial, Geometric, Poisson, Normal, Exponential and 

Hyper geometric distributions. 

STA 131 Inference I 2 Units 

Statistical Data: Sources, Collection, presentation and Analysis. Measures of Central 

tendency and dispersion, skew ness. Moments and kurtosis. Index numbers and demographic 

measures. 

STA 132 Inference II 2 Units 

Elementary Time Series Analysis. Sampling and Statistical Inference: standard error and 

sampling distributions of the mean and proportion. Tests of significance for means and 

proportions. Simple linear regression and Correlation. 

STA 134 Statistical computing I 2 units 

Generation of data using table of random numbers. Presentation and analysis of data. 

Computations using calculator involving measures of central tendency and dispersion, time 

series, index numbers, simple linear regression and correlation. 

Test of significance (one sample only). 

STA 201 Statistics for Social Sciences I 2 Units 

Sources, collection, analysis and presentations of date. Index numbers, elementary analysis of 

time series, simple linear regression and correlation. Elementary non-parametric tests. 

96

STA 202 Statistics for social Sciences II 2 Units 

Introductory probability; Binomial, Normal and Poisson distribution. Interval estimation and 

test of significance. Association of Attributes. 

STA 203 Statistics for Agricultural and Biological Sciences I 2 Units 

Initial steps in the planning of biological experiments. ‘’methods of data collection presentation 

and analysis (measures of central tendency & dispersion). Frequency distributions. Elementary 

probability. Discrete and continuous distribution. Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions, 

exponential etc. Interval Estimation. 

STA 204 Statistics for Agricultural & Biological Sciences II 2 Units 

2 

Tests of significance. Student t-test, ( � ) test, multiple range tests, Latin square analysis. Two 

sample test and paired comparism. Regression and Correlation. Analysis of Variance: one way, 

two-way (no interaction). Analysis of covariance. Simple analysis of direct assays. 

STA 205 Statistics for Physical Sciences & Engineering I 2 Units 

Frequency Distributions. Elements of Probability discrete probability distributions: Binomial, 

Poisson, Geometric and Hyper geometric. Continuous Probability distribution: Normal, 

2 

Student’s t, Chi-square ( � ) and F. Combinational and moment generating functions. 

STA 206 Statistics for Physical sciences & Engineering II 2 Units 

Estimation: Point and Interval. Test of significance. Regression and Correlation. Analysis of 

variance: one way and two way ( no interaction) 

STA 211 Probability III 2 Units 

Combinatorial Analysis. Probability models for the study of random phenomena in finite sample 

spaces up to and including Bayes’Theorem. Probability distribution of Discrete and Continuous 

two-dimensional random variables. Expectation and Univariate moment generating functions. 

Truncated distributions. 

STA 212 Probability IV 2 Units 

Tchebychev’s inequality. Normal approximation to Binomial distribution. Bivariate, marginal 

and conditional distributions and their moments. convolution of two distributions. 

STA 231 Statistical Inference III 3 Units 

Estimation: Point Estimation by method of moments, maximum likelihood and least squares. 

Properties of estimators: Unbiasedness, Efficiency, consistency (definition only) 

Interval Estimation: Confidence interval for proportions, means, variance and variance ratio. 

test of significance: Tests based on normal, t, chi-square and F distributions with regard to 

means, proportions, variance. Tests for independence of attributes and goodness of fit. 

STA 234 Statistical Computing II 2 Units 

Use of computer software packages (Minitab, excel) on probability and inference. 

STA 311 Probability V 3 Units 

Probability Generating function. Bivariate Normal distribution: conditional and marginal 

densities. bivariate Moment Generating functions, characteristic function, Inversion 

formula. Various modes of convergence. Central limit Theorem. Elements of measure. Field of 

sets, fields, measure functions, probability measure and probability space. Introduction to 

Markov chains: basic concepts, state and parameter space, transition probabilities. 

97

STA 321 Distribution Theory 2 Units 

Bivariate Normal Distribution, the gamma, chi-square, 2 types of Beta, F and t distributions. 

Distribution of functions of random variables – sums, products and quotients. Probability 

Integral transformation. Order statistics and their functions. 

STA 323 Analysis of Variance 3 Units 

Analysis of one, double and multiple classifications of balanced data in crossed 

and nested arrangements, Analysis of two –and three – way contingency tables for test of 

independence and interactions. Incomplete block designs. Loglinear models. Analysis of 

covariance in one-way, two-way and three-way and nested classifications. 

STA 325 Biometrics I 3 units 

Direct Assays: types, nature and examples; precision of estimates, fiellers theorem, dilution 

assays and design of direct assays. Indirect Assays: the dose response regression, condition of 

similarity and monotony. Linearizing transformations and non-linear regression. Parallel line 

assays: unsymmetrical designs, difference in preparations, potency estimation and fiducial limits 

and validity test. Approximate and exact analyses for missing entries. Symmetry design for 

parallel line assays. Efficiency 

Reliability and Sensitivity 

STA 331 Inference IV 3 Units 

Criteria of Estimation: unbiasedness, consistency efficiency, sufficiency and minimum variance 

(with proofs), Rao-cramer Inequality. Testing of hypothesis: Null and alternative hypothesis, 

simple, composite hypothesis, Two types of error, critical region, Power size of a test, P – value, 

Neyman, -Pearson Theory, Most powerful test, likelihood ratio test. 

STA 334 Statistical Computing III 2 Units 

Use of computer packages (GENSTAT, SPSS) and other current packages on topics in Inference 

(IV), Anova, operation research, Regression and many other applicable areas. 

STA 341 Sampling Theory & Survey Methods I 3 Units 

Basic Sample selection procedures. Estimation of population mean, total and proportions 

in simple random sampling with and without reokacenebt. Use of auxiliary information 

(ratio, regression and difference estimators.) stratification: Estimation of mean total 

population in stratified random sampling. sample size allocation. Cluster sampling. 

Two stage Cluster sampling with clusters of equal sizes. 

Data collection in (social investigations). Methods of social investigations. Planning of surveys. 

Methods of collecting information. Questionnaire design. Response errors, processing, analysis 

and presentation of data. 

STA 345 Statistical Quality control 3 Units 

Concept of quality and meaning of control. specifications: Control limits and specifications, 

process spread and specifications. Control charts: for variables and 

attributes: Determination of process capability and standard cusum charts 

Acceptance Sampling Inspection by attributes: single, double and multiple sampling plans 

STA 346 Lab for Sampling & Survey Methods 2 Units 

Computations involving Stratification, Ratio and regression estimates, Cluster and two stage 

sampling. Field Work.. 

98

STA 347 Lab & field work for quality Control I 2 Units 

Practical construction of control charts. Computations involving tolerance limits, simple, 

multiple and sequential sampling plans. Use of the Poisson approximatio to design sampling 

plans for the producers and consumers risk method. Design and analysis 

of various rectification schemes. 

STA 351 Demography 3 Units 

Sources of demographic data: Census and vital registration. Rates and ratios. Study of mortality. 

Construction of Life tables. Expectation of life. Measure of fertility and morbidity. Population 

growth and projection. Migration and the population distribution. Interpretation of population 

parameters from defective data. stable and quasi stable populations. 

STA 353 Laboratory & Field Work for Demography 2 Units 

Computations involving mortality and fertility rates, life tables and population growth 

STA 357 Actuarial Statistics I 2 Units 

Effective rate of interest-Normal rate of interest –Force of interest-Relationship 

between i.i (m) and-Present Value-Effective and normal rate of Discount-Present Value of 

immediate Annuity, Annuity-due, Increasing and decreasing Annuities, Continuous Annuity 

Accumulation of Annuities-increasing by step and continuously. Repayment of Leon by equated 

Installments (Annuity and Sinking funds)-Capital and Interest Element contained in the t-th 

Installment-Purchase price of annuities net of Tax-Leon Schedules. 

STA 361 Algebraic Basis for Statistics 2 Units 

Vectors: Norms, scalar and cross products. Vector spaces: Basis and dimension. Matrices: 

elementary operation with matrices vectors, rank, determinants, linear equations, orthogonality. 

Bilinear and quadratic forms: eigensystem; Differentiation with vector and matrices 

STA 363 Operations Research I 3 Units 

The Nature of Operations Research: History, meaning and models. Classical methods of 

optimization: maxima and minima, Lagrange’s Multipliers, Convex set and functions. Linear 

Programming: formulation and Analysis using graphs. simplex and revised simplex methods. 

Duality Theory and Applications. sensitivity Analysis in Linear Programming. 

STA 365 Laboratory for Operations Research I 2 Units 

Problem formulation involving linear programming applications. Computations 

involving: Simplex and revised simplex algorithms, graphs. 

STA 411 Probability VII 3 Units 

Probability spaces, measures and distributions. Product spaces: Product of measurable spaces, 

product probabilities. Random variables as measurable functions. Independence and 

expectations of random variables. Convergence of random variables: Weak convergence, 

convergence almost every where, a convergence in p-th mean. central Limit Theorem. 

Characteristics function and Laplace transforms. Inversion formula. 

STA 413 Time Series I 2 Units 

Components of Time Series, measurement of trend, the seasonal index, the cyclical component 

and random fluctuations serial correlation, Correlogram. 

99

STA 414 Time Series II 2 Units 

Stationary Time Series: Second Order Stationarity, the autocorrelation function, Autoregressive 

process, Moving Average Processes of mixed models. Integrated Models. Estimation of the 

parameters, Forecasting and spectral density. 

STA 417 Stochastic Processes I 2 Units 

Random Walk: Simple and general random walk with absorbing and reflecting barriers. 

Markovian processes with finite chains. Branching processes. Poisson process, relevant 

applications. 

STA 418 Stochastic Processes II 2 Units 

Birth and Death Processes. Queuing Processes: M/M/1, M/M/S, M/C and G/M/1 Queues and 

their waiting time distributions Diffusion process. Relevant applications. 

STA 421 Design & Analysis of Expt. I 2 Units 

Meaning, Need, Purpose and Basic principles of Experimental Design. Efficient design: 

Randomization, replication and blocking, local control. Basic designs: Completely randomized 

design (CRD), Randomized complete block design (RCBD), Latin square. Relative efficiency, 

Missing values. Multiple comparisons. Departures from underlying assumptions. Examples from 

agriculture, biology and industry. 

STA 422 Design and Analysis of Experiment II 2 Units 

BIB designs, and Factorial experiments. Split-plot design. Expected mean square (EMS) 

rules. 2 n 

factorial designs: Yates Algorithm confounding, fractional replication 

Applications with real life data. Introduction to response surface methodology. 

STA 423 Regression Analysis 3 Units 

Simple linear and multiple regression, Inference on regression parameters, Polynomial 

regression. Examination of residuals, use of dummy variable. Reparametrization of non-linear 

models, Partial, total and multiple correlation ratio. Generalized least squares, Prediction from 

regression. Multicollinearity auto correlation and Heteroscedasticity Durbin – Watson test, 

Outliers selection of the best regression equation. Simple treatment of logistic regression. 

STA 425 Biometrics II 2 Units 

Slope Ratio Assays: the power dose Metameter, multiple regression equation. Analysis of 

variance and validity tests.Symmetrical (2K + 1) point design. 

Comparison of assay techniques. 

STA 426 Biometrics III 2 Units 

Multiple Assays: Economy of multiple. Assays, multiple slope ratio assays and 

Design of multiple assays. Distribution of Responses between preparations. Composite 

Responses: the discriminant Problem examples of an assay using a Discriminant function; 

discriminants and Concomitants; the economics of Discriminant analysis. 

STA 431 Bayesian Inference I 2 Units 

Baye’s theorem. Posterior distributions. Point estimation with the loss functions. Squared error 

loss, absolute error loss and zero one loss. Interval estimation. Shortest, highest posterior 

density (HPD), equal tail and one tail intervals, prediction of a future observation. Choice of 

priort:natural conjugate family of priors (NCP) and non-informative priors (NIP). Application to 

some standard one and two-Parameter problems. 

100

STA 432 Bayesian Inference II 2 Units 

Comparison of the means and variances of two Normal and two Poisson distributions. Linear 

regression: joint and marginal posterior distributions of regression parameters for normally 

distributed regressor variables. Tests of hypothesis: Jeffrey’s methods and decisiontheoreticapproach. 

Applications 

STA 433 Multivariate Analysis I 2 Units 

The Multivariate Normal Distribution: definition, Generating function, conditional distribution 

of the estimates. The hotellings distribution, Wishart distribution. Inference about mean 

vectors: One sample and two sample cases. Tests of independence 

STA 434 Multivariate Analysis II 2 Units 

Classification: the linear discriminant function for two groups, errors of 

misclassification and estimation of misclassification probabilities. Principal Components: 

Meaning, Computation and interpretation; sampling properties. Factor analysis: Model for factor 

structure, estimation of factor loadings, factor rotation. Applications. 

STA 435 Non-Parametric Method I 2 Units 

Nonparametric versus Parametric Inference. Distribution-Free Statistics. Order Statistics and 

their distributions. Kolmogorov type of tesat statistics. Common nonparametric test including 

Runs, signs and Ranks in one and two sample problems. Exact and asymptotic methods. 

STA 436 Non-Parametric Method II 2 Units 

‘’Rank’’ estimates of location in one two sample problems. Rank test applied to C( >2) 

samples: Kruskal- Wallis and Friedman tests. Rank test in simple linear regression and 

correlation. Sample cases. Tests of independence. 

STA 437 Psychometrics I 2 Units 

Foundations of mental measurement theory: measurements in psychology and education/ 

construction of true scores. The classical test theory model: basic equations for test of fixed 

length and for homogeneous test for variable length. Composite test fact affecting measurement 

precision, estimation and predication Estimate of parameters of the classical model. 

STA 438 Psychometrics II 2 Units 

Other weak true-score models. Some test theory for imperfectly parallel measurements, types of 

reliability coefficients and their estimation. Some test theory for equivalent measurement, item 

sample in test theory and in research design. Applications. 

STA 441 Sampling Theory & Survey Methods III 2 Units 

Unequal probability sampling; probability proportional to size with replacement and probability 

proportional to size – systematic selections (with cluster of unequal size). Multistage sampling 

Estimation totals, ratio. Double sampling for ratio and regression estimation, Gains in precision 

due to stratification, post stratification Domain estimation. Practical examples. 

STA 451 Actuarial Statistics I 2 Units 

Investment and Appraisal Techniques; Analysis of experiments, data and derivation of exposed 

to risk formulae. Graduation methods (and their application to curve fitting). Construction of 

mortality, sickness, multiple decrements and similar tables with application to life insurance. 

National social security and pension schemes. Stochastic Interest Rate Models-Independent 

Annual Interest Rates. Mean and variance of Sn An and simple problems associated with these 

101

STA 461 Operations Research II 2 Units 

Game theory: two persons; zero sum games, saddle point, dominance and strategies. 

Mathematical Programming: non-line programming, integer programming. Dynamic 

programming. Theory of reliability: reliability function, active and passive reliability; reliability 

of systems in series, in parallel, and voting. Hazard rate, 

mean time to failure. 

STA 462 Operations Research III 2 Units 

Optimization. Network Analysis: network flows; transportation problem. Assignment problem, 

maximal flow problem, critical path method (CPM) and Project Evaluation and Review 

Technique (PERT). 

STA 463 Decision Theory I 2 Units 

Formulation of decision-theoretic problems. comparison between game theory and decision 

theory. Risk, Utility, Loss and decision function. 

STA 464 Decision Theory II 2 Units 

Admissibility and completeness. Minimax and Bayes solution. Invariant statistical problems. 

Applications. 

STA 466 Laboratory for Operations Research II 2 Units 

Exercises on problems formulation in Applications of Operations Research. Computations in 

mathematical programming, dynamic programming, integer programming, non-linear 

programming, network analysis and Games theory. 

STA 471 Health Statistics 2 units 

Scope and types of health Statistics. classification of diseases, injuries and causes of death 

Sources and method of collecting health statistics; census, sample surveys vital registration and 

administrative statistics. Health indicators: types, uses and problems. Health planning and 

financing. Health information system. Operation research in the health services. 

STA 472 Medical Statistics 2 units 

Scope and nature of medical statistics, epidemiology methods; relative risks and, odds ratios 

adjustment of data with and without use of multivariate models, cohort studies. (Life tables) 

competing risks survival analysis. sequential methods in clinical trial. Stochastic models in 

epidemiology and other areas 

STA 473 Environmental Statistics 2 units 

Scope, nature and sources of Environmental statistics. Assessment of environmental quality and 

measurement of air and water pollution. Sampling method in natural and applied sciences. 

Environmental impact assessment. Requirement for Environmental reporting system. 

Characteristic and uses of the United Nations frame work for the development of environmental 

statistics. Capacity development for Environmental reporting system. 

STA 474 Energy Statistics 2 units 

Energy source: renewable and non-renewable, Nature scope and uses of energy statistics. 

Concepts, definition and units of measurement in use in Energy statistics. Energy production and 

consumption survey. Data requirements and the procedure for developing an energy database. 

Constructing an energy balance sheet with Nigeria as a case study. Modeling energy supply and 

demand 

102

STA 475 Educational Statistics 2 Units 

Source, nature and uses of Educational statistics. Source and methods of collecting educational 

statistics. Educational indicators. Design of educational information systems, Educational 

models and performance of flows (flows, manpower) etc.) evaluation, multivariate methods in 

Educational analysis, operations research in Educational management. 

STA 491 Project 6 Units 

Each final year student is expected to produce an acceptable first hand study of an approved 

topic under staff supervision. The project should be based on some of the theories and 

techniques covered in the courses. 

103

B.Sc. DEGREE IN APPLIED CHEMISTRY 

CHEMISTRY 

The Department of Chemistry offers a 4-year Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) degree programme in 

Applied Chemistry. The programme is not only dedicated to excellence but is designed in such a 

way to confer skills and competences on the graduate in the chemical sciences as applicable to 

the wide spectrum of industrial concerns and other domains of applied chemistry and associated 

activities. The overall objective is to equip the graduate to go into the world with an 

entrepreneurial orientation such that he/she functions as a job and wealth creator rather than a 

job seeker, in consonance with FUNAI’s overarching philosophy of producing self-confident 

and self-reliant graduates. 

Other objectives of the programme include: 

� Stimulate the students to demonstrate interest, and on a sustained basis, in the 

field of chemistry and other areas of science, especially in the context of 

harbouring the knowledge and tools necessary for problem-solving and enhancing 

human well-being. 

� Create a thirst for expansion of the knowledge base such that the students acquire 

a life long attitude of inquiry and drawing scientifically sound conclusions and 

inferences based on empirical observations. 

� Provide the student with a sound theoretical and practical grounding in the 

discipline such that he/she can proceed to postgraduate studies and is able to 

compete with the best in the world. 


Candidates to be admitted into the programme must pass the Senior Secondary School 

Certificate or its equivalent with at least five credits, to include English Language, Mathematics, 

Chemistry, Physics as the core subjects and at least one other science subject. Candidates for 

admission must pass the Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) at a decent level 

acceptable to the University and subject themselves for screening by the University through a 

mechanism fashioned out for the purpose of attracting the best candidates. 

104


Graduates from the programme are expected to 

(a) Be familiar with the language of the discipline and the underlying concepts and tools that 

predispose them to engaging the problems in the industry and the world at large that 

require knowledge and skills imparted by chemistry with confidence. 

(b) Demonstrate a high level of skills in carrying out laboratory-based practical work and to 

present their work in a logical, coherent manner that demonstrates clarity of thought. 

(c) Be able to communicate well and show a methodical self-organization in dealing with 

people. 

(d) Be attracted to engage in entrepreneurial activities on graduation, irrespective of whether 

they are employed or not 

LIST OF COURSES 

FIRST YEAR 


CHM 101 General Chemistry I 3 C 

CHM 102 General Chemistry II 3 C 

CHM 107 Practical Chemistry I 1 C 

CHM 108 Practical Chemistry II 1 C 

MTH 101 General Mathematics I 3 R 

MTH 102 General Mathematics II 3 R 

PHY 101 General Physics I 3 R 

PHY 102 General Physics II 3 R 

PHY 105 Practical Physics I 1 R 

PHY 108 Practical Physics II 1 R 

BIO 101 General Biology I 3 R 

BIO 102 General Biology II 3 R 

BIO 107 Practical Biology I 1 R 

BIO 108 Practical Biology II 1 R 

CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science 3 R 

GST 101 Library Skills 2 C 

GST 111 Use of English I 2 C 

GST 112 Use of English II 2 C 

GST 113 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 

TOTAL 41 

C=Compulsory, R=Required ancillary courses , E= Electives 

105

SECOND YEAR 


CHM 210 Physical Chemistry II 2 C 

CHM 211 Organic Chemistry II 2 C 

CHM 212 Inorganic Chemistry II 2 C 

CHM 213 Analytical Chemistry I 3 C 

ACH 221 Structure and Bonding in Chemistry 2 C 

ACH 232 Introduction to Environmental Chemistry 2 C 

MAT 201 Mathematical Methods 3 R 

MAT 202 Linear Algebra II 2 R 

STA 212 Statistics for Physical Sciences and Engineering 4 R 

PHY 201 Electromagnetism and Atomic Physics 3 R 

PHY 212 Electronics 3 R 

CSC 203 Introduction to Computer Systems 3 R 

ECO101 Economics Principles I 2 R 

ECO 102 Economics Principles II 2 R 

GST 203 Entrepreneurship Studies II 2 R 

Chose a minimum of 4 Units and a maximum of 6 Elective 

PHY 207 Thermal Physics, Waves and Optics 3 E 

PHY 201 General Physics V (Elementary Modern Physics) 3 E 

PHY 206 

General Physics VI (Energy and the 

Environment) 

106 

1 E 

MTH 207 Real Analysis I 2 E 

BCH 201 General Biochemistry I 3 E 

BCH 202 General Biochemistry II 3 E 

BIO 201 Genetics I 2 E 

BIO 202 Introductory Ecology 1 E 

BIO 203 General Physiology 1 E 

BIO 204 Biological Techniques 1 E 

TOTAL 41/43

THIRD YEAR 


CHM 301 Physical Chemistry III 2 C 

CHM 302 Inorganic Chemistry III 3 C 

CHM 303 Organic Chemistry III 3 C 

CHM 304 Atomic and Molecular Structure and Symmetry 3 C 

CHM 316 Applied Spectroscopy 2 C 

CHM 310 Polymer Chemistry I 2 C 

CHM 323 Industrial Raw Materials Resource Inventory 1 C 


CHM 399 SIWES (Entire 2 nd Semester) 6 C 

A minimum of 6 Units from the following courses 

CHM 305 Petrochemistry 2 E 

CHM 306 Organometallic Chemistry I 2 E 

CHM 307 Carbohydrate Chemistry 1 E 

CHM 308 Natural Products Chemistry I 1 E 

CHM 309 Chemical Physics I 1 E 

CHM 311 Colour Chemistry and Technology 3 E 

CHM 311 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3 E 

CHM 313 Applied Surface and Colloid Chemistry 1 E 

CHM 318 Industrial Chemical Processes I 2 E 

CHM 319 Environmental Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 320 Industrial Chemical Technology I 2 E 

CHM 321 Unit Operations 2 E 

BCH 311 General Biochemical Methods 2 E 

CSC 202 Computer Programming II 2 E 

TOTAL 30 

107

FOURTH YEAR 


CHM 400 Chemistry Seminar 1 C 

CHM 401 Research Project 6 C 

CHM 411 Analytical Chemistry II 2 C 

CHM 406 Reaction Kinetics 2 C 

CHM 407 Electrochemistry 2 C 

CHM 408 Statistical Thermodynamics 2 C 

CHM 411 Polymer Chemistry II 2 C 

CHM 419 Organic Synthesis 2 C 

CHM 420 Organometallic Chemistry II 2 C 

CHM 421 Heterocyclic Chemistry 2 C 

CHM 424 Co-ordination Chemistry 2 C 

CHM 425 Non-aqueous Solvents 1 C 

CHM 426 Chemistry of Lanthanides and Actinides 1 C 

CHM 427 Research Methods 2 C 

Choose a minimum of 5 Credit Units and a maximum of 7 Credit Units from the 

following list of courses 

CHM 402 Theory of Molecular Spectroscopy 2 E 

CHM 403 Quantum Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 404 Group Theory and Symmetry 2 E 

CHM 405 Statistical Mechanics 1 E 

CHM 409 Radio- and Nuclear Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 412 Colour Chemistry and Technology II 2 E 

CHM 413 Industrial Chemical Technology II 2 E 

CHM 415 Polymer Technology 2 E 

CHM 417 Industrial Chemical Processes II 2 E 

BCH 412 Industrial Biochemistry 2 E 

BCH 413 Pharmaceutical Biochemistry 2 E 

CHM 418 Photochemistry and Pericyclic Reactions 2 E 

108

CHM 422 Physical Organic Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 423 Natural Products Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 428 Catalysis in Chemistry, Biology and the Industry 2 E 

CHM 429 Chemistry of the Environment and Climate Change 2 E 

CHM 430 Chemistry of Biomolecules 2 E 

CHM 431 Food Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 432 Agrochemical Technology 2 E 

CHM 433 Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms 2 E 

CHM 434 Introduction to Green Chemistry 2 E 

CHM 435 Chemistry of Cement, Paints, Adhesives and Dyes 2 E 

TOTAL 36/38 


CHM 101 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

Matter, atoms, molecules, chemical reactions and chemical equations. Laws of chemical 

combination and stoichiometry. Atomic structure, electronic configuration in elements, theory of 

valencies, chemical bonding, including covalent, ionic, metallic and hydrogen bonding.The 

periodic classification of elements and the periodic table, blocks, rows, and groups of elements. 

General features of the chemistry of s-, p-, d-, and f-blocks of elements. Modern electronic 

theory of atoms Isotopes – origin, detection, concentration and separation. Natural and artificial 

radioactivity, stability of nuclides, fission and fusion of elements. Measurement of radioactivity 

and calculations involving radioactive reactions. Chemical bonding. Properties of gases and the 

gas laws. The kinetic theory of gases, deviations from the ideal gas equation, the van der Waal 

equation, liquefaction of gases and the Joule-Thompson effect. Solutions, definition of terms, 

colligative properties of solutions –lowering of vapour pressure, Raoult’s law, elevation of 

boiling point, lowering of freezing point and osmotic pressure. Kinetics – rates of chemical 

reactions, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria, factors affecting rates, activation energy, 

transition state and chemical catalysis. Chemical equilibria –reversibility of chemical reactions, 

factors affecting chemical equilibrium, solubility and solubility product, common ion effect. 

109

Electrochemistry as an equilibrium process. Heat changes in chemical reactions, heats of 

reaction and laws of thermochemistry. 

CHM 102 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 3 UNITS 

Brief historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry. The carbon 

atom and bonding in organic compounds, sp 3 , sp 2 , and sp hybridization and their structural and 

optical implications of isomersm. Functional groups, homologous series, classification of 

organic compounds, isolation, purification and derivatization of organic compounds, qualitative 

and quantitative analysis of organic compounds. IUPAC (systematic) nomenclature of organic 

compounds. Structural determination in organic chemistry. Electronic theory in organic 

chemistry. Saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons. Periodic table and periodicity of properties. 

Valence forces, structure of solids. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. 

CHM 107 PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY I 1 UNIT 

Practical chemistry deriving from CHM 101. 

CHM 108 PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY II 1 UNIT 

Practical chemistry class deriving from CHM102 

CHM 210 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Kinetic theory of gases, ideal and non-ideal behaviour of gases. Derivation of the kinetic theory 

equation for the pressure of an ideal gas and the deductions therefrom for the behaviour of real 

gases. Molecular collision, mean free path, gas viscosity, the Boltzmann Distribution Law. 

Equipartition of energy and Brownian motion. Colligative properties of solutions and their utility 

in molecular mass determination. The nature and scope of thermodynamics. The laws of 

thermodynamics, free energy and entropy. Heat capacities, the Carnot Cycle. Reactions and 

phase equilibria. Reaction rates, rate laws, mechanisms and theories of elementary processes. 

Photochemical processes. Basic electrochemistry. Crystal formation, lattices and crystal 

structures, symmetry properties and symmetry elements of crystals. Changes of state, phase 

equilibria and transitions, the phase rule, and the Clausius Clapeyron equation. 

CHM 211 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Factors affecting the structure, physical properties and electron availability in organic 

compounds. Electronic effects in organic molecules, introduction to reaction mechanisms, with 

110

emphasis on breaking and making of bonds as electrical transactions, collision theory of reaction 

rates and the diagnosis of order, molecularity and rate laws. Preparation, physical and chemical 

properties of the various classes of organic compounds and their derivatives studied from a 

mechanistic point of view. Preparation, properties and uses of cycloalkanes, cycloalkenes and 

cycloalkadienes, conformation in acyclic and cyclic alkane systems, Stereochemistry. 

Classification of organic reactions, reaction rates, the transition state theory and equilibria in 

organic reactions. Aliphatic electrophilic and nucleophilic reactions. Aromatic hydrocarbons and 

aromaticity, using benzene to exemplify chemical properties and reactions of aromatic 

compounds. Electrophilic substitution reactions (nitration, halogenation, sulphonation alkylation, 

acylation, etc), detailed mechanism, reactivities and orientation, side chain reactivities of 

aromatic compounds. Nucleophilic addition and substitution reactions, reactions of carbanions 

and a variety of condensation reactions (aldol, Claisen, etc.). Stuctures, synthesis and reactions 

of isolated and fused ring systems. 

CHM 212 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Chemistry of first row transition metals. Introduction to coordination chemistry, including 

elementary treatment of the crystal and ligand field theories. Comparative chemistry of the 

following elements: (a) Ga, In, Tl; (b) Ge, Sn, Pb; (c) As, Sb, Bi; (d) Se, Te, Po. Introduction to 

organometallic chemistry. The role of metals in biological systems. 

CHM 213 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I 2 UNITS 

Meaning and importance of analytical chemistry, expression of analytical results, preparation of 

solutions. Theory of errors in quantitative measurements and analysis, theory of sampling, 

detection and elimination of errors. Statistical treatment of data. Theory of sampling. 

Theoretical basis for quantitative inorganic analysis; separation methods. Gravimetric analysis, 

volumetric methods of analysis including acid-base equilibria, complexometric titration and 

redox titration. Electroanalytical methods of chemical analysis, introduction to electrode 

processes, electrode potential, conductometric methods of titration and potentiometric titration. 

Separation methods. 

CHM 214 STRUCTURE AND BONDING IN CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

The concept of quantum states, orbitals, shapes of orbitals and energies. Simple valence theory 

and electron repulsion theory. Atomic spectra, methods of determining molecular shape, bond 

111

lengths and bond angles. Detailed structure and chemistry of some representative main group 

element compounds. 

CHM 301 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III 2 UNITS 

The nature and scope of chemical kinetics. Factors influencing rates of reactions. Pseudo order 

reactions and their utility. Integrated rate expressions for first, second and third order reactions. 

Meaning of fractional order reactions. Experimental methods in kinetics, kinetics as a tool for 

determining reaction mechanisms. The Bodenstein (steady state) approximation. The effect of 

temperature on rates of chemical reactions, the Arrhenius equation and the mechanistic 

importance of the Arrhenius parameters. Effects of isotopic substitution on reaction rates. The 

chemical potential, a review of the Gibbs and Helmholtz free energy functions. A detailed 

review of the second law of thermodynamics, entropy and equilibrium. An introduction to 

statistical thermodynamics. Ideal and non-ideal solutions, properties of electrolytes and 

colligative properties of solutions, equilibrium electrochemistry, including applications. 

CHM 302 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III 2 UNITS 

The noble gases. Hydrogen. Electronic structure and comparative study of Group IA and group 

IIA elements. Chemistry of boron, carbon and silicon; nitrogen and phosphorus, oxygen and 

sulphur, the halogens. General characteristics of transition elements, complex formation with 

ligands, emphasizing co-ordination numbers, hybridization and geometry of complexes. Ligand 

and crystal field theory theories. Ligand substitution reactions. Resemblances among transition 

elements. Trace metals and bioinorganic chemistry. The occurrence, extraction and properties, 

especially magnetic properties, of rare earth metals and their industrial applications. Introduction 

to radiochemistry, radioactivity and the periodic table. 

CHM 303 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III 2 UNITS 

Alcohols and their reactions. Ethers and epoxides. Carboxylic acids and their derivatives. 

Aldehydes and ketones. Carbanions, α-, β-unsaturated compounds. Amines. Aromatic and 

aliphatic chemistry. Polyfunctional chemistry. Heterocyclic compounds. 

CHM 304 ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR STRUCTURE & SYMMETRY 3 UNITS 

The Schroedinger equation. Helium atom, ground and excited states, spin and the Pauli 

Principle. The hydrogen molecule. Comparison of molecular orbital and valence bond theories., 

concept of resonance and configuration interaction. Coulson-Fischer function. molecular orbitals 

112

for diatomic molecules. Simple pi-electron theory, Huckel theory, Walsh rules. Rotational, 

vibrational and electronic spectra. Applications for determining bond lengths and angles. Brief 

mention of other methods. Atomic spectra. Russel Saunders coupling. orbital and spin angular 

momentum. Use of symmetry in chemistry. 

CHM 305 PETROCHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Petroleum in the contemporary energy scene. Nature, classification and composition of crude 

petroleum and natural gases. Distribution of petroleum and natural gases resources (the global 

and Nigerian situations). Petrolleum technology. Survey of refinery products and process. 

Petrochemicals in industrial raw materials. Prospects for the petrochemical industry in Nigeria. 

Prospects for the petrochemical industries in Nigeria and LNG. 

CHM 306 ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY I 2 UNITS 

Introduction to organometallic compounds of the transition elements. Classification of 

organometallic compounds. Preparation, structure and reactions, including abnormal behaviour 

of organometallic compounds. Synthetic utility of organometallics. Generation and detection of 

free radicals from organometallic compounds. The organic chemistry of ferrocenes and related 

compounds. The role of organometallic compounds in catalysis, energy generation and transport, 

and the electronic industry. 

CHM 307 CARBOHYDRATE CHEMISTRY 1 UNIT 

Classification, structure and nomenclature. Sugars. General reactions, preparations, and reaction 

mechanisms. Configuration. Epimerization. 

CHM 308 NATURAL PRODUCTS CHEMISTRY 1 UNIT 

Terpenoids, carotenoids, steroids, alkaloids an lipids. 

CHM 309 CHEMICAL PHYSICS 1 UNIT 

Theory of bonding in H2 + and H2. rotation and vibration of molecules. Heat capacities of 

crystals. 

CHM 310 POLYMER CHEMISTRY I 2 UNITS 

Historical development of polymer science. The nature of polymers. Nomenclature. Outline of 

raw materials for polymers. Definition of terms used in polymer science. Classification of 

113

polymers. Structures of polymers. Polymerization reactions: Condensation polymerization in 

detail. Solubility and solution properties of polymers. Structure and properties of polymers. 

Fibre forming polymers. Addition polymerisation, co-ordination catalysis, stereoregulation, the 

Ziegler-Natta system. Co-polymerisation, kinetics, mechanism and polymerization methods. 

Bulk solution, suspension, etc. condensation or step growth polymerization. Polymer 

characterization, degradation and stabilization. 

CHM 311 COLOUR CHEMISTRY & TECHNOLOGY 3 UNITS 

Colour and constitution. Classification of dyes. Dye synthesis and the properties of dyes and 

pigments. Dyeing mechanisms. Classification of dyes and fibres. Fibres and dyeing of natural 

and synthetic, man-made fibres. Colour fastness, properties, chalking, bleeding and blooming in 

dyes. The chemistry and theory of dyeing. The chemistry and application of reactive dyes. 

Dyeing machineries and printing technology. Dyes used as food additives and in the 

manufacture of paper, cosmetics, and drugs. Colour photography. 

CHM 312 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS 3 UNITS 

Spectroscopic techniques. Quantitative analysis. X-ray methods. Fluorescence methods. Nuclear 

magnetic resonance and electron spin resonance. Refractometry interferrometry. Polarimetry. 

Polarography. Calorimetry. 

CHM 313 APPLIED SURFACE AND COLLOID CHEMISTRY 1 UNIT 

Some general principles relating to surfaces. Electrical potentials. Attractive forces. Solid/gas 

interface and solid/liquid interface. Definition of colloids and the history of colloid 

development. Types of colloid. Polymers. Proteins, Gels, association colloids, detergents and 

detergency. 

CHM 316 APPLIED SPECTROSCOPY 2 UNITS 

Principles and applications of UV, IR, NMR and Mass spectrometry. The determination and 

Elucidating of structures of organic compounds. 

CHM 317 INDUSTRIAL RAW MATERIALS RESOURCE INVENTORY 2 UNITS 

Survey of Nigeria’s industries and their raw material requirements. Mineral chemistry. Fossils 

and their uses. Plant and animal products. Nuclear, solar and hydrodynamic sources of energy. 

Potentials and applications of locally available raw materials as industrial feedstocks. 

114

CHM 318 INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL PROCESSES I 2 UNITS 

Production of primary intermediates and synthesis of industrial organic chemicals.Polymers, 

adhesives, dyes, explosives, insecticides, pesticides, herbicides, flavouring agents and 

pharmaceuticals. Fermentation process. 

CHM 319 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Concepts of elementary cycles. Characterization of the atmosphere. Sources, types and effects 

of environmental pollution. Waste water treatment. Composition of industrial and domestic 

wastes and waste management. Water chemistry and analysis., chemical and physical 

instrumentation in environmental sciences. Introduction to environmental impact assessment. 

CHM 320 INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY I 2 UNITS 

Heat and mass transfer processes. Unit operations. Chemical technology equipment. 

CHM 321 UNIT OPERATIONS 2 UNITS 

Fluid flow and transportation in pipes. Heat flow. Filtration. Mass transfer operations: 

humidifcation, gas absorption and distillation, solvent extraction, drying, ion exchange and 

leaching. Application of mass, energy and momentum balances and constitutive equation to 

establish operating parameters and conditions in the above listed unit operations. 

CHM 399 SIWES 6 UNITS 

One semester of industrial work experience in an industrial concern where students are exposed 

to the requirements and skills in the industry. This not only stimulates their interest but exposes 

them to the environment of the industry for their future. 

CHM 400 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 1 UNIT 

Students are given topics of current importance in applied chemistry to undertake literature 

survey, write their findings on the topic as a scientific paper and present to the Departmental 

audience for assessment. This is to aid their competence in searching for information, organising 

their findings into a coherent scientific report and presenting it as part of peer dialogue. 

CHM 401 RESEARCH PROJECT 6 UNITS 

The student carries out a research project in a topic in which he/she participates in choosing, 

which must be applied in nature and geared towards solving a problem of economic or 

115

developmental important with chemistry content or providing information that would help in 

solving the said problem. The student works under the guidance of a staff supervisor. As much 

as is possible, the student is encouraged to explore his/her initiative. A project report is 

submitted at the end of the project and the student is subjected to an oral defence of his/her 

work. 

CHM 402 THEORY OF MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY 2 UNITS 

Quantum theory of rotation and vibration. Theory of microwave, IR, Raman, UV-VISIBLE and 

NMR spectroscopy. General introduction to electron spin resonance. Mossbauer effect, nuclear 

quadruple resonance and other modern techniques. 

CHM 403 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 3 UNITS 

Postulates of quantum mechanics; operators, angular momentum solution of the hydrogen atom 

problem. Theory of atomic spectra. Self consistent field theory. Computational aspects. 

Perturbation and variation methods. 

CHM 404 GROUP THEORY AND SYMMETRY 2 UNITS 

Review of molecular symmetry operations. Definition of group. Molecular symmetry groups. 

Intro duction of the mathematical structure of groups. Group representations. Detailed study of 

groups Cn, Dn, Coov and full rotation group. Applications. General symmetry applications. 

Symmetry of crystal lattices. Block orbitals for infinite system. 

CHM 405 STATISTICAL MECHANICS 1 UNIT 

Maxwell Distribution statistics. Calculation of thermodynamic properties –partition functions, 

heat capacities, entropy, equilibrium constants. Use of spectroscopic data, transition state theory 

and quantum effects. 

CHM 406 REACTION KINETICS 2 UNITS 

Review of the first, second and third order rate equations. Rate constants and equilibrium 

constants. Collision theory, transition state theory, reaction coordinates. Unimolecular reaction 

theory, bimolecular reaction mechanisms, chain reaction mechanisms, catalysis and 

heterogeneous reactions. Photochemical reaction mechanisms. 

116

CHM 407 ELECTROCHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Electrical double layer, potential at zero charge, polarisable and non-polarizable interface, mass 

transport, concentration polarization, Fick’s law, Levic equation. Electrodiscs. Polarography. 

Corrosion – types and precaution. 

CHM 408 STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS 2 UNITS 

Microstates and randomness, ensembles, probability and distribution functions; the Boltzmann 

distribution, statistical thermodynamics of gases, the calculation of thermodynamic equilibrium 

cnstants from partition functions, statistical thermodynamics of monoatomic solids, introduction 

to the Fermi – Dirac and Dose – Einstein statistics. 

CHM 409 RADIO-NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Natural radioactions, fusion, fission, decay processes, nature of radiation. Nuclear models, 

energetics of nuclear reactions. Principles and measurement of radioactivity. Applications of 

radioactivity. Radiation hazards. 

CHM 410 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Theory of error. Potentiometric and pH methods. Conductomeric methods. Electroanalytical 

methods. Amperometric and colorimetric methods of analysis. Coupled methods of analysis, 

GC-MS. Sampling and sample pre-treatment. Radiochemical methods. Chromatography. 

CHM 411 POLYMER CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Polymerization mechanisms, detailed treatment of addition polymerization. Stereospecific 

polymerization. Copolymerization. Phase systems for polymerization. Industrially important 

thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers. Polyurethanes. Rubber elasticity. Mechanical 

properties of polymers. Analysis and testing of polymers. Degradation of polymers. 

CHM 412 COLOUR CHEMISTRY AND TECHNOLOGY II 2 UNITS 

The chemistry and theory of dyeing. Chemistry and application of reactive dyes. Preparation and 

dyeing of man-made fibres. Dyeing machineries. Printing. Colouring matters for food, drugs and 

cosmetics. Dyes used in the paper industry. Colour photography. 

117

CHM 413 INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY II 2 UNITS 

Hydrogen and carbon monoxide synthesis. Gas, oxoprocess, water gas, sources of hydrogen and 

its applications. Industrial organic material. Raw materials. Technical and economic principles 

of processes and product route. Flow diagrams. Selected oils and fats, soaps and detergents, 

sugar, varnishes, plastics, woodpulp and paper. Environmental pollution. 

CHM 415 POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 2 UNITS 

Large-scale industrial polymerization processes. Polymer technology. Polymer processing, 

injection, extrusion, compression and transfer moulding of thermoplastics. Polymer 

additives,polymeric surface coatings and adhesives. 

CHM 417 INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL PROCESSES 2 UNITS 

Chemical processing of minerals. Metallurgy and hydrometallurgical processes. Industrial 

electrochemistry. Manufacture of some heavy inorganic chemicals. Cement and binding 

materials. Inorganic fertilizers. 

CHM 418 PHOTOCHEMISTRY & PERICYCLIC REACTIONS 2 UNITS 

Interaction of radiation with matter; electronic excitation, selection rules,deactivation routes, 

sensitization, quenching, photofragmentation, oxidation, reduction, rearrangement, pericyclic 

reactions and molecular orbital symmetry. 

CHM 419 ORGANIC SYNTHESIS 2 UNITS 

A critical review of important reactions, reagents and methods, including the mechanisms. 

Applications in the synthesis of important and complex compounds. 

CHM 420 ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Introduction to organometallic compounds of transition elements. Classification of ligands, 

electron, bonding, preparation of organic transition metal compounds. Reactions and structures 

of organometallic compounds of transition elements. The organic chemistry of ferrocene and 

related compounds. Organometallic compounds and catalysis. 

118

CHM 421 HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Synthesis andmechanistic aspects of fused heterocyclic systems – particularly quinolines, bio- 

quinolines, benzofurans, benzothiophenes, indoles, genzopyrylium salts, coumatins and 

chromones. Application of heterocyclic systems to drug synthesis. 

CHM 422 PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Preparation and reactions of stereoisomers. Stereoselectivity. Neighbouring group effects, and a 

few special topics in physical organic .chemistry. conformational analysis. 

CHM 423 NATURAL PRODUCTS CHEMISTRY II 2 UNITS 

Chemistry of terpenoids, steroids, alkaloids, antibiotics, flavonoids, prostaglandins and 

chlorophylls. Other natural products of pharmaceutical importance. General methods of 

isolation, separation, purification and structural determination of natural products. Classification. 

Discussion of the chemistry of important members. Biogenesis. 

CHM 424 COORDINATION CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Definition, recognition and the applications of co-ordination compounds. Nomenclature, co- 

ordination formula and isomerism in complexes. Steroechemistry of co-ordination compounds. 

Theories of structure and bonding in co-ordination compounds and physical methods of 

structural investigation. Ligand exchange mechanisms. Crystal field and ligand field theories and 

their applications in co-ordination chemistry. The Jahn-Teller effect. Stabilization of unsual 

oxidation states of metals by co-ordination. Thermodynamic stability of complexes, the stability 

constant, and chelate effect. Kinetics and mechanism. 

CHM 425 NON-AQUEOUS SOLVENTS 1 UNIT 

Classification and general characteristics, solute-solvent interactions. Protonic solvents. 

Oxyhalid solvents. Liquid halides. Dinitrogen tetroxide. Sulphur dioxide. Levelling effects of 

solvents, non-aqueous titrations. 

CHM 426 CHEMISTRY OF LANTHANIDES AND ACTINIDES 1 UNIT 

The elements and position of the two series in the periodic table. Comparison of the two series. 

Lanthanide contraction. Electronic configurations and their consequences on oxidation states, 

size relationships, magnetic properties and colour. Chemical properties and structure of the 

119

elements and their compunds. Recovery and separation of the elements. Uses of lanthanides and 

actinides. 

CHM 428 CATALYSIS IN CHEMISTRY, BIOLOGY & THE INDUSTRY 3 UNITS 

A survey of the mechanisms of chemical catalysis in homogeneous condensed media to include 

anchimeric assistance, covalent catalysis, and general/specific acid-base catalysis. The Bronsted 

relationship as a diagnostic tool. Features of enzyme catalysis. Isotope effects in chemical and 

biological catalysis. Strain, distortion and conformational change in enzyme catalysis. Hydrogen 

bonding, electrostatic interactions and hydrophobic forces as important factors in catalysis. 

Heterogeneous catalysis in industrial processes – a survey of important chemical reactions in the 

industry and the phenomenon and economic consequences of catalysis. 

CHM 429 CHEMISTRY OF THE ENVIRONMENT & CLIMATE CHANGE 

120 

3 UNITS 

The environment, pollution, nature of environmental alterations, complexity of the ecological 

system. Air pollution, components of unpolluted air, characteristics of polluted air, relative 

toxicities of pollutants and control of atmospheric pollutants such as CO, SO2, NOx, 

hydrocarbons, photochemical oxidants, and particulate matter. Pollution of soils, characteristics 

of unpolluted soil, structure of the soil, soil pollution and remediation techniques. Minimization 

of environmental change. The phenomenon of acid rain and mitigation of its effects. Industrial 

pollutants and methods of handling – specific examples from local industries. Case studies of (i) 

ground water pollution by industrial activity and (ii) pollution in the Niger Delta by oil 

production and its economic and political consequences. Anthropomorphic activities as causal 

agents of climate change – the role of the chemical industry. Economic and human consequences 

of climate change and ameliorative actions. 

CHM 430 CHEMISTRY OF BIOMOLECULES 2 UNITS 

A study of the chemistry of the following naturally occurring macromolecules and their 

derivatives, from the point of view of primary, secondary and tertiary structures (where 

applicable) and biological function: polysaccharides, lignin, cell wall structures, proteins, nucleic 

acids (RNA and DNA), and nucleoproteins. The chemistry of energy and oxygen transport, 

photosynthesis and nitrogen-fixation should also be considered.

CHM 431 FOOD CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

Components of food, test for fats, proteins and carbohydrates. Digestion and absorption of food. 

Water and minerals as food. Basic reactions of food – pectinolysis. Manufacture of sweets and 

sugar. Emulsification and rancidity in oils. Denaturation and purification of proteins, maturation 

and browning. The chemical aspects of food spoilage and food contamination. Food processing 

and preservation – principles and specific applications as in milk processing. Quality control in 

food processing. Chemical aspects of food storage. 

CHM 432 AGROCHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 2 UNITS 

The chemistry of agrochemicals - fertilizers, pesticides, plant growth hormones, and food 

preservatives. Classification of the different types of agrochemicals, their synthesis and 

common reactions, especially in the environment. Nature-based agrochemicals. The interactions 

of agrochemicals with the environment. The economic and environmental consequences of 

agrochemical usage. The technology of slow release agrochemicals. Alternative methods of soil 

nutrition enhancement and pest control. 

CHM 433 INORGANIC REACTION MECHANISMS 2 UNITS 

Fundamentals of inorganic reaction mechanisms. Substitution reactions of octahedral and square 

planar complexes. Electron transfer reactions. Addition and insertion reactions. Homogeneous 

catalysis and inorganic reactions in biochemical systems. Metal ion mimics of biological 

reactions. 

CHM 434 INTRODUCTION TO GREEN CHEMISTRY 2 UNITS 

The principles of green chemistry. Sources and effects of greenhouse gases. Chemistry 

innovations to reduce greenhouse emissions and sequester greenhouse gases. Strategies for the 

reduction of toxicity of chemicals and the concept of ‘benign by design’. Energy through 

biodegradable batteries. Biofuels and renewable energy. Nanotechnology and sustainable 

chemistry. Chemical syntheses in water. This course would also involve a mini project in which 

the student takes a known process with chemical basis and work to deliver cleaner processes and 

products. 

CHM 435 CHEMISTRY OF CEMENT, PAINTS & ADHESIVES 2 UNITS 

Definition of cement, paint and an adhesive. Raw materials and processes for the manufacture of 

cement. Components of paints. Classification of pigment. Resins and oils – types and properties. 

121

Paint formulations and testing. Preparation of other surface coatings, varnish, enamel, etc. Types 

of adhesives. Raw materials for adhesives. Composition and formulation of adhesives. The 

physics of adhesion 

122

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF 

PHYSICS WITH ELECTRONICS 


a. To provide students with a sound knowledge of all the branches of Physics and electronics. 

b. To instill in students a sense of enthusiasm for Physics and Electronics, and appreciation of its 

applications in different contexts. 

c. To develop in students the ability to apply their knowledge and skills in Physics and 

Electronics to the solution of theoretical and practical problems. 

d. To provide students with knowledge and skills base for further studies in specialized areas of 

Physics or multi-disciplinary areas involving Physics and Electronics. 


The entry requirements be at least credit level passes in five subjects that must include English, 

Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry and a credit in one other relevant science subject at the 

Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. In addition, an acceptable pass in the 

University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100 – level is required. 

MINIMUM DURATION OF PROGRAMME 

The duration for the programme shall be 4 years. 

DIRECT ENTRY 

Candidates with two A level passes (graded A – E) at the Advanced Level in Physics and one or 

more relevant subjects (Chemistry, Mathematics and Biology) may be admitted into a three year 

programme at 200 – level. 

STRESS AREAS AND CODES 

Courses offered in the Department of Physics and Electronics are subdivided into ten stress 

areas. Each course in the stressed area is denoted by a three digit code; the first digit denotes the 

year/level of study (e.g. 1 for first level, 2 for second level etc), the second digit denotes the 

stress area (as shown below) while the third digit denotes the semester (odd numbers for first 

semester and even numbers for second semester). 

123

STRESS AREAS CODE NUMBER 

Basic (General) Courses 0 

Solid State/Energy Sources 1 

Mechanic 2 

Thermal Physics and Solar Energy Physics 3 

Electromagnetism 5 

Atomic and Nuclear/Quantum Physics/Particle Physics 6 

Electronics 7 

Astrophysics and Space Science/Geophysics 8 

Practical Physics and Project 9 

A. FOUR YEAR STANDARD PROGRAMME 

FIRST YEAR 


PHY 101 General Physics I 3 C 

PHY 102 General Physics II 3 C 

PHY 107 General Physics Laboratory I 1 C 

PHY 108 General Physics Laboratory II 1 C 

MTH 101 General Mathematics I 3 R 

MTH 102 General Mathematics II 3 R 

CHM 101 General Chemistry I 3 R 

CHM 102 General Chemistry II 3 R 

CHM 107 General Chemistry Laboratory I 1 R 

CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 R 


BIO 102 General Biology II 3 R 

CMP 101 Introduction to Computer Science I 2 R 

CMP 102 Introduction to Computer Science II 2 R 

GST 121 Library Skill 2 C 



Total 38 

124

SECOND YEAR 


PHY 221 Mechanics 2 C 

PHY 212 

THIRD YEAR 

Structure of Matter 2 C 

PHY 241 Waves 2 C 

PHY 242 

PHY 252 

Physical optics 2 C 

Electromagnetism 2 C 

PHY 262 Introduction to Atomic & Nuclear Physics 3 C 

PHY 271 Electric Circuit and Electronics 2 C 

PHY 291 Practical Physics I 2 C 

PHY 292 

Practical Physics II 2 C 

PHY 299 Students Industrial Work Experience I - C 


MTH 202 

Elementary Differential Equations 3 R 

CMP 201 Computer Programming I 2 R 

STA 203 Statistics for Physical Science 3 R 

GST 112 Logic Philosophy and human Existence 2 C 

GST 113 Nigeria people and Culture 2 C 

GST 222 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 

GST 223 Entrepreneurship Studies I 2 C 

Total 38 


PHY 301 Methods of Theoretical Physics I 2 C 

PHY 302 Methods of Theoretical Physics II 3 C 

PHY 311 Solid State Physics I 3 C 

PHY 312 Renewable and nonrenewable Energy 2 C 

PHY 321 Relativity Physics 3 C 

PHY 331 Thermal Physics 3 C 

PHY 362 Quantum Mechanics I 3 C 

125

PHY 371 Industrial Electronics 2 C 

PHY 372 Electronic measurements 2 C 

PHY 381 An Introduction to Astronomy 2 C 

PHY 382 Basic Geophysics and Meteorology 2 C 

PHY 392 Practical Physics 2 C 

PHY 393 Workshop Course I (Mechanical) 2 C 

PHY 394 Workshop Courses II (Electronics) 2 C 

PHY 399 Students Industrial Work Experience II C 

GST 311 Entrepreneurship studies II 2 C 

CMP 202 Computer Programming II 2 R 

Total 37 

FOURTH YEAR 


PHY 401 Computational Physics 2 C 

PHY 402 General Physics 2 C 

PHY 411 Solid State Physics II 3 C 

PHY421 Analytical Mechanics 3 C 

PHY 432 Statistical Physics 3 C 

PHY 451 Electromagnetic Theory 3 C 

PHY 461 Quantum Mechanics II 3 C 

PHY 462 Nuclear Physics 3 C 

PHY 494 Project 6 C 

A. ELECTIVE COURSES FOR PHYSICS MAJORS ONLY. 

A minimum of 4 Units from any one group or, subject to Departmental approval, from different 

groups. 

126

(i) ASTROPHYSICS/GEOPHYSICS 


PHY 481 Stellar Structure and Evolution 2 E 

PHY 483 Modern Cosmology 2 E 

PHY 485 Aeronomy 2 E 

PHY 487 Industrial Geophysics 2 E 

PHY 482 

(ii) Medical/Biophysics 

Galaxies 2 E 

PHY 484 High Energy Astrophysics 2 E 

PHY 486 Meteorology 2 E 


PHY 463 Radiation Instrumentation 2 E 

PHY 465 Biophysics I 2 E 

PHY 467 Interaction of radiation with Matter 2 E 

PHY 464 

Medical Nuclear Physics 2 E 

PHY 466 Biophysics II 2 E 

PHY 468 Radiation Protection and Dosimetry 2 E 


PHY 453 Classical Electrodynamics and Plasma 2 E 

PHY 455 Symmetries in Physics 2 E 

PHY 457 Interaction of radiation with Matter 2 E 

PHY 452 

Advanced Quantum Mechanics 2 E 

PHY 454 Introduction to Elementary Particle Physics 2 E 

Course Code Course Title 127 

Units Status

PHY 431 Solar Energy I 2 E 

PHY 433 Biomass Energy 2 E 

PHY 432 Solar Energy II 2 

PHY 434 Fossil Energy 2 


PHY 471 Physical Electronics I 3 E 

PHY 473 Digital Logic Theory 3 E 

PHY 475 Electronic Materials 3 E 

PHY 472 

PHY 474 

(iii) Three Year Standard Programme 

The same as the four year programme with the first year deleted, except that direct entry students 

take GS 101 and GS 102 – Use of English and either GS 207 and GS 208 – Humanities Total 

or GS 

103 and GS 104 – Social Science GS 202 – Peace and conflict resolution. 


Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation 3 E 

Circuit Theory 3 E 

PHY 476 Physical Electronics II 3 E 

Total 40 

PHY. 101: Fundamentals of Physics I (3 Units) 

Units and dimensions. Elements of vector algebra. Kinematics, linear and circular motion. 

Laws of mechanics and gravitation, simple applications, motion of planets. Conservation laws, 

energy, momentum; work and harmonic motion, simple and compound pendulums. Elasticity, 

moduli of elasticity, bending moments, Fluid mechanics. Temperature and its measurement. 

Heat capacity, specific heat, latent heat, critical points. Calorimetry. Gas laws; kinetic theory of 

gases; thermal energy, work done by expanding gases; laws of thermodynamics. Heat transfer; 

conduction, convection, radiation. Longitudinal and transverse waves; vibrations in solids. 

Sound waves in solid, liquids, gases; pitch, intensity land quality of sound. Doppler effect. 

Acoustics of buildings. Ultrasonic. 

128

PHY. 102 Fundamentals of Physics III (3 Units) 

Electrostatics; Coulomb’s law, Gauss’s law; simple applications. Electric field, Electrostatic 

potential. Energy in electric field, capacitance. Insulators, conductors, dielectrics; polarization. 

Electric current. Ohm’s law, circuit analysis. Thermoelectricity. Magnetic effects of current, 

Ampere’s law, Applications. Permanent magnetism, earth’s magnetic field. Faraday’s law of 

Induction. Maxwell’s equations. Alternating currents. AC circuits. Measuring devices. 

Motion of a charged particle in electric and magnetic fields, Hall effect. Atomic and Nuclear 

Structure. Nuclear fission and fusion. Nuclear reactor. 

PHY. 107: General Physics Laboratory I (1 Unit) 

Selected Experiments from PHY 101. 

PHY 108 General Physics Laboratory II (1 Unit) 

Selected experiments from PHY 102 

PHY 212: Structure of Matter (2 Units) 

(Prerequisite: PHY 101 and PHY 102) 

Structure of Solids, basic crystal structures, space lattices, primitive cells and Brilloium zones, 

Bragg’s law of reflection for X-rays. Types of crystals, crystal binding and mechanical 

properties, theory of elasticity. Fluid mechanics, equation of continuity, supersonic flow. 

Kinetic theory of gases; thermal conductivity, viscosity and diffusion of gases; gases at low 

pressures; Van der Waals equation. Brownian motion. 

PHY 221: Mechanics (2 Units) 

(Prerequisite: PHY 101 ) 

Kinematics and mechanics of many particle systems; angular momentum. Dynamics of rigid 

bodies, moment of inertia; symmetrical top gyroscope. Central forces; gravitational potential 

problems. Kepler’s laws of planetary motion. Inertial frames Galilean transformations; Coriolis 

force. Constancy of speed of light. Lorentz transformations; length contraction and time 

dilation, Einstein’s mass-energy relation. 

PHY 241: Waves (2 Units) 

(Prerequisite: PHY 101) 

129

General properties of wave motion, longitudinal and transverse waves, interference of waves. 

Propagation of waves; effect of medium, dispersion, phase and group velocity, attenuation of 

waves. Wave equations, various solutions; reflection and refraction of waves. Vibrating strings, 

Longitudinal waves in metal bar; free and forced vibrations, resonance. Coupled systems. 

Fourier analysis. Elastic waves in solids. Interference and diffraction of light – interferometers, 

diffraction gratings, polarization of light-production and analysis of polarized light. 

PHY 242: Physical Optics (2 Units) 


Interference of light, types of fringes; division of wave front, fresnels biprism, Rayleigh 

refreactometer; division of amplitude, interference in thin films. Newton’s rings, Michelson 

interferometer, Fabryperot interferometer, interference filters, Diffraction; Fraunhofer 

diffraction, single slit, circular aperture; zone plate, Cornu’s spiral. Resolving power of optical 

instruments. Polarization of light, production and analysis of polarized lights, optical activity, 

phase contrast microscope. 

PHY 252: Electromagnetism (2 Units) 


Electrostatics. Gauss’ Law. Fields of charge distribution, methods of images. Dielectrics, 

Polarization, Electric current, current density. DC Network theory. Amperes Law, Magnetic 

fields of simple circuits. Transients in capacitive and inductive circuits. AC circuits analysis. 

Magnetization and hysteresis. Permanent magnetism – Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism and 

Ferromagnetism. Lorentz force. Hall effect. Maxwell’s equation – electromagnetic waves. 

PHY 262: Introduction to Atomic & Nuclear Physics (3 Units) 

Experimental tests of inadequacies of classical physics, concept of quanta, Wave-particle 

duality. From Bohr’s hypothesis to foundation of quantum mechanics. Concept of spin – 

Pauli’s exclusion principle. Introduction to atomic and molecular spectra. X-rays. Lasers. 

Radioactivity – Structure of nuclei. Nuclear fission and fusion. Nuclear reactors. Feasibility of 

fusion power; Detectors. Accelerators. 

PHY 271 Electric Circuits and Electronics (2 Units) 

DC circuits Kirchoffs laws. Network Theorems Network topology, General network solutions. 

AC circuits. Inductance, capacitance, the transformer, sinusoidal wave-forms, rms and peak 

130

values, power, impedance and admittance. Series RLC circuit, Q Factor, resonance. Filters. 

Electronic structure of matter, conductivity in crystalline solids. Theory of energy bands in 

conductors, insulators and semiconductors, electrons in metal and electron emissions intrinsic 

and extrinsic semiconductors, doping. Carrier and transport phenomena in semiconductors. The 

P-N junction, Junction break downs, Zener diodes. 

PHY 291: Practical Physics I (2 Units) 

(Prerequisite: PHY 107, PHY 108) 

Selected experiments from the 200-level Physics Courses. 

PHY 292: Practical Physics II (2 Units) 

(Prerequisite: PHY 107, PHY 108) 

Selected experiments from the 200-level Physics Courses. 

PHY 301: Methods of Theoretical Physics I (2 Units) 

Rotation and Translations in three dimensional space, coordinate transformations; curvilinear 

coordinates. Basic properties of matrices and Determinants. Cauchy-Riemann relations. Partial 

Differentiation and double integrals. Power series. Complex cariables, Argand diagram, 

Cauchy’s theorem, residue theorem and contour integrations applied to problems in Physics. 

Fourier analysis, Fourier transforms and their applications to problems in Physics. 

PHY 302: Methods of Theoretical Physics II (3 Units) 

Dimensional analysis and applications. First and Second order Partial differential equations in 

Physics; Heat diffusion equation; wave equations. methods of Solution; Separation of variables, 

Lap lace transforms, eigen values and eigen functions. Spherical Harmonics, Beta and Gamma 

Functions and their applications. 

PHY 311: Solid State Physics I (3 Units) 

Crystal structure of solids, space lattices primitive cells and Brilliouin Zones; Miller indices, 

structure factor. Crystal diffraction by X-rays and neutrons, the reciprocal lattice; crystal 

binding and mechanical properties of solids. Theory of elasticity; lattice vibrations of 

monatomic and diatomic chains; free electron theory of metals. 

PHY 312 General Physics V (2 Unit) 

131

Energy and power; Principles, demands and outlook; transformation of energy and its costs; 

thermal population; electrical energy from fossil fuels; hydroelectric generations; principles and 

problems. Electrical energy from nuclear reactors, energy in the future; breeder reactors, fusion 

power, geothermal power, tidal power, etc. Problems and promise. Effects on environment. 

PHY 321: Relativity Physics (3 Units) 


Galilean transformations, Michelson – Moley experiment, limitations of classical mechanics. 

Constancy of velocity of light; Lorentz transformations. Time dilation, length contraction, 

simultaneity of events, relativistic addition of velocities. Doppler effect. Relativistic 

kinematics, mass – energy equivalence. Four vectors, relativistic invariance, invariance of 

Maxwell’s equation. 

PHY 331: Thermal Physics (3 Units) 


First and second laws of thermodynamics – reversible and irreversible processes – Carnot’s 

cycle, heat engines – isothermal and adiabatic expansion. Thermodynamic potentials, 

Maxwell’s relations. Entropy – Third law of thermodynamics. Joule-Kelvin effect – 

refrigeration. Equation of state jof perfect gas; Maxwell-Bolzmann statistics; Partition function; 

Equipartition theorem. Low temperature physics. Black body radiation. 

PHY 362: Quantum Mechanics I (3 Units) 

Wave-Particle duality. Fundamental postulates of quantum mechanics – Heisenberg’s 

uncertainty principle, statistical interpretation of wave functions. Correspondence principle: 

Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Schrödinger’s equation, application to one-dimensional time 

independent problems. Central force problems – angular momentum and radial quantum 

numbers of hydrogen like atoms. Introduction to scattering theory. 

PHY 371: Industrial Electronics (3 Units) 

Operational amplifiers, analog-computers, Electronic building blocks, design of digital systems, 

photoconductivity and erosions in solids, solar cells and applications Telecommunications, 

telephony, telegraphy, telex, telemetry, antenna systems. AM and FM radio transmitters and 

receivers, television, electron microscope, electronic control of industrial processes. 

132

PHY 372 Electronic Measurements (3 Units) 

Electronic quantities measurement techniques: direct readout and comparison methods. Errors in 

measurement, Deflectional instruments: types of meter movements and torques. 

Moving coil instruments. Instrument transformers, potentiometers, Bridge measurements; basic 

principles of bridges, detectors, DC bridges, AC bridges for capacitance and inductance 

measurements universal bridge. Oscilloscopes, frequency and phase measurements. 

PHY 381: An Introduction to Astronomy (2 Units) 

Astronomical Units of mass distance and time. Optical and radiotelescopes, observatories in 

space. Limitations due to nature of electromagnetic waves. Solar systems, physics of planets 

and satellites, formation of planets, origin of the solar system. Stars, distances, brightness, 

colours, luminosity, stellar types, spectra, stellar masses and dimension, stellar evolution. 

Herztprung-Russel diagram, exploding stars, supernova, neutron stars, pulsars, black holes. 

Galaxies, the Milky Way. Classification of galaxies, abnormal galaxies, quasars, isotropy and 

homogeneity of the universe. Extra terrestrial life. 

PHY 382: Basic Geophysics & Meteorology (2 Units) 

Introduction to seismic, gravitational, magnetic electrical/electromagnetic, induced 

popularization, well-logging and radioactivity methods as applied to prospecting for economic 

mineral deposits. Use of geophysics in the solution of civil engineering problems. Earth’s 

atmosphere; use of fluid dynamics; effect of rotation of the earth. Sources of atmospheric 

motion, energy from the sun, periodic variation of solar energy. Composition of the atmosphere, 

different layers, effect of composition absorption of solar energy in the atmosphere. Distribution 

of temperature, pressure and wind with height; diurnal and seasonal variation of temperature. 

Cloud formation, physics of clouds, Isotherms, isobars, weather charts. Various weather 

systems, land and sea breezes, monsoon, dust haze, cyclones. Weather forecasting. 

PHY 391: Practical Physics V (2 Units) 


Selected Experiments from the 300-Level Physics Courses. 

PHY 392: Practical Physics VI (2 Units) 

Selected Experiments from the 300-Level Physics Courses 

133

PHY 393: Workshop Course I (Mechanical) (2 Units) 

Safety precautions in mechanical workshop/industries. Units and measurements, Materials and 

Tools. Use of various mechanical hand tools-hand riles, hacksaw, drills, etc. Use of machine 

tools and practice – lathe machines, drilling machine, power hacksaw etc. Welding and 

fabrication practice. Woodwork tools and practice project. Technical drawing: Introduction to 

technical drawing, geometrical construction, isometric and oblique drawings. Orthographic 

projections – 1 st and 3 rd angle projections, maintenance and repair of machine tools, gears and 

threads. 

PHY 394: Workshop Course II (Electronics) (2 Units) 

Safety precautions in electronic workshop/industries. Units and measurements. Identification of 

electronic tools, electronic symbols and electronic components, colour codes in resistors and 

capacitors. Soldering techniques, circuits designs and wiring. Use of test equipment like 

multimeters, oscilloscopes and signal generators. Design and oscillators. Production line, role 

of computers. Projects. 

PHY 401: Computation Physics (2 Units) 

Use of numerical methods in Physics, various methods of numerical integration, differentiation; 

numerical solutions of some differential equations in Physics; statistical analysis of experimental 

data. Use of calculators and computers, computer programming, use of flow diagrams, 

programming practice using some problems in Physics 

PHY 402: General Physics II (2 Units) 

Review of the five integrated themes in Physics, Viz (1) Concepts of space, time and motion (2) 

Conservation Principles – Energy, charge, angular momentum etc (3) Fields – gravitational, 

magnetic, electrostatic, etc; (4) Waves and (5) Quanta. Solution of simple problems on the 

above topics. 

PHY 411: Solid State Physics II (3 Units) 

Nearly free electron theory of solids, Band theory of solids; metals, insulators and semi- 

conductors; diamagnetism, paramagnetism and ferromagnetism; superconductivity; Defects in 

solids, Lasers and Masers. 

134

PHY 421: Analytical Mechanics (3 Units) 


N-particle systems; generalized coordinates; D’Alambert’s principle, Lagrangrian formulation; 

Hamiltonian formulation. Hamilton-Jacobi equations. Canonical transformations, generators, 

Poisson brackets, Jacobin identity. Continuous systems; classical theory of fields. Small 

vibrations. 

PHY 432: Statistical Physics (3 Units) 

The perfect classical gas, equation of state; partition function; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose- 

Einstein and Fermi-Dirac Statistics, Einstein-Debye theory of specific heats of solids. 

Liquefaction of gases; liquid helium, superfluity, Bose-Einstein condensation, production of low 

temperatures. Nuclear demagnetization. Negative temperatures. Gas, Kelvin and Magnetic 

temperature scales thermal properties of superconductors. Ordinary and High-temperature super 

conductors. 

PHY 431: Solar Energy I (3 Units) 

Development of alternative energy sources – solar, wind, geothermal and others. Survey of 

current solar energy activities and applications, solar radiation, radiation measuring instrument. 

The Basic flat plate collector, selective surfaces antireflective coatings, collector designs, 

thermal energy storage, high density batteries and fuel cells, solar houses, heat engines, thermal 

electric power generation, cooling and refrigeration, solar ponds, distillation. Design 

performance and economics of solar systems. Demonstration projects. 

PHY 432: Solar Energy II (2 Units) 

Photoconductivity in solids, photo emission, photovoltaic generation of emf photovoltaic cells. 

Amorphous photovoltaic cells and energy storage. Design performance and economics of solar 

photovoltaic systems. Measurement and Instrumentation for voltaic systems. Application of 

photovoltaic in industry and agriculture. 

PHY 433: Biomass Energy (2 Units) 

Photosynthesis, chemical processes and energy storage in plants. Fuel wood, animal waste, 

manufacture of synthetic fuel e.g methanol, from Biomass oxidation and hydrolysis of fuels. 

Wood stoves and burners. Desertification and fuel wood conservation. 

135

PHY 434: Fossil Energy (2 Units) 

Conventional sources of energy – petroleum and gas, coal, hydroelectric and thermal power 

stations. Petroleum exploration, mining and refining. Design, operation and economics of 

conventional fossil energy conversion and conservation systems, turbines, generators, boilers 

and internal combustion engines. Energy consumption in industry, transportation and other 

sectors. 

PHY 451: Electromagnetic Theory (3 Units) 


Maxwell’s equations, Poynting Vector, propagation of electromagnetic waves, polarization, 

reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves. Retarded and advanced potentials. 

Transmission lines, wave guides, resonant cavities. Antenna, antenna arrays. Radiation from 

moving charges. 

PHY 452 Advanced Quantum Mechanics (2 Units) 

Relativistic wave equations Klein-Gordon and Dirac equation, application of Dirac equation to 

hydrogen – like atoms. Guage invariance and coupling of Dirac and Klein-Gordon equation to 

electromagnetic fields. Feyman’s path integral method – Feyman diagrams with simple 

application. 

PHY 453 Classical Electrodynamics & Plasma Physics (2 Units) 

Maxwell’s equations; covariant formalism; gauge transformation; solutions in presence of 

sources. Multipole expansion of electromagnetic fields. Radiation from moving charges; self 

energy problems. Motion of charged particles in electromagnetic fields. Plasma physics. 

Boltzmann’s equation; linearized solutions. Magnetohydrodynamics, hydromagnetic waves. 

PHY454: Introductions to Elementary Particle Physics (2 Units) 

Leptons, Baryons and Masons-their quantum numbers, interactions and other properties. 

Quarks, gluons and harmonic spectroscopy. Unification of weak and electromagnetic 

interactions. Theory of strong interactions. Possibilities of total unification of all interactions. 

Recent developments. 

136

PHY 451: Electromagnetic Theory (3 Units) 


Maxwell’s equations, Poynting Vector, propagation of electromagnetic waves, polarization, 

reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves. Retarded and advanced potentials. 

Transmission lines, wave guides, resonant cavities. Antenna, antenna arrays. Radiation from 

moving charges. 

PHY 461: Quantum Mechanics II (3 Units) 

State vectors and operators in Quantum mechanics-Schrodinger, Heisenberg and interaction 

representations. Harmonic oscillator, using creation and annihilation operators. Angular 

momenta. Time independent and time dependent perturbation theories: application to laser 

systems. Identical particles and the spin-statistics theorem. Theory of scattering. 

PHY 462: Nuclear Physics (3 Units) 


Nuclear structure, binding, stability, the liquid drop model, the shell model. Nuclear reactions, 

general features, kinematics of the compounds nucleus, Breit-Wigner formula, nuclear fission. 

Reactor physics, chain reaction, thermalization of neutrons, moderators, properties, basic 

interpretations. Particle detectors. High energy accelerators. 

PHY 463: Radiation Instrumentation (2 Units) 

Radiation detection: Ionization chambers, Geiger counter, scintillation contours, bubble 

chambers, Semiconductor detector, Multi-channel analyzers. X-ray equipment. Image 

intensifiers. Teletherapy equipment. Ultrasonic equipment, radioisotopic scanners. Gamma 

cameras. 

PHY 464: Medical Nuclear Physics (2 Units) 

Production of radioisotopes – principles of nuclear scanning and tracer techniques. Therapeutic 

uses of radioisotopes. Nuclear magnetic resonance. 

PHY 465: Biophysics I (2 Units) 

Ionization of biomolecules eg amino acids; electrical charge on biomolecules and implications 

for separation and purification methods: ion exchange, chromatography, electrophoresis, thin 

layer and paper chromatography. Thermodynamic principles: the living organism as a non- 

equilibrium thermodynamic system. Energy transfer in living systems contrasted with that in in- 

137

animate machines. Bioelectricity: ion channels, action potentials and nerve impulse 

transmission. Study of the electric cell. 

PHY 466: Biophysics II (2 Units) 

Optics of the eye, photo energy transduction in vision. Sound waves receiver and the ear, 

hearing aids. Human voice, ultrasound and applications. Fluid flow and viscosity: implications 

of blood flow. Viscosity and applications in serum analysis in health and disease and in Sickling 

test. Aerodynamics, measurement of blood pressure, flow and volume. Osmotic pressure and 

tonicity of biological fluids and infusion solutions. Surface tension and the lung, surface active 

agents. Pulmonary resistance, elastic recoil, etc in relation of lung function. Centrifugation: 

sedimentation velocity and equilibrium, applications. 

PHY 467: Interaction of Radiation with Matter (2 Units) 

Interaction of x and gamma – rays with matter: Coherent, Rayleigh and Thomson scattering. 

Photoelectric effect, Compton effect, pair production, photodisintegration,. Probabilities of 

interactions. Attenuation and absorption coefficients. Linear energy transfer, interactions of 

charged particles and neutrons with matter. 

PHY 468: Radiation Protection and Dosimetry (2 Units) 

Radiation units. Maximum permissible doses. Genetic effects, acute and chronic exposure. 

Personal Dosimetry. Radiation shielding; Safe operation procedures. Waste disposal. 

Dosimetry methods and instruments. 

PHY 471. Physical Electronics I (3 Units) 

Thevenin and Norton equivalent circuits, semiconductor diode, Rectifier Circuits, Thermionic 

Valves, Bipolar junction transistors. Thyristors and other semiconductor devices. Basic transistor 

circuits (BJTs, FETs, JFETs) Integrated circuits, power supplies. AC amplifiers, Noise, feed 

back Oscillators including Multivibrators and non-sinusoidal oscillators, Pulse shaping. 

PHY 472: Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation (3 Units) 

Measurements, nature, design of experiments, scale. Voltage and current measurements, digital 

voltmeters, measurement of AC voltage, average peak to peak response and rms detectors, direct 

and alternating current probes. Frequency and time measurements, standards, time signal 

broadcasting, synthesizer. Signal analysis, digital analysis, digital techniques, Fourier transform 

138

techniques, signal statistics. Types of sensors; solid state, electrolytic, gaseous, ion, capacitor, 

magnetic induction and electronic sensors, various types of recorders. Basic principles of design 

service and maintenance of instruments. 

PHY 473: Digital Logic Theory (3 Units) 

Numbers, symbols, Binary Arithmetic, Boolean Algebra, Karnaugh Mapping, Digital Signals 

and Logic Gates, Principles of Digital Computing, Counters, Switches, Ladder Logic, 

Combinational Logic Functions, Multivibrators, Shift Registers, Digital-Analog conversion, 

Digital communication, Digital storage (Memory) and processors. 

PHY 474 Circuit Theory (3 Units) 

Network Theorems, Network Topology, General network solutions. Network transformations. 

Time domain analysis of networks. Frequency domain analysis of networks. Fourier series and 

periodic signals. Application of Fourier series in network analysis. Fourier Transform and non 

periodic signals. Laplace transforms. Application of Laplace transformation to transient analysis 

of RLC circuits. Transfer function concepts. Reliability of transfer functions. 

PHY 475 Electronic Materials (3 Units) 

Structure, electrical and optical properties of semiconductor, Semiconductor metal contacts, 

Ohmic and Schotty contacts, Influence of impurities and defects on properties of contacts, 

quantum-well. 

PHY 476. Physical Electronics II (3 Units) 

Therenin and Norton equivalent circuits, semiconductor diode, Rectifier Circuits, Thermionic 

Valves, Bipolar junction transistors. Thyristors and other semiconductor devices. Basic transistor 

circuits (BJTs, FETs, JFETs) Integrated circuits, power supplies. AC amplifiers, Noise, feed 

back Oscillators including Multivibrators and non-sinusoidal oscillators, Pulse shaping. 

PHY 481: Stellar Structure and Evolution (2 Units) 

Physics of the stellar interior, equilibrium equation of stellar structure, continuity of mars, 

hydrostatic equilibrium, thermal equilibrium, energy production. Energy, transport, radiation, 

conduction, convection, neutrinos; stability against convection. Equations of state; effects of 

degeneracy, relativity; Opacity. Energy generation, nuclear reaction in stars. Stellar models; 

139

solutions of the equations of stellar structure; polytropic, analytic, linear and numerical models. 

Survey of present knowledge of stellar evolution. Hertzprung-Russel diagram. 

PHY 482: Galaxies (2 Units) 

The Milky Way, stellar and gas content, kinematics and mass distribution, spiral structure, 21cm. 

Line studies of galactic structure, star clusters. Radio emission from galaxies. Morphology and 

classification of galaxies; general properties of galaxies; Systems of galaxies, interaction 

between galaxies, magnetic fields. Connection between galaxies. Radio galaxies and quasi- 

stellar objects. 

PHY. 483: Modern Cosmology (2 Units) 

The content of the universe. He cosmological principle; Olber’s paradox; Hubble’s law; theories 

of gravitation, variation of the constancy of nature with time. The Robertson-Walker line 

elements, the dynamics of world models, Hubbles’ constant, red shift-magnitude relations, 

source counts, the luminosity-volume tests, angular diameter-red shift tests. 

PHY 484: High Energy Astrophysics (2 Units) 

X-ray, gamma-rays, high energy particles; their interactions with matter, nuclear reactions; 

spallation, observational techniques, Cosmic ray astrophysics; historical development; definition 

of rigidity; solar wind; flux freezing; solar modulation; the galaxy; diffusion loss equation for 

electrons in the galaxy. Synchrotron radiation, inverse Compton scattering; Supernova, Galactic 

and extragalactic origin of cosmic rays, observational evidence. Acceleration of cosmic rays; 

Fermi mechanism; shock waves; super-novae. Chells; neutron stars and pulsars; the origin of 

the highest energy cosmic rays. 

PHY 485 Aeronomy (2Units) 

Composition of the atmosphere; ionization. Influence of the sun on atmosphere. 

The neutral atmosphere, pressure, density and temperature distribution. Formation of ionized 

layers, Chapman theory; Propagation of electromagnetic waves in ionized medium; experimental 

techniques for probing the ionosphere. Earth’s magnetic field in space, magnetic variation, 

ionospheric conductivities and dynamo theory. Trapping of charged particles in the earth’s 

magnetic field. Magnetic storms. The equatorial ionosphere. Ionospheric irregularities. Elements 

of air glow and aurora. 

140

PHY 486: Meteorology (2Units) 

Earth’s atmosphere; use of fluid dynamics; effect of rotation of the earth. Sources of atmospheric 

motion, energy from the sun, periodic variation of solar energy. Composition of the atmosphere, 

different layers, effect of composition absorption of solar energy in the atmosphere. Distribution 

of temperature, pressure and wind with height; diurnal and seasonal variation of temperature. 

Cloud formation, physics of clouds, Isotherms, isobars, weather charts. Various weather 

systems, land and sea breezes, monsoon, dust haze, cyclones. Weather forecasting. 

PHY 487: Industrial Geophysics (2 Units) 

Introduction to seismic, gravitational, magnetic electrical/electromagnetic, induced 

popularization, well-logging and radioactivity methods as applied to prospecting for economic 

mineral deposits. Use of geophysics in the solution of civil engineering problems. 

PHY 494 Project Report (6 Units) 

This course offers students to do research in contemporary Physics under the supervision of a 

staff. The research report is presented by the student on completion. 

141

GEOLOGY 

B.Sc. DEGREE IN GEOLOGY 

COURSE OBJECTIVE AND PHILOSOPHY 

The Department of Geology offers a 4-year Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) programme in Geology 

and is dedicated to excellence in research in the geosciences. The focus of the educational 

programme in Geology is to enable the student acquire the skills relevant to the ever increasing 

Earth Resources Industry and ancillary services. Graduates are expected to gain expertise in a 

wide range of geological and mining activities. 

The other objectives of the Geology degree programme include: 

� Providing the students with a broad and balanced foundation of geological knowledge 

and practical skills and developing in students the ability to apply their geological 

knowledge and skills to the solution of theoretical and practical problems in geology. 

� Providing students with the knowledge and skills base from which they can proceed for 

further studies in specialized areas of geology or multi-disciplinary areas involving 

geology. 


The entry requirements include credit level passes in five subjects including English Language, 

Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry to form the core subjects with additional credit in any other 

one relevant science subject, at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. In 

addition, an acceptable pass in the University in the University Matriculation Examination 

(UME) is required for admission into 100L for a four-year degree programme. Candidates with 

at least two A level passes at the Advanced Level in two relevant subjects (Chemistry, 

Mathematics or Physics) may be admitted into 200 Level to undertake the three – year degree 

programme. 


The main learning outcomes include understanding: - 

1) The major terminologies used in geology and obtaining a firm grasp of fundamental 

geological concepts. 

2) The major groups of rocks and their characteristic features and the fundamentals of earth 

history and the concept of time in geology. 

142

3) Physical geology and the practical identification of common rock-forming minerals and 

fossils and the principles of systematic paleontology, and the morphology, evolution, and 

identification of major animal phyla and their stratigraphic and paleoecologic 

distributions. 

4) The principles of crystallography and mineralogy and the procedures of identifying 

minerals using the polarizing microscope. 

5) The principles of stratigraphy, sedimentology, and palynology, the recognition of 

sedimentary environments from the rock records, and their application in sedimentary 

basin analysis. 

6) Petroleum geology and the nature of source and reservoir rocks and hydrocarbon traps 

and evaluation of petroleum potential of a sedimentary basin. 

7) The fundamentals of groundwater, mineral, and hydrocarbon exploration and site 

investigations for engineering foundation studies. 

8) The value of geological fieldwork and the production of reliable geological reports. 

JOB PROSPECTS 

The oil and gas industry and the various companies that offer services to them employ a good 

number of geophysics and geology graduates in Nigeria. In more recent times, due to the rapidly 

increasing awareness on environmental degradation, the Environmental Industry is gradually 

also becoming a major employer of geosciences graduates. Other prospective employers: 

� The Nigerian Geological Survey Agency 

� The Nigerian Mining Corporation 

� Construction companies 

� The Federal Ministry of Water Resources 

� The State Water Corporations 

� Water Drilling Companies 

143

FIRST YEAR 

COURSE CONTENTS 

Course Code Title of Course Units Status 

GES 101 Use of English 2 C 

GST 112 Humanities 2 R 

GST 121 Use of Library 2 R 

GEY 101 Introduction to Geology I 3 C 

GEY 102 Introduction to Geology II 3 C 


PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics I 3 R 

PHY 102 Fundamentals of Physics II 3 R 

PHY 191/192 Practical Physics I/II 4 R 



CHM 112 Basic Practical Chemistry 3 R 



STA 111 Descriptive Statistics 4 R 

ELECTIVES 

FRE 101 Elementary French 4 E 

PHY 201 General Physics III 3 E 

MTH 102 General Mathematics II 3 E 

C = Compulsory Course; R = Required Ancillary Course; E = Elective 43 Units Allowed 

SECOND YEAR 


GEY 202 Crystallography & Mineralogy 3 C 

GEY 203 Optical Mineralogy 2 C 

GEY 205 Paleobiology I 2 C 

GEY 206 Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks I 2 C 

GEY 210 Geological Field Geology 3 C 

GEY 212 Structural Geology & Map Interpretation 3 C 

GEY 299 Industrial Attachment I 3 R 

STA 205/206 Statistics for Physical Sciences I/II 4 R 

GPH 202 Introduction to Earth Physics 2 R 

CHM 203 Organic Chemistry II 3 R 

CHM 201 Physical Chemistry II 3 R 

CHM 231 Analytical Chemistry 3 R 

GES 222 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2 R 

GST 223 Entrepreneurship Studies I 2 R 

MTH 222 Elementary Differential Equations I 3 R 

ELECTIVES 

MTH 113 Advanced Mathematics III 3 E 

PHY 221 Mechanics 2 E 

PHY 262 Introduction to Atomic & Nuclear Physics 3 E 

PHY252 Electromagnetism 2 E 

ACH 202 Inorganic Chemistry II 3 E 

FRE 201 Intermediate French I 2 E 

144

41 Units Allowed 

THIRD YEAR 


GEY 301 Geochronology & Precambrian Geology of Africa 2 E 

GEY 302 Environmental Geology 2 E 

GEY 304 Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks II 3 C 

GEY 305 Sedimentology 2 C 

GEY 306 Marine Geology 2 R 

GPH 308 Principles of Geophysics 3 R 

GEY 310 Geological Field Mapping & Surveying 3 C 

GEY 312 Aerogeology & Remote Sensing 2 C 

GEY 313 Structural Geology II 3 C 

GEY 314 Stratigraphy 2 C 

GEY 316 Paleobiology II 3 R 

GEY 317 Mining & Applied Geology 2 C 

GEY 318 Geology of Nigeria & Africa 3 C 

GEY 399 Industrial Attachment II 3 R 


CSC 201 Computer Programming I 2 R 


FOURTH YEAR 


GLY 402 Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks III 3 C 

GLY 404 Economic Geology 3 C 

GLG 405 Geochemistry 2 C 

GLG 406 Biostratigraphy 3 C 

GLG 408 Petroleum Geology 3 C 

GPH 415 Applied Geophysics 3 C 

GLY 410 Engineering Geology 2 R 

GLY 411 Hydrogeology 3 R 

GPH 416 Tectonophysics 3 C 

GLY 414 Seminar 2 R 

GLY 415 Project 6 C 

ELECTIVES 

STA 413 Analysis of Time Series 2 E 

PHY 382 Meteorology 2 E 

CHM 323 Resources of the Industry 2 E 

PHY 413 Physics of the Earth’s Interior 2 E 


145

COURSE SYNOPSIS 

GEY 101 Introduction to Geology I 2 units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Study of the earth and the solar system; study of minerals – their crystallography, physical and 

chemical properties, major rock types; geomorphic processes and products; internal processes 

and products; economic resources of the earth. 

GEY 102 Introduction to Geology II 3 Units (LH 45; PH 45) 

The Geologic time scale and dating of rocks. Origin and chemical evolution of the atmosphere, 

hydrosphere and biosphere. Fossils and their uses. Main biological groups to which fossils 

belong – life through geologic time. Concepts of paleoclimate, paleogeography, 

paleooceanography, plaleomagnetism. Fundamental principles of stratigraphy. 

GEY 202 Crystallography and Mineralogy 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Formation of crystal; crystalline state; laws of crystallography; space lattice and unit cell 

symmetry elements, goniometry and stereographic projection; crystallographic projection; 

crystallographic notations; seven crystal systems and 32 classes of crystal symmetry, crystal 

defects; twinning and twin laws. Principles of crystal chemistry; physical and determinative 

properties of minerals; systematics of minerals; silicates; description of common rock-forming 

minerals. Industrial Mineralogy. 

GEY 203 Optical Mineralogy 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Properties of light; polarizing microscope; double refraction, refractive index and relief; 

uniaxiality an biaxiality of crystals; optical indicatrix, optical properties of minerals under 

polarized, plane-polarized cross polarized, and convergent-polarized light; determination of 

optic sign and dispersion X-ray crystallography. 

GEY 205 Paleobiology I 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Rules of nomenclature, sampling and identification of fossils. Taxonomical, morphological and 

evolutionary studies of the major invertebrate phyla- Protozon, Portifera, Coelentereta, Bryozoa, 

Brachiopoda, Mollusca, Arthropoda, Echinodermata, and Graptolithina; their stratigraphic and 

paleoecologic distribution; introduction to vertebrates plants and trace fossils. 

146

GEY 206 Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks I 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Properties and chemistry of magma; volcanoes and their products; occurrences of intrusive 

igneous rocks; mineralogy and texture of igneous rocks; descriptions of various classes of 

igneous rocks and their evolution. Metamorphism and its controlling factors; regional, contact 

an dislocation metamorphism; metamorphic facies and migmatites. 

GEY 210 Geological Field Mapping 3 Units (LH 15; PH 90) 

Fundamentals of structural geology; description of deformational structures, field mapping 

techniques (the use of Brunton ‘Compass and clinometer, plane table, etc); study of topographic 

maps; preparation of simple geologic maps; study of land use and conservation. 

GEY 212 Structural Geology and Map Interpretation 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Principles of rock deformation, attitudes of planes; study of geometry, mechanics and types of 

deformational structures; primary structures in igneous rocks; problems concerning geologic 

maps’ application of orthographic projection in structural geology; structural mapping practice. 

GEY 301 Geochronology & Precambrian Geology of Africa 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Geology and evolution of Precambrian domains and rocks, with special reference to Nigeria and 

Africa. Principles of radiometric age determination 

GEY 302 Environmental Geology 2 Units (LH 30) 

Metallic and non metallic mineral resources; their composition, distribution, and utilization; 

Industrial Minerals; Fossil fuels, surface and underground water hydrology. 

GEY 304 Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks II 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Texture, mineralogy, chemistry, mode of occurrence, and classification of igneous and 

metamorphic rocks. Magma types; magmatic evolution. Phase rule and thermodynamic 

principles; crystallization of silicate melts; one-component and two-component systems; 

eutectic, peritectic, and solid solution series, reaction principles; mineral paragenesis; Systematic 

petrographic study of major igneous rocks types; methods of normative mineral calculation. 

147

GEY 305 Sedimentology 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Origin of sediments; sedimentary processes; hydrodynamic interpretation; quantitative and 

statistical study of sedimentary rocks; description of sedimentary environments from rock 

records. Petrographic study of selected thin sections under polarizing microscope. 

GEY 306 Marine Geology 2 Units (LH 30) 

History of oceanographic expeditions and research; elements of physical oceanography; oceans 

and climates; chemical, physical and biological aspects of oceans; description and origin of main 

physiographic features of oceans; resources of oceans, their exploration and exploitation; ocean 

laws, management and conservation. 

GEY 310 Geological Field Mapping & Surveying 3 Units (PH 90) 

Techniques in geologic mapping; preparation of geologic maps; practice mapping of selected 

areas; report writing on field mapping. (Course is to be offered during short vacation or term 

breaks). 

GEY 312 Aerogeology and Remote Sensing 2 units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Elements of photogrammetry and photo interpretation; Preparation of photogeologic map; Major 

satellite programmes; GIS application for Digital Image Processing – image stretching, spatial 

filtering, band rationing, lineament density analysis, colour composites, principal component 

analysis, image classification; Geologic application of remote sensing techniques. 

GEY 313 Structural Geology II 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Stress and strain; deformational ellipsoid; major deformational structures of the earth; formation 

of cleavage, schistosity and lineation; mega and micro structures; emplacement of salt domes; 

plutons and other intrusive bodies; polyphase deformation; structural petrology; Problems 

concerning geologic maps and structures; stereographic projection in structural geology. 

GEY 314 Geology of Nigeria & Africa 3 Units (LH 45) 

Distribution and description of Igneous, Metamorphic and sedimentary rocks of Nigeria; 

structural development and major tectonic elements of Nigeria, Origin of Nigerian sedimentary 

basins; economic geology of Nigeria. 

148

GEY 315 Stratigraphy 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Development of stratigraphy and stratigraphic principles; geologic time and geochronology; 

texture, structure and composition of sedimentary rocks, sedimentary environments, stratigraphic 

record in time an space; litho- and biostratigraphic units; stratigraphic codes and nomenclature 

principles and practice of correlation. Principles of Sequence Stratigraphy. 

GEY 316 Paleobiology II 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Palaeontologic principles and Paleobiologic models. Macro and micro evolution. Taxanomic, 

morphologic and biostratigraphic studies of the major groups of microfossils especially, 

foraminifera, pollen and spores; their paleoenvironmental applications. 

GEY 317 Mining and Applied Geology 2 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

History of Mining; Exploration - Geology - Reserves; Mining equipments; mining methods: 

Blast design and Assessment for surface mines and quarries, underground mines, exploring 

drilling; mining safety; mineral processing; mining laws; mine administration and management. 

GEY 402 Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks III 2 Units (LH 15; PH 45) 

Study of igneous and metamorphic rocks emphasizing distribution, genetic relationship, 

petrography and petrogenesis; treatment of selected metamorphic minerals and their stability 

field; discussion of some typical igneous and metamorphic areas of the world with emphases on 

Nigeria. 

GEY 404 Economic Geology 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Concept of ore genesis; factors controlling deposition of metallic ores; metallogenic provinces 

and epochs. Physical and chemical properties, mode of formation, and industrial uses of clays, 

limestone, evaporates, and coal. Mineral deposites of Nigeria and other parts of the world; 

techniques for exploration, extraction and evaluation of reserves. 

GEY 405 Geochemistry 2 Units (LH 30) 

Geochemical classification of elements, meteorites, distribution of elements in the cosmic 

system lithospheric hydrosphere, and atmosphere; geochemical cycles of some selected 

elements; geochemistry of different rock types; weathering and soil formation; principles and 

methods of exploration geochemistry and geochemical analysis; chemistry of petroleum and 

coal. 

149

GEY 406 Biostratigraphy 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Basic concepts in Biostratigraphy. Biostratigraphic study emphasis on Ammonites, Pelecypoda, 

gastropoda, foraminifera, ostracode and pollen and spores from Nigeria. Statistical data analysis 

of paleontological data. 

GEY 408 Petroleum Geology 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Composition, origin, maturation of petroleum, Migration and accumulation of petroleum; source, 

reservoir and cap rocks; types of traps; drilling, logging and production; reservoir and reserve 

estimation; recovery and exploration methods; geological and geographical distribution of 

petroleum; petroleum geology of Nigeria. 

GEY 410 Engineering Geology 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Application of geologic principles to engineering problems, geologic site in investigations, 

dams, tunnels, reservoir etc; engineering properties of rocks and minerals; elements of soil 

mechanical foundations concrete aggregates and quarrying techniques, influence of groundwater 

on engineering structures. 

GEY 411 Hydrogeology 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Occurrence, movement, replenishment and depletion of groundwater; physics of fluid-flow in 

porous media; porosity and permeability; well boring, testing and development; groundwater 

exploration and exploitation, environmental isotopes and tracers, groundwater quality and 

contamination, groundwater and geotechnical problems. 

GEY 414 Seminar/Special Paper 2 Units 

Each qualified students is expected to work on a seminar topic approved and supervised by a 

lecturer. The evaluation for this course is based on seminar presentation (50%), and special 

paper based on the topic (50%). The student presents the seminar before a departmental forum. 

The student is evaluated based on mastery of his topic and clarity of presentation by the lecturers 

present at the seminar. The special paper will be graded by the supervisor and one other lecturer. 

GEY 415 Research Project 6 Units 

Each qualified student is expected to work on a topic approved by his/her supervisor. The project 

may involve field mapping, special geophysical investigation or industrial-based project to be 

completed within the specified period. The project must show the student’s understanding of the 

150

area covered. The research should be compiled and submitted as on a project report which will 

be defended by the student before an external examiner. The final grade shall be the average of 

the grades from the external examiner (50%), and two departmental assessors, which shall 

normally include the student’s supervisor (50%). 

151

APPLIED GEOPHYSICS 

B.SC. DEGREE IN APPLIED GEOPHYSICS 


The programme is intended to equip the students with the necessary skills to have adequate 

knowledge of the composition of the Earth’s subsurface and be able to fully exploit the earth’s 

natural resources for national development. 

The programme also aims at bringing together the ingredients necessary for a well-paid career as 

required in the mineral/oil industry and engineering/groundwater-related areas of the national 

economy and in the relevant government establishments. Opportunities for the attainment of 

academic excellence through effective teaching and research in all aspects of Applied 

Geophysics are also provided. 

The specific objectives of the Department are among others, to: 

i. Impact basic and fundamental knowledge in all areas of Applied Geophysics. 

ii. Provide the necessary training and exposure in all aspects of Applied Geophysics 

that is in the forefront of development such as in hydrocarbon and groundwater 

exploration, environmental pollution, Dam site Roads and other Civil Engineering 

construction site investigations. 

iii. Provide opportunity for a better appreciation of fields with the use of integrated 

Applied Geophysics at maximizing growth and technological development in all 

aspects of explorations. 

iv. Develop the necessary manpower needed for industrial, technological, research, 

and academic development of the country in all aspects of Applied Geophysics. 

v. Provide effective teaching, research and practical oriented/field work programme 

that is required in all the fields of applied Geophysics. 

vi. Offer the opportunities for the full development of Applied Geophysics to meet the 

ever growing challenges as is applicable in the industry, private sector and 

government services, for the overall growth and development of the country and 

mankind in general. 

152



Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry to form the core subjects with credit in any 

other one relevant science subject, at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. 

In addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Exams is required. 


subjects (Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – year degree 

programme into 200-level. 


Regime of Subject Knowledge 

� The range of knowledge to be covered is the various areas of exploration, processing and 

interpretation methods in order to equip the students with the knowledge of the earth in 

general and the available natural earth resources of Nigeria in particular. 

Competencies and Skills 

� At the B.Sc. degree level, geophysics students are expected to develop a wide range of 

cognitive and practical skills in Geophysics. 

� Graduates of Geophysics are expected to have the ability to apply knowledge and skills 

to solving theoretical and practical problems in the exploration and exploitation of the 

earth’s natural resources and also be able to carry out research in the geosciences. 

COURSE CONTENTS 

FIRST YEAR 



GEY 101 Introduction to Geology I 2 C 

GEY 102 Introduction to Geology II 2 C 

PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics I 3 R 

PHY 102 Fundamentals of Physics II 3 R 

PHY 191/192 Practical Physics I/II 4 R 



ACH 112 Basic Practical Chemistry 3 R 


MTH 121 Elementary Mathematics II 3 R 


GST 111 Communication in English I 2 C 

GST 112 Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence 2 R 

GST 121 Use of Library, Study Skills & ICT 2 R 

153

ELECTIVES 

FRE 101 Elementary French 4 E 

PHY 104 General Physics I 3 E 


SECOND YEAR 




MTH 222 Elementary Differential Equation I 3 R 

PHY 201 General Physics III 3 R 

PHY 241 Waves 2 R 

PHY 242 Physical Optics 2 R 

PHY 331 Thermal Physics 2 R 

CSC 201 Computer Programming I 3 R 

CSC 202 Computer Programming II 3 E 

GEY 206 Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks I 2 C 

GEY 202 Crystallography & Mineralogy 3 C 

GEY 212 Structural Geology & Map Interpretation 3 C 

GEY 210 Geological Map Interpretation & Field Mapping 3 C 

GPH 202 Introduction to Earth Physics 2 C 

GPH 220 Geomathematics 3 C 

GST 223 Entrepreneurship Studies I 2 R 

GES 222 Peace & Conflict Resolution 2 R 

GEY 229 Industrial Training I 3 R 

PHY 252 Electromagnetism 3 R 


THIRD YEAR 



GEY 314 Principles of Stratigraphy 2 C 

GEY 312 Aerogeology and Remote Sensing 2 C 

GEY 313 Structural Geology II 3 C 

GEY 305 Sedimentology and Sedimentary Petrology 3 C 

GEY 317 Mining & Applied Geology 2 E 

GEY 318 Geology of Nigeria & Africa 2 C 

GPH 305 Geophysical Field Methods 2 R 

GPH 307/309 Gravity & Magnetic Prospecting Methods 4 C 

GPH 308 Principles of Geophysics 2 C 

GPH 312 Electrical & Electromagnetic Methods 2 R 

PHY 381 Introduction to Astronomy 2 R 

154

STA 202 Statistics for Physical & Engineering Sciences 4 R 

GST 311 Entrepreneurial Skills II 2 R 

GPH 399 Industrial Training II 3 R 


FOURTH YEAR 



GPH 403 Energy & Environmental Studies 2 C 

GEY 404 Economic Geology 3 E 

GPH 416 Tectonophysics 3 R 

GEY 408 Petroleum Geology 3 C 

GEY 410 Engineering Geology 3 C 

GPH 415 Project 6 C 

GPH 404 Geophysical Data Processing 3 C 

GPH 405 Engineering Geophysics 3 E 

GPH 408 Geophysical Seminar 2 C 

GPH 409 Radiometric and Well Logging Methods 3 C 

GPH 410 Geophysics and Geothermal Energy 3 E 

GPH 411 Seismic Reflection & Refraction Methods 4 C 

GPH 412 Groundwater Geophysics 3 E 

GPH 413 Borehole Geophysics 3 C 

GPH 414 Environmental Geophysics 3 E 



GPH 202: INTRODUCTION TO EARTH PHYSICS (2 Units, LH 30) 

The Earth’s History. The Earth’s interior. Seismicity and earthquake zones. The nature of the 

gravity field of the earth. The measurement of gravity and the figure of the earth. The Earth’s 

magnetic field. Rock magnetism, Polar wandering and the continental drift. Heat flow and 

geothermometry. 

GPH 220. GEOMATHEMATICS (3 Units, LH 45) 

Differential and integral calculus. Types of functions. Vector analysis, magnetic and Gravity 

potential theory representation. Matrix algebra, solution of Laplace equations and spherical 

harmonic analysis. Fourier analysis. Statistical regression analysis, curve fitting techniques and 

analysis of errors. Bessel equation and Lagendre polynomials. Solution of Matrix equations. 

155

GPH 305: GEOPHYSICAL FIELD METHODS AND INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 

(2 Units, LH 30). 

Study of the essential elements of geophysical data acquisition systems. Seismic surveys using 

explosive or surface sources. Signal amplification, multiplexed, etc. methods in Electrical 

prospecting. Elements of currents and voltage measurement circuitries. Field surveys using 

gravimeters in Electromagnetic prospecting. Field procedures for the different EM methods. 

Geophysical Logging Instruments and methods. Instrument circuitry in Induced Polarization 

Prospecting Methods. 

GPH 307: MAGNETIC PROSPECTING METHODS (2 Units, LH 30) 

Introduction: Potentials: Fundamentals of magnetic dipole interactions with applications to 

simple mass distributions, Gauss Theorem. The filed equation. Instrumentation and field 

procedures. Reduction of magnetic data. Anomaly separation and interpretation. Air-borne and 

sea-borne magnetic surveys. Data acquisition and Interpretation. Applications of magnetic 

methods in mineral exploration and geologic mapping. 

GPH 308 PRINCIPLES OF GEOPHYSICS 3 UNITS (LH 30) 

Physics of the earth. Earth structure and composition as revealed by seismology, gravity and 

magnetic methods. Analysis of electrical properties of rocks. DC resistivity prospecting and 

data analysis, including instrumentation. Thermal history of the earth and geothermal methods. 

GPH 309: GRAVITY PROSPECTING METHODS (2 Units, LH 30) 

Introduction: Potential; Theory of attraction and potential with applications to simple mass 

distributions. Theorems of Green and Gauss. The field equations, Green’s formulae and 

Equivalent surface layers, Instruments and Data acquisition. Gravity Data reduction, regional, 

residual anomaly separation. Interpretation of gravity anomalies, death and total mass estimates 

applications of gravity method in mineral exploration, groundwater and geologic mapping. 

GPH 312: ELECTRICAL PROSPECTING METHODS (3 Units, LH 45) 

An introduction to the fundamentals, instrumentation, field procedure, computations, 

interpretation and application of electrical exploration methods. Laboratory work will scale and 

mathematical models coupled with fieldwork in areas of known geology. 

156

GPH 399: INDUSTRAL TRAINING IN GEOPHYSICS (3 Units) 

An independent geological and geophysical filed studies exercise lasting 8-12 weeks during the 

long vacation at the end of the third year. A report on this exercise would be written and 

submitted at the beginning of the second Semester of the fourth year. 

GPH 405: ENGINEERING GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 45) 

Shallow geophysical techniques for evaluation of engineering parameters; elastic co-efficient, 

geologic structured, groundwater, seismic hazards and regulatory criteria. 

GPH 409: Radiometrics and Well Logging Methods (2 Units, LH 30) 

Fundamental principle of radioactivity, nuclear, radioactive decay processes, radioactivity of 

rocks and minerals. Instrumentation, and data interpretation. Case histories.Concepts of the 

logging techniques. Electrical logging methods. Resistively, self-potential, induced 

Polarization, E, Dipmeter, etc. Porosity logs-sonics, gamma ray, density, neutron logs, 

etc…Others-susceptibility, caliper, thermal, gravimetry logs. Instruments, data acquisition and 

interpretation of logs, application of geophysical logs in oil and ground water exploration. 

GPH 411: SEISMIC PROSPECTING METHODS (4 Units, LH 60 ) 

Geophysics and Mineral Exploration activity. Seismic exploration: Wave types: direct, 

refracted and reflected wave paths. Curved ray theory and applications. Refraction for the N- 

layer horizontal case. Numerical solution for a refraction profile over a single dipping interface. 

Field techniques, processing and interpretation of modern seismic refraction sections, static 

correction charts. The place of Geophysics in Oil Exploration, propagation of seismic waves. 

Analytical treatment of elementary seismic reflection problems. Field techniques. Processing 

and interpretation of modern seismic reflection sections, NMO charts. 

GPH 412: GROUNDWATER GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 30, PH 45) 

Applications of geophysical methods in groundwater exploration. Aquifer determination in 

basement complex and sedimentary areas. Mapping of geological structure useful to 

groundwater investigation. Determination of aquifer characteristics. Relevant geophysical 

techniques and field procedures. Borehole location strategy. Case histories. 

157

GPH 415 APPLIED GEOPHYSICS 3 Units (LH 30; PH 45) 

Gravity, Resistivity, Magnetic, Seismic prospecting methods; Induced Polarization; 

Electromagnetic methods, Geophysical methods in hydrogeology and engineering geology. 

GPH 414: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 45) 

Applications of geophysical techniques in environmental pollution studies, saline water intrusion 

and mapping, determination of groundwater quality, chemical pollution at industrial sites and 

delineation of chemical plumes, oil spillage, pollution and its mapping. 

GPH: 410: GEOPHYSICS AND GEOTHERMAL ENERGY (3 Units, LH 45) 

Origin and nature of heat flow from the earth. Factors that control economic aspects of 

geothermal energy. Descriptions of known fields. Application of heat flow measurement, 

Electrical surveys, seismicity studies and other exploration tools for the search and evaluation of 

geothermal energy. Field Trips. 

GPH 413: BOREHOLE GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 45) 

Concepts of the logging techniques. Electrical logging methods. Resistively, self-potential, 

induced Polarization, E, Dipmeter, etc. Porosity logs-sonics, gamma ray, density, neutron logs, 

etc…Others-susceptibility, caliper, thermal, gravimetry logs. Instruments, data acquisition and 

interpretation of logs, application of geophysical logs in oil and ground water exploration. 

GPH 416 TECTONOPHYSICS 2 Units (LH 30) 

Internal constitution of the earth; global tectonics and polar wandering; paleomagnetism and 

seafloor spreading etc; study of major tectonic elements of the earth such as heat-flow, rift zone, 

island arcs, hot spots, continental margins, mobile belts and shield areas of the world; 

magnetostratigraphy and geochronology. 

158

FACULTY OF HUMANITIES AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

159

ENGLISH 

B.A DEGREE IN ENGLISH 

PHILOSOPHY 

When the Federal University commenced studies in 2011, the Department of English Language 

and Literature was one of the pioneer departments. It mounted studies in literature and English 

Language, culminating in the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree in English language and 

literature. The Department was determined to make a great impact in the study of 

Nigerian/African literature, world literature, language and its components and contemporary 

trends in language studies. 

OBJECTIVES 

In order to achieve the ideals contained in the philosophy enunciated above, a comprehensive 

academic programme to enhance the acquisition of a sound knowledge of the linguistic theories 

and functions of the English language and literary studies is designed herein, with the following 

specific objectives in mind: 

1. To train students to understand the nature and functions of the English language as a means 

of communication and to understand literature as an application of language; 

2. To train students to gain greater refinement of character and personality development 

through language and literary studies; 

3. To train students to understand, speak and write correctly in the English Language to 

enhance their performance in academic studies and research as well as in the practice of 

their chosen careers; 

MODE OF ADMISSION 

The two modes of admission include: 

I JAMB, UTME and 

Ii Direct Entry 

160

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 

A. UNIFIED TERTIARY MATRICULATION EXAMINATION 

i. West African School Certificate Examination (WASCE) O’L or Senior Secondary 

School Certificate Examination (SSCE) or General Certificate of Examination (GCE) 

with passes at credit level in at least five (5) subjects including English Language, 

Literature-In-English, Mathematics and any two other arts subjects obtained at not 

more than two sittings. 

ii. The National Examination Council (NECO) certificate with passes at credit level in 

DIRECT ENTRY 

at least five (5) subjects including English Language, Literature-in-English, 

Mathematics and any two other arts subjects obtained at not more than two sittings. 

Admission into the three year full-time programme is open to candidates who combined English 

Language in a double major NCE programme in a college of Education recognized by the 

National Commission for Colleges of Education (NCCE). 

DURATION OF STUDY OF PROGRAMME 

Four (4) years for UTME candidates 

Three (3) years for Direct Entry candidates 

100 LEVEL FIRST SEMESTER 


ENG 101 English Language 1 3 C 

ENG 103 Spoken English 3 C 

ENG 111 Introduction to Prose Fiction 3 C 

ENG 113 Introduction to Drama and Theatre 3 C 

LIN 101 Introduction to Linguistics 1 2 R 

GST 101 Use of English 1 2 C 

GST 102 Philosophy and Logic 2 C 

GST 103 Citizenship Education 1 2 C 

FRE 101 Basic French 1 2 R 

TOTAL 22 

161 

100

LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER 


ENG 104 Rhetorics and Composition 3 C 

ENG 112 Introduction to Poetry 3 C 

ENG. 134 Introduction to West African Prose Fiction 3 C 

GST 104 History and Philosophy of Science 2 R 

GST 106 Use of English II 2 R 

GST 107 Citizenship Education 2 R 

LIN 102 Introduction to Linguistics II 2 R 

FRE 102 Basic French II 2 R 


Course 

Code 

Course Title Units Status 

ENG 201 Advanced English Syntax I 2 C 

ENG. 203 Advanced English Composition 3 C 


ENG. 205 History of the English Language 3 C 

ENG. 221 Survey of English Literature Medieval to 

Renaissance 

ENG. 223 Introduction to Nigerian Literature: Poetry and 

Drama 

200 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER 

162 

3 C 

3 C 

ENG. 231 African Drama and Theatre 3 C 

FRE 203 Basic French III 2 R 

CMP 201 Introduction to Computer 2 R 

TOTAL 24 


ENG 202 Advanced English Syntax II 2 C 


ENG. 222 Survey of English Literature (Restoration and 3 C

18 th c.) 

ENG. 232 English for Specific Purpose 3 C 

ENG. 234 Introduction to Oral Literature 3 C 

ENG. 242 Survey of American Literature 3 C 

FRE 204 Basic French IV 2 E 

GST 202 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 E 

TOTAL 21 



ENG. 301 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 3 C 

ENG. 303 Discourse Analysis 3 C 

ENG. 305 English Language in Nigeria 3 C 

ENG. 333 Introduction to African Poetry 3 C 

TOTAL 12 C 

300 LEVEL: SECOND SEMESTER 


ENG: 302 Phonology of English 3 C 

ENG. 304 Introduction to Semantics 3 C 

ENG. 306 Introduction to Sociolinguistics 3 C 

ENG. 352 Research Methods 3 C 

TOTAL 12 C 

400 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER 


ENG. 401 English Morphology 3 C 

ENG. 403 Psycholinguistics 3 C 

ENG. 421 English Literature: The Modern Period 3 C 

ENG. 431 African Heroic Literature 3 C 

ENG. 441 Caribbean Literature 3 C 

ENG. 402 Varieties of English 3 C 

ENG. 404 New Trends in Syntax 3 C 

ENG. 412 Literary Theories and Criticism 3 C 

ENG. 414 Contemporary Drama 3 C 

ENG. 422 Literature and Society 3 C 

ENG. 442 The Long Essay 3 C 

TOTAL 22 

163


ENG 101: ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1 3 UNITS 

This course is designed to imbue the students with a reasonable efficiency in the use of English 

language. 

ENG 103: SPOKEN ENGLISH 3 UNITS 

This course is rudimentary and essentially fundamental for first year students of English 

language and literature. It teaches basic skills needed for the acquisition of the spoken form of 

English. 

ENG 111: INTRODUCTION TO PROSE FICTION 3 UNITS 

The course introduces new students to the nature and scope of prose fiction generally. It 

examines the origin and scope of prose fiction and provides the foundation for the teaching of 

other prose fiction courses. 

ENG 113: INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA AND THEATRE 3 UNITS 

This course is intended to introduce the students to the generic classification, origin and 

development of drama and theatre from the classical period to the present time. 

ENG 104: RHETORICS AND COMPOSITION 3 UNITS 

The course deals with major issues including origin and current trends in the study of rhetorics 

and composition in the modern world. 

ENG 112: INTRODUCTION TO POETRY 3UNITS 

This course focuses on language in its most condensed artful form especially as an instrument 

which can stir, touch and arouse in man the most deeply felt emotions. 

ENG. 134: INTRODUCTION TO WEST AFRICAN PROSE FICTION 3 UNITS 

The course aims to introduce the student to West African Literature within the genre of prose 

fiction. It registers the approaches to the study and understanding of West African prose. 

164

ENG 201: ADVANCED ENGLISH SYNTAX 1 2 UNITS 

The course studies the salient features of English Grammatical structure in a fairly practical way 

focusing on Traditional Grammar. Particular attention will be paid to basic sentence and phrase 

structures, clause types and inter-sentential relations so as to give the student a solid foundation 

for the study of other grammatical theories of the English Language. 

ENG. 203 ADVANCED ENGLISH COMPOSITION 3 UNITS 

Advanced English composition deals basically with acquiring skills for effective continuous 

writing. It builds on knowledge garnered from the teaching of Use of English 1 and 11 by 

teaching the student on how to acquire effective skills for any form of continuous writing. 

ENG. 203: ADVANCED ENGLISH COMPOSITION 3 UNITS 

Advanced English composition deals basically with acquiring skills for effective continuous 

writing. It builds on knowledge garnered from the teaching of Use of English 1 and 11 by 

teaching the student on how to acquire effective skills for any form of continues writing 

ENG. 205: HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 UNITS 

The course introduces students to the origin, growth and development of the English Language. 

Particular attention will be paid to major divisions in the development-Old, Middle and modern 

English and contemporary period. 

ENG. 221: SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL TO RENAISSANCE 

3 UNITS 

This survey course broadly looks at the contributions of major literary writers of the historical 

moments which make up the course: Anglo-Saxon, Medieval, Elizabethan, and Renaissance. 

ENG. 223 INTRODUCTION TO NIGERIAN LITERATURE: POETRY AND DRAMA 

3 UNITS 

This course is intended to introduce the students to Nigerian poetry and Drama, highlighting a 

number of recurring variables. It adopts a historical approach by introducing the various phases 

in the development of Nigerian Poetry and Drama. 

165

ENG. 231: AFRICAN DRAMA AND THEATRE 3 UNITS 

Having had the introductory course in drama and theatre in the first year, in this second year the 

students will be exposed to the drama genre of Africa. Thus, they will be exposed to the origins, 

growth and development and place of drama in Africa at the present time. 

ENG 202: ADVANCED ENGLISH SYNTAX 11 2 UNITS 

The course explores the salient features of English grammatical structure using the scale and 

category theory of English grammar. 

ENG. 204: ADVANCED ENGLISH COMPOSITION 3 UNITS 

The course deals with acquiring skills for effective continuous writing. 

ENG. 222: SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE (RESTORATION AND 18 TH C.) 

166 

3 UNITS 

This course examines the English literature of the Restoration and 18 th c against its political and 

philosophical backgrounds. 

ENG. 232: ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSE 3 UNITS 

This is the study of the English register and vocabulary used for communication in specific 

professions and disciplines. 

ENG. 234: INTRODUCTION TO ORAL LITERATURE 3 UNITS 

The course examines the African oral narrative, poetry and traditional dramatic festivals. 

ENG. 242: SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 UNITS 

This is a critical survey of American literature from the colonial era to the present. 

ENG. 301: INTRODUCTION TO APPLIED LINGUISTICS 

3 UNITS 

Applied linguistics refers to the application of linguistic knowledge in accomplishing certain 

language tasks. In this course the students are to be exposed to issues in language learning and 

acquisition, contrastive analysis and error analysis.

ENG. 303: DISCOURSE ANALYSIS 3 UNITS 

Discourse analysis means the analysis of language in use”. It is completely linguistic, social and 

cognitive in nature. 

ENG. 305: ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN NIGERIA 3 UNITS 

This course is concerned with the study of the English language in the Nigerian context or 

situation. It considers the historical, political/social and cultural factors responsible for the 

introduction and implementation of the language in Nigeria. 

ENG. 333: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN POETRY 3 UNITS 

This course is on African poetry in English expression. Essentially the course will teach the 

students the emergence of African poetry in English expression. 

ENG: 302: PHONOLOGY OF ENGLISH 3 UNITS 

This course is designed to expose the students to the basic skills in spoken English with 

particular emphasis on Received pronunciation (RP) 

ENG. 304: INTRODUCTION TO SEMANTICS 3 UNITS 

The course introduces students to semantics as a branch of linguistics which deals with the study 

of meaning in natural language. 

ENG. 306: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLINGUISTICS 3 UNITS 

Socio linguistics explores how language is used in society. It will expose the students to different 

speech communities and the behaviours inherent in humans as they get in contact with language. 

ENG. 352: RESEARCH METHODS 3 UNITS 

This course introduces students to the challenges of writing supervised research. It exposes the 

students to the necessary background to writing their final year long essays or publishable 

papers. 

ENG. 401: ENGLISH MORPHOLOGY 

The course entails detailed study of morphological concepts and processes in the English 

language. Concepts such as the morph, the Morpheme, the allomorph, the root, the base and the 

stem will be treated. 

167

ENG. 403: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS 3 UNITS 

The course is deigned to teach the students various theories in language acquisition, the link 

between language and linguistics, and the functions of the brain in relation to language 

acquisition. 

ENG. 405: STYLISTICS OF ENGLISH 3 UNITS 

This course aims at teaching the students the different definitions and meanings of stylistics and 

how it uses its knowledge of linguistics to interpreter literature. 

ENG. 421: ENGLISH LITERATURE: THE MODERN PERIOD 3 UNITS 

The course introduces the students to modernist writers of English literature. It explores the 

origins, development and form of the period, covering major poets, novelists and playwrights. 

ENG. 431: AFRICAN HEROIC LITERATURE 3 UNITS 

This course aims at establishing that there is EPIC IN Africa by highlighting the features f the 

Epic and juxtaposing the features with the epic found in Africa and those of the outside world. 

ENG. 441 CARIBBEAN LITERATURE 3 UNITS 

This course examines the social, political, historical and intellectual background to the literature 

of the English speaking Caribbean peoples as is manifested in their essay, political pamphlets 

and autobiographies. 

ENG. 402: VARIETIES OF ENGLISH 3 UNITS 

The course examines the concept of variety category emphasizing the two major kinds of 

language variety: Dialects and Diatypes/Register. 

ENG. 404: NEW TRENDS IN SYNTAX 3 UNITS 

New trends in syntax examines the works of traditional grammarians. It highlights the analysis 

of language and grammar. 

ENG. 412: LITERARY THEORIES AND CRITICISM 3 UNITS 

The course looks at the literary theories which provide the foundation for interpretation and 

critical evaluation of creative literature-poetry, drama and prose fiction and non-fiction. 

168

ENG. 414: CONTEMPORARY DRAMA 3 UNITS 

Contemporary Drama focuses attention on modern dramatic aesthetics and concepts. 

ENG. 422: LITERATURE AND SOCIETY 3 UNITS 

The course exposes students to contemporary views and relationship between imaginative 

literature and the societies that produce and read it. 

ENG. 442: THE LONG ESSAY 3 UNITS 

This involves a practical demonstration of the student’s research capability in any of the areas of 

language and literature. 

169

HISTORY 

B.A. IN HISTORY AND STRATEGIC STUDIES 

BRIEF INTRODUCTION 

The Department of History and Strategic Studies is one of the pioneer academic disciplines in 

the newly established Federal University, Ndufu-Alike Ikwo (FUNAI) in Ebonyi State. In fact, 

History has always been a pioneer Department in almost all the non-specialised universities in 

Nigeria such as University of Nigeria, Nsukka; University of Ibadan, Ahmadu Bello University, 

Zaria and the later generation universities. The discipline has produced some of the best minds 

and university administrators in Nigeria, for instance, Professor K.O. Dike and Professor J. F. 

Ade Ajayi and enjoyed enviable profile in Nigeria’s university system. 

However, with the passage of time, the discipline began to wane in popularity. Departments of 

History in many universities had difficulty attracting applicants. Many responded by 

introducing new components to the original History stem. History and International Studies 

became the vogue. One university opted for History and Diplomatic Studies while another went 

for History and Strategic Studies. The Department of History and Strategic Studies, FUNAI is 

the second Department to opt for this nomenclature and its concomitant courses. 

There are compelling grounds for opting for History and Strategic Studies. The role of strategy 

in all human activities be these at the individual, community, corporate, institutional, national 

and international levels, can hardly be over-stressed. People are constantly confronted with the 

dilemma of choice among competing courses of action against the backdrop of limited resources 

with which to attain identified ends. Choice requires strategic calculations so as to maximize 

ends with limited resources. The ends vary and could be economic, commercial, financial, 

social, cultural and even personal. 

Given, therefore, that strategy is inherent in every situation requiring choice among competing 

alternative courses of action, training in strategic studies prepares students to operate very 

effectively in a complex and rapidly globalizing world. This is especially so since the students 

have the advantage of historical hindsight in making strategic decisions. Indeed, history is 

littered with accounts of situations where strategic decisions were of pivotal essence in the 

course of human civilization. Wrong strategic decisions have resulted in human failures of 

170

staggering proportions just as right strategic ones have led to landmark advancements in human 

civilization. 

The courses offered by the Department, therefore reflect the dynamics of a fast globalizing 

world. This makes history a more relevant and pragmatic instrument for nation building. 

PHILOSOPHY 

The philosophy of the programme is anchored on the centrality of the past in understanding the 

present and envisioning the future. The rationale is to enable students to appreciate the Siamese 

relationship between the past and the present and to learn how to apply this principle in dealing 

with local, national and international or global issues. 

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 

The Department aims at: 

i. Contributing to the nurturing of informed and responsive citizenry. 

ii. Educating students in historical movements and issues of national, international 

and global importance to enable them acquire balanced knowledge of the world 

and thus promote world peace. 

iii. Developing students’ ability to appreciate the historical forces and strategic 

decisions that have shaped and are shaping their immediate environment. 

iv. Giving students a thorough understanding of Nigerian and African History, as a 

tool for building a virile and prosperous nation. 

v. Instilling in students a critical and broad mind to enable them appreciate the 

various dimensions of any given issue and reach a mature judgment. 

vi. Providing students with competences usually associated with training in history 

and strategy, viz: critical, analytical and balanced judgment needed particularly in 

administrative and managerial responsibilities, and in foreign affairs. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

The Department offers a standard four-year as well as a three- year programme leading to the 

award of a Bachelors degree in History and Strategic Studies. 

171

1. The 4-Year Degree Programme: 

Candidates seeking admission into the programme are required to: 

(a) Possess a minimum of 5 Credits at not more than two sittings, including the 

English Language, and History or Government, in the SSS/NECO or its 

equivalent, and to 

(b) Obtain a good performance in the UME which must include History or 

Government. 

2. The 3-Year Degree Programme 

For this programme, the following requirements apply: 

(a) two passes at GCE Advanced Level, including History or Government and five 

credits in other subjects at SSCE or its equivalent which must also include 

English and History or Government. 

(b) A good performance at NCE in History, Social Studies and NCE 

Government/Economics or NCE (Political Science). 

(c) A very good performance at OND in a related discipline with Upper Credit. 

REGISTRATION AND EXAMINATIONS 

Every student is expected to register for not less than 15 units and not more than 24 per 

semester. To qualify to sit for an examination in any course, a student must have (a) registered 

for the course and (b) attended at least 75% of lectures in the course, as stipulated by the NUC 

(National Universities Commission). No student can take an examination in a course which he or 

she did not register for. 

GRADUATION PREREQUISITES 

To be able to graduate, a student is expected to be worthy not only in behavior but also in 

academic performance. With regard to the latter, a student is expected to: 

(a) Carry a minimum total of 120 credit units for the 4-year programme or 90 credit units for 

the 3-year programme. 

(b) Pass all the courses he or she registered by scoring a minimum of 40 percent in each of 

them. 

A student is guided in these matters of REGISTRATION, EXAMINATION, and 

GRADUATION AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS BY AN ACADEMIC ADVISER. 

172

GRADING SYSTEM 

Examination performance of a student is based on the following grading system: 

A: 100 -70 = 5 points 

B: 69 – 60 = 4 points 

C: 50 – 59 = 3 points 

D: 49 – 45 = 3 points 

E: 44 – 40 = 2 points 

F: 39 – 00 = 0 point 

STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 

The programme is designed in line with the course unit system and in accordance with the NUC 

Minimum Academic Standard. Elective courses can be taken from such related disciplines as 

Political Science, Economics, Sociology, Archaeology and Mass Communication. 


COURSE DISTRIBUTION 

COURSE 

CODE 

COURSE TITLE STATUS CREDIT UNIT 

HSS 101 Nigeria From 1500 -1800 C 2 

HSS 103 History Of West Africa,1500 To Present C 2 

HSS 105 Introduction To Economic History C 2 

HSS 107 Archy. Of The Nok, Benin And Oyo Areas C 2 

HSS 109 Europe To The Age Of Revolution E 2 

HSS 111 Introduction To Strategic Studies 1 C 2 

CMP 101 Introductory Computer Science 

C 3 

GST 111 Use Of English 1 C 

2 

GST 121 Library Skill C 2 

Electives from relevant disciplines 


COURSE COURSE TITLE STATUS CREDIT 

CODE 

UNIT 

HSS 102 History Ofafrica ,1500-1800 C 2 

HSS 104 North Africa From The First Conquest Of 

Egypt To 1500 

C 2 

HSS 106 Islamic Revolutions In West Africa C 2 

HSS 108 Major World Civilizations E 2 

HSS 110 Blacks In Diaspora C 2 

173

HSS 112 History Of The Ebonyi People Up To 1900 C 2 

GST 122 Use Of English Ii C 2 

ELECTIVES FROM RELEVANT DISCIPLINES 



CODE 

UNIT 

HSS 201 Nigeria From 1800-1900 C 2 

HSS 203 Southern Africa Since 1400 C 2 

HSS 205 History of The Usa Since 1877 C 2 

HSS 207 Africa And European Imperialism C 2 

HSS 209 History of The Ottoman Empire And North 

Africa Since 1590 

E 2 

HSS 211 Econ. His. of West Africa in the 19 th & 20 th 

E 2 

Century 

HSS 213 Intro. To Strategic Studies 11 C 2 

HSS 215 Intro. To Foreign Policy Study E 2 

GST 221 History & Philosophy Of Science C 2 

GST 223 Entrepreneurial Study C 2 

ELECTIVES FROM RELEVANT DISCIPLINES 


CODE 

UNIT 

HSS 202 Economic History of Nigeria in the 19 th 

Century 

C 2 

HSS 204 Latin America From The 15-20 th Century C 2 

HSS 206 History of Russia In The 19 th Century C 2 

HSS 208 East & Central Africa Since 1400 C 2 

HSS 210 Europe From The French Revolution to World 

War II 

E 2 

HSS 212 History Of The Ebonyi People Since 1900 C 2 

HSS 214 Issues In Strategic Studies & Diplomacy C 2 

GST223 Entrepreneurial Study 1 C 2 

GST 222 Peace And Conflict Resolution C 2 

ELECTIVES FROM RELEVANT DISCIPLINE 


COURS COURSE TITLE STATUS CREDIT 

E CODE 

UNIT 

HSS 301 Nigeria From 1900 C 2 

HSS 303 Nig. During The Inter-War Period C 2 

HSS 305 Economic His. of The USA In The 19 

174 

th 

Century 

C 2 

HSS 307 History Of The Commonwealth C 2 

HSS 309 Problems & Prospects Of Regional Econ. C 2

HSS 311 

Development in West Africa 

Problems & Issues In Afr. Historiography E 2 

HSS 313 History Of The Igbo People To 1900 C 2 

HSS 315 Armament & Disarmament In The E 2 

Contemporary World 

GST 311 Entrepreneurial Study II C 2 


COURS COURSE TITLE STATUS CREDIT 

E CODE 

UNIT 

HSS 302 History Research Method 1 C 2 

HSS 304 Ussr From 1905-1950 C 2 

HSS 306 Comparative Industrial Growth: C 2 

HSS 308 

Usa,Ussr,Japan, China & Britain 

Africa & the outside World in the 20 th Century C 2 

HSS 310 Japan From The Tokugawa To The Meji 

Restoration 

E 2 

HSS 312 Capitalism,Communism & Mixed Economy E 2 

HSS 314 History Of The Igbo Since Independence C 2 

HSS 316 Issues In Contemporary International Relations E 2 

400 LEVEL:FIRST SEMESTER 


CODE 

UNIT 

HSS 401 Nigeria From 1970 To The Present C 2 

HSS 403 Economic History Of Nigeria In The 20th C 2 

HSS 405 Comparative Parliamentary Studies(Nigeria, 

Britain, France &India) 

C 2 

HSS 407 Special Paper (Local) C 2 

HSS 409 Long Essay C 6 

HSS 411 Land & Labour in Africa,1850-1950 E 2 

HSS 413 Modern African thoughts E 2 

HSS 415 Defence Strategy in The 20 th Century E 2 



CODE 

UNIT 

Hss 402 History Research Method 11 C 2 

Hss 404 OAU/AU–A Study Of African International 

Relations 

C 2 

Hss 406 Contemporary History Of The Middle East C 2 

Hss 408 War & Peace In The 20 th Century C 2 

Hss 410 His. Of Science & Technology,1500-1980 E 2 

Hss 412 Philosopy Of History E 2 

Hss 414 Post-Cold War Era E 2 

Hss 416 Nigeria’s Foreign Policies Since Independence E 2 

175

HSS 101: NIGERIA FROM 1500-1800 


The course highlights the major historical developments in the Nigerian region from about 1500- 

1800, including state formation and inter-group relations in the areas of political, economic, 

religious and socio-cultural activities. 

HSS 102: HISTORY OF AFRICA FROM 1500-1800 

The Course examines some of the internal and external factors of change and reactions to such 

changes in the Northern, Western, Eastern and Southern regions of Africa. 

HSS 103: HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA FROM 1500-PRESENT: 

The course highlights of the West African kingdoms and empires, the internal factors of change 

such as politics, agriculture, industry, trade and intergroup relations as well as the external 

factors of the Arabs and the Europeans, including the role and impact of Chritianity, Islam, 

colonialism, independence and the current struggle for survival, 

HSS 104: NORTH AFRICA FROM THE FIRST CONQUEST OF EGYPT TO 1500 

A discussion of Egypt and the beginnings of civilization, its occupation by foreign powers, 

including Libya, the Greeks and the Romans. The spread of Islam, the North Africa states and 

their relations with West Africa will be examined. 

HSS 105 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC HISTORY 

An examination of the general relevance of economic motivation and economic explanation for 

political and socio-political historical activities. 

HSS 106: ISLAMIC REVOLUTIONS IN WEST AFRICA 

A general discussion of the state of islam: its general development in West Africa as an alien 

religion, the traders, the rulers, the militant scholars and the masses. The jihads of the Futas, 

Hausaland , Massine and the Tukulors. 

176

HSS 107: ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE NOK, BENIN, IGBO-UKWU AND THE OYO 

AREAS 

Archaeology, its meaning, development and methods. An exploration of the general principles 

and techniques of the discipline, the relevance of the inter-disciplinary approach to the study of 

history, reconnaissance, excavation, artifact studies and museums. 

HSS 108: MAJOR WORLD CIVILISATIONS 

A general survey of some of the world’s major civilizations and some of their major 

contributions to historical developments e,g. the Egyptians, the Greeks, the Arabs, the Romans, 

the Chinese and the Europeans 

HSS 109: EUROPE TO THE AGE OF REVOLUTION 

A survey of European history highlighting fundamental developments such as the early 

economic and social institutions such as feudalism, the Renaissance, Reformation in the 

Christian Church, the Age of discoveries, Mercantilism, the new scientific views of the world, 

the Age of Enlightenment, the French and American Revolutions 

HSS 110: BLACKS IN DIASPORA 

This a study of black communities found outside Africa in other areas of the world, the factors of 

their dispersal and their role in contemporary world affairs 

HSS 111: HISTORY OFAFRICA, 1000-1500 

The course examines the old kingdoms and empires that existed during this period in the 

Western Sudan, West Africa, North Africa, East Africa and Southern Africa; the significance of 

the trans-Saharan and post-trans-Saharan contact and impact on the people 

HSS 112: A HISTORY OF THE EBONYI PEOPLE UP TO 1900 

The course discusses the origins and settlement of people in the Ebonyi State area, the evolution 

of their socio-political institutions, their economic life, intra-group relations and relations with 

their neighbours. 

177


The course examines the major developments, including internal and external factors, which 

shaped the political and socio-cultural development of Nigeria during the century e.g. the Sokoto 

jihad, the Yoruba civil wars, abolition of the trans-Atlantic slave trade; beginning of Christian 

missionary activites etc 

HSS 202: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF NIGERIA IN THE 19 TH CENTURY 

A survey of the major units and institutions of production and distribution and their impact. The 

interaction and interconnection between politics and economic activities 

HSS 203: HISTORY OF SOUTHERN AFRICA FROM C.1400 TO THE PRESENT 

A survey of internal developments in the South Africa region and the external factor of the 

Europeans as adventurers/explorers, settlers, miners and rulers. 

HSS 204: HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA FROM THE 15 TH T0 THE 20 TH C 

The early empires and civilizations: The Incas and the Aztecs (Peru and Mexico); contact with 

Europe from the time of their explorations; the Spanish and other colonialisms; the struggle for 

independence including the foreign factors. Post-independence developments should be 

highlighted, including the railway boom, the French adventure, as well as the 2oth century 

problems in the area; revolutions and instability. 

HSS 205: HISTORY OF THE USA SINCE 1877 

A survey of historical developments, including the background of colonial America, the war of 

independence, Reconstruction, discussion of migrations, the emergence of America as a super 

power, America in world affairs. 

HSS 206: HISTORY OF RUSSIA IN THE 19 TH CENTURY 

The course discusses some historical developments in Russia, highlighting Russia under 

Alexander 1; Russia and the ottoman Empire up to the Crimean War,1853-56 and the effects of 

the war, serfdom and the emancipation of 1861 under Tsar Alexander 11. The growth of the 

press and the universities and the emergence of an intelligentsia and revolutionary Marxism and 

industrialization 

178

HSS 207: Africa and European imperialism 

The course examines the internal and external factors and developments which created the 

setting both in Europe and Africa for European imperialism. It will also highlight its impact in 

Africa and the world generally. 

HSS 208: HISTORY OF EAST AND CENTRAL AFRICA SINCE 1800 

The course examines efforts at state formation and consolidation in this region, analyzing the 

internal and the external factors of warfare and conquests, trade, the Arabs and the Europeans; 

imperialism, independence movements, regional organizations and the struggle for survival. 

HSS 209: HISTORY OF THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE AND NORTH AFRICA SINCE 

1590. 

A survey of the general history of North Africa and the ottoman Empire since the 16 th C with the 

fall of Constantinople; highlights of subsequent developments in Ottoman Turkey in 

international relations to the treaty of Kutchuk Kainarji, affairs of the 19ty C e.g. the Crimean 

War 1853-56 and other crises; the Young Turks, 1908; the Balkan Wars,1911-13; WW1; the 

Middle East since 1945, the Israeli question; the Arab League; the Sheiklydoms, oil and 

international politics. 

HSS 210: EUROPE FROM THE FRENCH REVOLUTION TO WORLD WAR 11 

Discussion of the impact of the French Revolution on Europe and the subsequent development 

leading to WW 1,the inter-war years, WW 11 and their impacts 

HSS 211: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF W. AFR. IN THE 19 TH AND 20 TH 

CENTURIES 

A general survey of the major economic activities of the Weast African Region in the 19 th and 

20 th centuries, highlighting the motivating factors of demand and supply from within and the 

external factor of the Europeans and their industrial revolution; the pattern and nature of trade 

and the link between economic activities and political developments. 

HSS212: A HISTORY OF THE EBONYI PEOPLE FROM 1900-PRESENT 

The course examines the Ebonyi people under colonial rule and since Nigerian independence. 

The focus is on the following: response to colonial conquest and administration; impact of 

colonial rule o the people; contribution to nationalist movements; major economic, social and 

179

political developments since Nigerian independence; birth of Ebonyi State –backdrop, 

challenges and opportunities. 

HSS 213: INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC STUDIES 11 

The course delves into the centrality of strategic considerations in the international engagements 

of nations; the strategic steps and actions which account for major historical achievements and 

those which account for major international or global failures. 

HSS 214: ISSUES IN STRATEGIC STUDIES AND DIPLOMACY 

This course discusses the inter-locking relationship between strategic thinking and national 

interests, diplomatic practice and immunity. Of especial interest are the issues of economic and 

military considerations in international alignments. 


A study of 20 th century Nigeria, highlighting the role of the European factor in the internal 

developments of the area, the fall of the indigenous state systems, colonialism, decolonization, 

independence and the post-independence problems – crises, civil war and survival. 

HSS 302: HISTORY RESEARCH METHODS 1 

A detailed discussion of available sources of information; the methods of collecting, analyzing 

and evaluating historical data 

HSS 303: NIGERIA DURING THE INTER-WAR PERIOD 

A discussion of colonial Nigeria and her experience as a dependency, especially during the 

period of depression. Nationalism and also the development of political institution will also be 

examined. 

HSS 304: USSR FROM 1905 -1950 

The course examines the Russian Revolution ,its antecedents, the role of socialist 

revolutionaries, Mensteviks & Bolsheviks; Lenin and his leadership; the 1917 Revolution; the 

civil War,1919- 1920; Stalin and “Socialism in one Country”; Russia in WW11, and the Cold 

War 

180

HSS 305: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE USA IN THE 19 TH CENTURY 

A survey of the economic development in the USA, highlighting the issue of slavery, the civil 

war, and the reconstruction after 1865; and industrialization later in the 18 th century 

HSS 306: COMPARATIVE INDUSTRIAL GROWTH: USA, USSR, JAPAN, CHINA 

AND BRITAIN 

This examines the different approaches adopted by the various industrial powers of the world, 

against their different backgrounds and settings to achieve industrial development. The third 

world countries can see these approaches as examples. 

HSS 307: HISTORY OF THE COMMONWEALTH 

The course examines the process, arguments and activities by which the old British Empire ruled 

from the Whitehall and how it has been transformed into a commonwealth of friendly and 

independent nations – the imperial idea, the colonial conferences- 1887,1897,1902,1911, WW1 

and its effects; the Imperial Conferences 1917,1921,1923, 1926, the Balfour Declaration; 1931 

statute of Westminster; the Empire commonwealth in the 1930s; WW11 and its effects; 

independence of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Malaya, Ghana etc. The case of South Africa and the 

Commonwealth 

HSS 308: AFRICA AND THE OUTSIDE WORLD IN THE 20 TH C 

The course examines political and economic development within Africa as well as the 

international relations within the African counties on the one hand and between the African 

states and the outside world, on the other. The process of colonization, independence movements 

and neo-colonialism are highlighted and some of the effects of African states in regional and 

continental organisations, to solve the problems poverty and political instability. 

HSS 309: PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS OF REGIONAL ECONOMIC 

DEVELOPMENT IN WEST AFRICA 

The course examines the various regional organizations in West Africa which have been set up 

by the joint efforts of West African States to facilitate economic development. The problems 

encountered and the prospects off such efforts are discussed. 

HSS 310: JAPAN FROM THE TOKUGARA TO THE MEJI RESORATION. 

A survey of the early history of Japan up to the era of Emperor Meji, 1868-1912. 

181

HSS 311: PROBLEMS AND ISSUES IN AFRICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY 

This is a discourse of the concept of historiography, its meaning and methodological problems; 

African, European, Islamic and Marxist historiographic traditions and the use of oral tradition. 

Archaeology, linguistics, anthropology; the inter-disciplinary approach to the study of African 

history are emphasized. 

HSS 312 : CAPITALISM,COMMUNISM AND MIXED ECONOMY 

This course examines the three types of economic systems of capitalism, communism and mixed 

economy, highlighting the modes of production and distribution and the problems associated 

with each. 

HSS 313: HISTORY OF THE IGBO PEOPLE TO 1900 

The course discusses the traditions of Igbo origin, migration and settlement; evolution of Igbo 

culture and civilization, socio-political organization, economic life and relations with their 

neighbours. 

HSS 314: THE IGBO PEOPLE SINCE 1900 

The course examines the historical experiences of the Igbo since colonial times: their response to 

colonial invasion; the colonial presence; urbanization and Diaspora; their economic life; their 

role in Nigeria’s nationalist struggle; their experience in independent Nigeria in politics, 

economic affairs; relationship with their neighbours etc. 

HIS 315: HSS 315: ARMAMENT AND DISARMAMENT IN THE 

CONTEMPORARY WORLD 

The course examines the various theories and concepts of armament and disarmament, the 

dangers of the stock-piling of weapons of mass destruction and attempts made to check weapons 

proliferation. 

HSS 316: ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The course surveys various international relations issues such a revolutionary movements, neo- 

colonialism, unipolarism, democratization, development, and underdevelopment, international 

terrorism, war crimes e.t.c. 

182

HSS 401: NIGERIA FROM 1970 TO THE PRESENT 

This is a study of contemporary Nigerian history. The course examines the political, economic 

and social developments since the end of the Civil War; efforts of reconstructions, the oil boom, 

the second Republic, the military interventions, economic depression, the transition programmes 

and the problem mass poverty amidst wealth. 

HSS 402: HISTORY RESEARCH METHOD 11 

This involves a critical analysis of various historical sources and the various method and 

approaches of their exposition. These include practical exposure to the library, archives and field 

work for oral collection of data, involving the use of video cameras and tapes recorders 

HSS 403: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF NIGERIA IN THE 20 TH CENTURY 

The course examines the factors of change and continuity in the patterns of economic activity in 

Nigeria. The political and economic antecedents, the colonial setting, the new pattern of demand, 

the infrastructural facilities, and the exploitation of mineral and agricultural resources. 

Manpower needs training and the issue of labour. The changing pattern of producing units, 

including capital accumulation, banking, industries and the role of the entrepreneurs – 

individuals, companies, multinationals and the government. 

HSS 404: OAU/AU – A STUDY OF AFRICAN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

This study of this pan-African organization with emphasis on its conception, evolution, its 

workings, the activities of its various commissions, and other organs; its achievements and 

failures as well as its prospects. 

HSS 405: COMPARATIVE PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS (BRITAIN, FRANCE 

AND INDIA) 

A comparative study of the parliamentary system as practiced by Britain, France and India: 

common trends and distinguishing differences are identified and explain against the historical 

experiences of the countries involved. 

HSS 406: CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST 

The course examines the contemporary history of the Middle East, highlighting such significant 

issues as the World War II, the creation of the state of Israel and the attendant problems; the 

Suez Canal Crisis, the Arab League, oil in international geo-politics, the new trends of accord. 

183

HSS 407: S SPECIAL PAPER 

This is a documentary study of a historical topic selected from a range of options offered by 

experts in the department. 

HSS 408 : WAR AND PEACE IN THE 20 TH C 

The course examines the major world wars – l st and 2 nd , the Vietnam, the Middle East, Angola 

and Southern Africa; the emergence of the world’s super-powers, the Cold War and threat to 

peace; efforts made to resolve the crises through international organizations – the League of 

Nations, the UNO and its agents, and competing blocs –NATO and the Warsaw Pact. The 

development of dangerous and expensive weapons against the backdrop of poverty in the third 

world countries. 

HSS 409 : LONG ESSAYS 

Original essays based on research. Topics are selected by students guided by their supervisors 

and approved by the Department. 

HSS 410 : HISTORY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FROM 1580 -1950 

This is a survey course highlighting the developments which have taken place in S & T within 

the period of the study 

HSS 411: LAND AND LABOUR INAFRICA 

The course examines the issues of land and labour in Africa highlighting the traditional land 

tenure systems and the changing patterns of need in response to internal external dynamics of 

change such as population explosion, changing agricultural patterns (plantations and large land 

holdings instead of small holdings), the European settler problem etc and the emergence of 

landless individuals and communities. It also highlights the history of labour from, from the 

stage of self-employment to hired(wage), and organised labour and their unions and government 

control. 

HSS 412 :PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY 

The course examines the nature of history, its development as a discipline and its relevance to 

society. 

184

HSS 413 : MODERN AFRICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT 

This course examines the origins, influences on and the contents of modern African political 

thoughts through their selected exponents. 

HSS 414 : COLD WAR ERA AND AFTERMATH 

The course analyses the post-WW ll power relations between the forces of liberalism and 

democracy and those of socialism and communism; the spread of this politics in Europe, Asia 

and Africa; and its implications for international relations. The collapse of the Cold War is also 

considered. 

HSS 415 : DEFENCE AND STRATEGY 

The course examines defence systems and strategies, the relationship between military power 

and political influence; the causes and effects of war in relations between states. It also deals 

with the military in a social context; the arms race and disarmament. 

HSS 416 : NIGERIA’S FOREIGN POLICY SINCE INDEPENDENCE 

This is a study of Nigeria’s policy trends since independence. Consideration is given to the 

theoretical basis of the foreign policy, strategic considerations in foreign policy formulation; the 

legacies of colonialism; the issue of the Commonwealth, the Non-Aligned movements etc. 

HSS 408: NIGERIA’S FOREIGN POLICY SINCE INDEPENDENCE 

This is a study of Nigeria’s foreign policy trends since independence. Consideration will be 

given to the theoretical basis of the foreign policy, strategic considerations in foreign policy 

formulation, the legacies of colonialism; the issue of the Commonwealth, Non-Aligned 

Movements, e.t.c. 

HSS 409: GLOBALIZATION AND THE NEW WORLD ORDER 

The course examines the concepts and theories of globalization, its role in the contemporary 

world and the place of Africa in the emerging new world. The issues of post-sovereign 

governance, global democracy, and the challenges and prospects of the phenomenon. 

185

HSS 410: AFRO-ARAB RELATIONS SINCE THE 20 TH CENTURY 

This is an examination of the trends in the relations between African states and the Arab states, 

notably via the Arab League and the OAU/AU developments which have affected the relations 

are considered e.g. the Arab-Israeli confrontations, the politics of oil and OPEC. 

HSS 411: HISTORY OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS 

The course examines the backdrop to the formation of the Commonwealth of Nations from 

former dependent colonies within the British Empire. Attention is also given to relevant colonial 

conferences; the Belfore Declaration, the Statute of Westminster and the place of the 

Organization in international relations. 

HSS 412: THE COLD WAR ERA AND AFTERMATH 

The course analyses the post-W.W.II power relations between the forces of liberalism and 

democracy and those of socialism and communism, the spread of this politics in Europe, Asia, 

and Africa and its implications for international relations. The collapse of the Cold War is also 

examined. 

HSS 413: DEFENCE AND STRATEGY IN THE 20 TH CENTURY 

This course examines defence systems and strategies, the relationships between military power 

and political influence, the causes and effects of war in relations between and among states. It 

also deals with the military in societal context, the arms race, and disarmament. 

HSS 414: POST- COLD WAR 

The course examines changes in the pattern of international relations between the major powers 

since the collapse of the Cold War; areas of rapprochement and contestations. How the third 

world countries, with especial reference to Africa, are factored in the changing dynamics, is also 

examined. 

HSS 415: PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY 

This is an examination of the nature of history, its development as a discipline and relevance to 

society. 

186

HSS 416: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE USA SINCE 1945 

This course is a survey of the US economy since the end of W.W.II. It traces the emergence of 

the US to global economic pre-eminence, highlights domestic and external contributory factors. 

US foreign trade policies, with special reference to oil, Japan, and China are examined factor. 

187

LINGUISTICS AND NIGERIAN LANGUAGES 

B.A. IN LINGUISTICS AND NIGERIAN LANGUAGES 

PHILOSOPHY 

In keeping with the general needs of man and his linguistic awareness, the philosophy of the 

department is to equip the students with the fundamental analytical skills that will enable them 

appreciate their culture, realize their potentials and contribute to the development of their 

societies using linguistic instruments. 

OBJECTIVE 

*To develop manpower base capable to contribute to the general well-being of the society. 

*To equip the students with the critical and analytical skills of linguistics and language. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENT 

Five (5) O’ level credit passes. The subjects must include English Language and Mathematics. 

DIRECT ENTRY ADMISSION 

* An Advanced or A/level certificate; 

* A Diploma certificate; 

* A Higher National Diploma or a Bachelor degree. 

In addition, such a candidate must have credit passes in 5 O/Level subjects including English 

language and Mathematics. 

CODING SYSTEM 

(i) 0 Linguistics theories 

ii. 1. History 

iii. 2 Sociolinguistics 

iv 3. Applied Linguistics 

v 4. Descriptive Linguistics 

vi 5. Literature 

vii 6. Practical 

viii 7. Psycholinguistics 

vix 8 Communication studies 

188

x 9. Research report 

CODING FORMULA 

a. First digit - students level 

b. Second digit - course/content area 

c. Third digit -semester: odd number for 1 st semester, even number for second semester. 

YEAR BY YEAR COURSE CONTENT 

100 LEVEL- FIRST SEMESTER 


LING 101 Introduction to Linguistics I 3 C 

LING 103 Elementary Phonetics I 2 C 

LING 111 History of Linguistics 3 C 

LING 181 Communication Systems I 2 C 

IGB 101 History and Culture 2 R 

FRE 101 Elementary French I 2 R 


GST 103 Philosophy and Logic 2 C 

GST 105 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 

Total 18 

100 LEVEL- SECOND SEMESTER 


LING 102 Introduction to Linguistics II 3 C 

LING 104 Elementary Phonetic II 2 C 

LING 112 Language of the World 3 C 

IGB 102 Igbo Language and Development 2 R 

LING 182 Communication Systems II 2 C 

FRE 102 Elementary French II 2 R 


GST Philosophy of Science 2 C 

Total 18 

189

200 LEVEL – FIRST SEMESTER 


LING 201 Introduction to Phonology 3 C 

LING 203 Introduction to Syntax I 2 C 

LING 205 Introduction to Morphology 3 C 

LING 207 Orthography Design 3 C 

LING 281 Principles of Communication I 2 C 

LING 212 Languages of Nigeria 3 C 

Elective (choose I) 

FRE 201 Intermediate French 2 E 

IGB 201 Igbo Grammar 2 E 

Total 18 



LING 202 Phonemic Analysis 3 C 

LING 204 Introduction to Syntax II 2 C 

LING 208 Writing System: Graphic Representation 3 C 

LING 206 Morphology of African Languages 3 C 

LING 262 Practical phonetics 3 C 

LING 282 Principles of Communication I1 2 C 


FRE 202 Intermediate French 2 E 

IGB 202 Igbo Grammar 2 E 

Total 18 



LING 301 Generative syntax I 2 C 

LING 302 Generative Phonology I 2 C 

LING 341 Descriptive linguistics 3 C 

LING 351 Linguistics and literature 3 C 

LING 321 Pidgin and Creoles 2 C 

LING 333 Applied Linguistics 2 C 

LING 305 Phonetics English & Nigerian Languages 2 C 


LING 281 Interpersonal communication 2 E 

IGB 311 Igbo Dialects 2 E 

Total 18 

190

300 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER. 


LING 302 Generative Syntax II 2 C 

LING 304 Generative Phonology II 2 C 

LING 322 Sociolinguistics 3 C 

LING 332 Stylistics 3 C 

LING 334 Error/Needs Analysis 3 C 

LING 336 Translation 2 C 


LING 382 Community Journalism 2 E 

IGB 306 Philosophy of Language 2 E 

Total 18 



LING 401 Historical and Comparative Ling. 3 C 

LING 431 Language Policy 2 C 

LING 471 Psycholinguistics 3 C 

LING 403 Topics in Phonology 3 C 

LING 405 Semantics/Pragmatics 3 C 

LING 481 Public Relation Methods 2 C 

LING 497 Research Methods 2 C 

Total 18 



LING 402 Topics in Syntax 3 C 

LING 404 Discourse Analysis 3 C 

LING 422 Problems of Multilingual Nation 2 C 

LING 432 Lexicography 2 C 

LING 424 Dialectology 2 C 

LING 492 Long Essay/Project Report 6 C 

Total 18 

191


LING 101 Introduction to Linguistics 1 

This is an introductory course. Here the students are made to know the principles and methods of 

linguistics. 

LING 102 Introduction to Linguistics 11 

This is a continuation of LING 102. Here the different levels of language analysis are described. 

LING 103: Elementary phonetics 1: 

This is an introductory course. The general issues of speech production are made known to the 

student. 

LING 104: Elementary Phonetics II. 

This is a continuation of LING 103. The issues raised in LING 103 are re-emphasized. 

LING III: HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS 

This course provides information about the origin of linguistics and the different developmental 

stages. 

LING 112: Languages of the World. 

This course describes the languages of the world with regard to their lineage (Families) or phyla. 

LING 181: Communication Systems I 

This course introduces the students to different systems and methods of communication. 

LING 182: Communication System II 

This is a continuation of LING 181. It therefore formalizes the usefulness and different types of 

communication. 

LING 201: Introduction to phonology 

This course introduces the principles of phonology to the students. 

192

LING 202: Phonemic Analysis 

This course looks into the detailed description of phonemes. 

LING 203 Introduction to Syntax 1 

Here the different world classes, sentences and functions, tense and aspect are taught to the 

students 

LING 204: Introduction to Syntax I1 

This is a continuation of LING 204. Here, the students are introduced to grammar and the types. 

LIN 205: Introduction to Morphology 

Processes of word Formation are described to the students. 

LING 261: Practical phonetics 

The aspects of instrumental and auditory phonetics are taught to the students. 

LING 301: Generative Syntax 1 

This course introduces the students to the history and principles of generative grammar. 

It chronicles all the grammatical theories associated with the generative grammar. 

LIN 302: Generative Syntax 11 

This is a continuation of LING 301. It therefore looks at such related generative grammar 

concepts as Standard Theory (ST), Extended Standard Theory (EST), 

Revised Extended Standard Theory (REST) and Government and Binding (GB) grammar. 

LING 303: Generative phonology 

The origin and development of generative phonology are introduced to the students. Issues such 

as principles, rules of generative phonology and phonemic change are also taught to the students. 

Ling 304: Generative phonology 

This course formalizes of LING 303. The phonemic data analysis, different phonemic rules and 

auto-segmental phonology are taught to the students at this level. 

193

LING 321 Pidgin and Creoles 

The course describes the origin and theories and features of pidgin and Creoles to the students. 

LIN 305: Phonetics of English and Nigerian Languages. 

This course focuses on the description of the different sound systems of English and some 

selected Nigeria languages (eg Igbo, Hausa and Yoruba). 

LING 322: Sociolinguistics 

This course describes the relationship between language and society. Language varieties: dialect 

register, idiolect, sexism, bilingualism, multilingualism, code switching and code-mixing are 

also taught to the students. 

LING 332: Stylistics 

This course equips the students with the different skills of the use of language. The students are 

taught how to use their language contextually. 

LING 281 Principles of Communication 

This course describes the general principles of communication. Here different types, channels 

and forms of communication such as inter and intra personal communications are taught to the 

students. 

LING 282: Principles of Communication 

This is a continuation of LING 282. Different skills, theories of communication and ICT are also 

taught to the students. 

LING 333: Applied Linguistics 

This is a practical course to the processes, methods and applications of language learning 

teaching acquisition. Various theories of language learning, testing, standardization and use are 

taught to the students. 

LING 334: Error/needs analysis 

This course introduces the students to the theories, method, and strategies of language learning. 

Issues such as sources of error and types and solution methods are taught to the students. 

194

Ling 336: Translation 

The course introduces the students to the origin, techniques and types of translation. The 

differences between translation and transliteration; literal translation and word to word 

translation etc. are taught to the students 

LING 381: Inter Personal Communication 

The course introduces the students to interpersonal communication as one of the cardinals of 

communication. The differences between inter-personal and intra-personal communication are 

taught to the student. 

LING 382: Community Journalism 

Here community journalism as an aspect of journalism is taught to the students. All principles, 

methods, advantages, weakness of community journalism are taught to the students. 

LING 401 : Historical and Comparative Linguistics 

This course x-rays the origin and development historical and comparative linguistics. Issues of 

language classification, change, reconstruction, and migration among others are also taught to 

the students 

LING 402: Topics in Syntax 

This course looks at the current trends and issues in syntax. 

LING 403: Topics in phonology 

This course looks at the recent topics in phonology. 

LIN 404: Discourse Analysis 

This course equips the students with the skills of analyzing different speech events. It surveys 

speech act roles. 

LING 405: Semantics/Pragmatics 

The course surveys linguistic study of meaning. Different theories of meaning and components 

are taught to the students. 

LING 422 : Problems of Multilingual Nations 

The course x-rays bilingualism, multilingualism their advantages and attendant problems. 

195

LING 431: Language policy 

This course defines a national language, principles and processes of choosing a national 

language. 

LING 432: Lexicography 

The course equips the students with the origin, steps, methods and processes of dictionary 

compilation. 

LING 424: Dialectology 

The course shall introduce the students to the issue of language variation. The causes and 

problems of dialect are also taught to the students. 

LING 471: Psycholinguistics 

The course surveys the relationship between language and the mind. Issues of language 

acquisition, disability and decay are taught to the students. 

LING 491: Research Methods 

The principles, methods and types of academic research and project reports are taught to the 

students here. 

LING 492: Project Report 

This is a fact-finding exercise. It tests the student’s ability to carry out an independent study with 

the guidance of a project supervisor. NOTE: general studies courses and electives are as 

described by their parent department 

196

4-Year Bachelor of Arts (B.A) Linguistics / Igbo Programme (Combined Honours) 

1.0 Introduction: 

This combined honours program is an interdisciplinary program leading towards an 

understanding of phonological, grammatical and semantic structure, and of various approaches 

to descriptive, historical and experimental linguistics. It also include courses leading to 

analytical competence in Igbo language. Combined honours in linguistics and Igbo (a base 

language) prepares candidates well to tackle issues on theoretical or experimental linguistics, on 

various aspects of comparative grammar of families of languages. 

1.1 Philosophy and Objective 

The linguistics and Igbo program is founded on the philosophy of the Federal University Ikwo 

which aims to provide a broad, general training in linguistics and Igbo for the development of 

the “total person” 

In view of the above philosophy, the objective of the program includes the following: 

1. To help the students achieve and acquire a sound knowledge of various principles and 

current theories in the practice of linguistics and analysis of language. 

2. To furnish the students with an awareness of language systems in general and Igbo 

Language in particular. 

3. To equip the students with a capacity to acquire the required knowledge and skills in 

solving various problems of communication and for the advancement of their society. 

4. To equip them for graduate program in any discipline and career development as ; 

translators and interpreters, media practitioners, creative writers, editors, theatre 

personnel, officers and practitioners of ethnography information and cultural officers 

teachers of linguistics, English and Igbo languages. 

1.2 Admission Requirements 

1. The requirements are the same as those of the University’s general requirements and the 

Faculties except that the students must in addition be required to have at least a credit 

level pass in Igbo at either the NECO/WAEC or GCE O/L or a merit/credit pass at TC II 

examination. 

2. Direct entry candidates must include a pass in Igbo at A/L. Candidates with a pass in 

Igbo at N.C.E examination or a diploma in Igbo language studies are equally acceptable. 

3. UTME candidates must have five credit level passes at O/L or SSCE which must include 

English Igbo and one science subject. 

1.3 The Course Code System 

In keeping with the NUC benchmark on course code system and in line with current 

trends across the globe the course code for the course are drawn up as follows. 

Stress Areas 

Linguistics theory/Igbo Grammar 

Sociolinguistics 1 

Applied Linguistics 2 

Psycholinguistics 3 

History 4 

Literature 5 

Practicals 6 

Research Methods/Project. 7 

197

LINGUISTICS/IGBO PROGRAM 

4 – Year Bachelor of Arts (B.A) Degree Academic Program 

100 level courses Semester One 

Major course Units 

LIN 101 introduction to Linguistics 3 

LIN 103 Introduction to General Phonetics I 2 

IGB 101 Introduction to Igbo Grammar 1 3 

IGB 141 Introduction to Igbo History and culture 2 

LIN 145 Languages of the world 2 

FRE 101 Elementary French 1 2 

IGB 153 Advanced Igbo composition and compreh. 2 

GST Courses (GST) 

GST 101 Use of English 1 2 

GST 103 Philosophy and Logic 2 

GST 105 Citizenship education 2 

2 

Total Credit load 22 

100 Level Courses Semester Two 

Major courses Unit 

LIN 102 Introduction to Linguistics II 3 

LIN 104 Introduction to General Phonetics 2 

LIN 146 History of Linguistics 2 

IGB 102 Introduction to Igbo Grammar II 3 

IGB 142 History of Igbo Language and 

Development 2 

FRE 102 Elementary French II 2 

GST Courses (GST) 


GST 104 History and Philosophy of science 2 

GST 106 Citizenship education II 2 

Elective 

ENG 122 or History or Religion 2 

Total credit load 22 

200 Level Courses Semester One 

Major Courses Unit 

LIN 201 Introduction to Syntax 1. 2 

LIN 203 Introduction to Phonology 2 

LIN 205 Morphological Theory 2 

LIN 261 Practical Phonetics 1 3 

IGB 201 Igbo Sound System 1 3 

IGB 203 Igbo orthography Design 2 

IGB 207 Introduction to Igbo Morphology 3 

FRE 201 Intermediate French 1 2 

IGB 251 Introduction to Igbo Oral Lit. 3 

CSC 101 

Electives 

Introduction to computer Science 2 

English or History or Religion 2 

Total credit load 

198 

23

200 Level Semester Two 

LIN 202 Introduction to Syntax II 2 

LIN 204 Phonemic Analysis 2 

LIN 262 Practical Phonetics II 3 

IGB 202 Igbo Sound system 3 

IGB 204 Igbo Phonology 2 

IGB 206 Igbo Syntax 2 

FRE 202 Intermediate French II 2 

IGB 252 Introduction to Igbo written Lit. 3 

GST 222 Conflict Management & Resolution 2 

CSC 204 Computer application to Arts 2 

Electives 



300 Level Semester One 

Major Courses Units 

LIN 301 Generative Syntax I. 3 

LIN 305 Generative phonology I 3 

LIN 323 Survey of Applied Linguistics 3 

LIN 377 Research Methodology 3 

IGB 311 Igbo Dialects 2 

IGB 353 Igbo Stylistics 3 

IGB 351 Oral Poetry of the Igbo 2 

Electives 

Religion or History or English 2 




LIN 302 Generative Syntax II 3 

LIN 304 Generative Phonology II 3 

LIN 326 Error/Contrastive /Needs Analysis 3 

LIN 316 Socio-Linguistics 2 

IGB 354 Igbo Literary Criticism 3 

LIN 312 Psycholinguistics 3 

Elective (choose one only) 

Philosophy or English or Religion 2 


400 Level Semester One 


LIN 401 Topics in Phonology 3 

LIN 403 Semantics /Pragmatics 3 

LIN 407 Lexicography 3 

IGB 401 Topics in Igbo Phonology 3 

IGB 403 Practical Communication in Igbo 3 

IGB 453 Igbo Drama and Theatre 3 


199



LIN 402 Topic in Syntax 3 

LIN 422 Theory and Practice of Translation 3 

LIN 442 Historical and comparative 

Linguistics 3 

IGB 402 Topics in Igbo Phonology 3 

IGB 406 Traditional Music /Dance of the Igbo 3 

LIN/IGB 478 Long Essay / Project 6 


Course Description 

LIN 101: Introduction to Linguistics I 

This course introduces components of the study of language: Phonology, morphology, 

syntax and semantics. It presents the goals and methods of linguistics, techniques of linguistic 

analyses and construction of linguistic models. Trends in modern linguistics and the relationship 

of linguistics to psychology, society, logic and other disciplines. 

LIN 102: Introduction to linguistics II 

This is the continuation of LIN 101. It shall further the frontiers of knowledge on basis sound 

systems, word structure and sentential analysis. It shall examine human language – its principles, 

its nature and its relationship to animal mode of communication. 

LIN 103: Introduction to General Phonetics 

This course shall explore possible ways of describing the speech sounds of human languages. 

Speech mechanism and core branches of the study; acoustic, auditory, computer synthesis of 

speech as well as tools for transcribing speech sound. 

LIN 104: Introduction to General Phonetics II. 

This is a continuation course to LIN 103. Focus is on the exploration of key concepts in the 

study of various aspects of phonetics, sounds vs letters, allophones, syllables, sound waves, 

speech formants, spectrum and spectrographic readings etc. 

LIN 145: Languages of the world 

The origin and evolution of human language from an interdisciplinary perspective. The design 

features of language, the characteristics of language and functions of language, language 

universals and differences between various languages in terms of their genetic classification and 

typological classification. 

LIN 146: History of Linguistics 

A study of the development of linguistics from ancient days to the present time: from ancient 

medical periods to the modern times, notable scholars in the field and their contributions to the 

discipline. 

IGB 141: Introduction to Igbo History and culture 

This course introduces the Igbo as a people, language, culture and geographical entity; the 

people’s history, literature and heritage; their socio-cultural, economic, religious, health and 

political institutions and their relationship with their neighbours. 

IGB 142: History of Igbo Language and Development 

An exploration of the history of the development of the Igbo language from preliterate times to 

the evolution of a standard orthography as well as post standard orthography. 

200

IGB 101: Introduction to Igbo Grammar I. 

As an introductory study of Igbo grammar, this course teachers the Igbo form classes and their 

characteristics. It also includes the phrase, clause and sentential analysis of Igbo. 

IGB 102: Introduction to Igbo Grammar II. 

This is a continuation of IGB 201. It shall pursue in detail the concept introduced to the students, 

the isolation and the identification on the basis of their morphological and semantic criteria. 

Emphasis shall be placed on nominal categories, modifiers, verbals, enclitics e.t.c. 

FRE 101: Elementary French I. 

The course focuses on proficiency in understanding simple French conversations and texts. 

FRE 102: Elementary French II 

This is a continuation of FRE 101. It shall improve and explore a deeper understanding of 

everyday French conversation and Texts. 

GST 101: Use of English I 

The focus of the course is to develop and equip the students with knowledge of English 

communication and usage in a serious academic situation. 

GST 103: Philosophy and logic 

This course shall in a simple form correlate logic and philosophy as they border on human 

affairs and intellectual development. While logic is not totally reducible to philosophy, the art of 

correct reasoning is an art that is essentially philosophical. 

GST 105: Citizenship Education 

This course is tailored to make the students develop a healthy attitude towards selfless service to 

the community or the university and the student immediate environment. It shall engage the 

students in a practical way with some of the problems of society as well as with efforts necessary 

to solve such problems. Thereby inculcate in the students a consciousness of their 

responsibilities to society and the satisfaction of rendering service to others. 

GST 104 History and Philosophy of science 

This course introduces students to scientific approaches to problem solving and the philosophy 

behind scientific enquires. 

LIN 201: Introduction to Syntax I 

An introductory course to the study of syntax shall focus in functions, types, classes and 

operationally o f each word class sentences of various types shall be analyzed. 

LIN 202: Introduction of Syntax II 

As a continuation course of LIN 201, this course shall seek to deepen the students understanding 

of basic concepts in syntactic theory. Syntactic description and argumentation. Topics here 

include phrase structure, transformations and the roles of the lexicon. 

LIN 203: Introduction to Phonology 1. 

This is an introductory course to phonology. Structural differences between phonetics and 

phonology shall be made manifest, the principles of phonology as a discipline. It includes basic 

tenets and analytical tools on phonology of natural languages. 

201

LIN 204: Phonemic Analysis 

This course discusses the phonemic principles that underlie phonemic analysis, theories of the 

phoneme and phonemic alternations and their application to human language with illustration 

drawn the students language and other language of the world. 

LIN 205: Morphological Theory 

The theory of word structure within a formal grammar. 

Relations to other areas of grammar (syntax, phonology); basis units of world structure, types of 

morphology (inflection, derivation, compounding). 

LIN 261 – Practical Phonetics I. 

Basic principles of instrumental phonetics, instruments for phonetic analysis, introduction to the 

CSC and the interpreter language laboratory, practice and production of speech sounds and their 

analysis articulatorily, acoustically and their auditory perceptual cues. 

LIN 262: Practical Phonetics II 

A continuation of LIN 261, this include speech sound recognition exercises, speech sound 

production drills, stress and intonation drills and transcription exercises. 

IGB 201 – Igbo Sound System 

What are sounds of the Igbo language, and how are they organized to make words and 

sentences? This course introduces the students to the sounds Igbo language and provide tools for 

studying them systemically. 

IGB 202: Igbo sound system II 

A continuation course to LGB 201, here a detailed classification and identification of the feature 

of Igbo sounds shall be pursued. Representation of these sounds and their relationship between 

the sounds found in the standard variety and their dialectal correspondences shall be studied. 

IGB 203: Igbo Orthography Design 

What is orthography and what are the features of a good orthography. This is a practical course 

designed to reveal to the students principles, features and characteristics of a good orthography. 

It includes Igbo orthography design history and journey so far. 

IGB 204: Igbo Phonology 

The application of the basic principles of phonology to the study of Igbo phonological system. 

Phoneme identification, phonemic alternative and distinctive feature analysis etc. 

IGB 206: Igbo Syntax 

This course introduces the students to the basic systems of Igbo sentence structure. Topics 

include sentence .types of Igbo, basic transformations their structural and functional types, basic 

syntactic relations in Igbo (Predication, modification, complementation, coordination and Igbo 

Phase structure rules. 

IGB 207: Igbo Morphology 

Morphological description and theory of word structure in Igbo. 

LIN 301: Generative Syntax I. 

The course introduces students to the generative models of grammatical analysis with emphasis 

on the explanation of basic concepts postulated in the models, and the practical applications of 

202

these models in the analysis of syntactic data. Generative models of analysis shall be discussed. 

Ps, TG, TGG, EST REST, GB and minimalist program. 

4 – YEAR BACHELOR OF ART DEGREE (B.A) IGBO. 

1.0 Regulation And Guidelines For Admission 

1. The four year program shall lead up to the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree (B.A) 

Igbo. 

2(a) As is stated in the university, faculty and departmental handbooks. 

(b) In addition UTME candidates must obtain 5 credits including English 

language and Igbo language at either NECO/WASC or GCE O/L or a merit/credit pass at 

TC II examination 

(c) Direct entry candidates must include a pass in Igbo at A/Level. 

Candidates with Igbo at N.C.E Examination or Diploma in Igbo language studies are 

equally acceptable. 

1.1 Philosophy and Objectives 

The philosophy of a B.A. Degree program Igbo is in keeping with the 

ideals of the faculty and founded on the motto of the university. it is to emancipate man 

from the shackles of ignorance and enhance his personality and refine his culture through 

the study of Igbo language, its people and literature. 

Accordingly, the objective of the program are as follows: 

(i.) To expose students to the various aspects of the Igbo including the following: 

(a) Igbo as a people with a culture area and history 

(b) Igbo as a language 

(c) Igbo as literature and art 

In view of the above, students of Igbo would acquire greater competence in their 

appreciation of the values inherent in the above related areas. 

(ii.) To train students in the practical application of their knowledge to human 

development. 

(iii.) To build a manpower base capable of contributing through enhanced 

communicative competence in Igbo language as; 

(a) Translators and interpreters 

(b) Media practitioners 

(c) Creative writers 

(d) Editors 

(e) Theatre personnel 

(f) Officers and practitioners in Ethnography information, culture and administrative 

officers in government ministries. 

(g) Teachers of Igbo language etc. 

4 – YEAR B. A. IGBO DEGREE PROGRAM 

100 Level Course Semester One 

Major courses Units 

IGB 141 Introduction to Igbo History and Culture 2 

203

IGB 151 Introduction to Oral Igbo Literature 2 

IGB 153 Advanced Igbo Composition and Comprehension 2 

LIN 101 Introduction to Linguistics I 3 

LIN 103 Introduction to General Phonetics 2 

FRE 101 Elementary French I 2 

GST Course 


GST 103 Philosophy and Logic 2 

GST 105 Citizenship Education 1 2 

Elective Courses 


21 

100 Level Course Semester Two 

Major Courses 

IGB 142 History of Igbo language as Development 

Units 

2 

IGB 152 Introduction to Igbo Written Literature 2 

IGB 154 Advanced Igbo Composition and Comprehension 2 

LIN 102 Introduction to Linguistics II 3 

LIN 104 Introduction to General Phonetics II 

FRE 102 Elementary French II 

GST Course 

2 

2 


GST 104 History and Philosophy of Science 2 

GST 106 Citizenship Education II 


2 


21 



IGB 201 Igbo Grammar I 3 

IGB 203 Igbo Orthography 2 

IGB 207 Introduction to Igbo Morphology 3 

LIN 201 Introduction to Phonology I 2 

LIN 205 Phonetics of English and Nigeria Languages 2 

LIN 209 Writing System and Graphic Rep. 2 

LIN 261 Practical Phonetics I. 

GST Course 

3 

CS101 Introduction to Computer 


2 

English or Religion 2 

21 



IGB 202 Igbo Grammar II 3 

IGB 252 Igbo prose Narratives 3 

IGB 254 Oral Igbo Poetry 2 

LIN 202 Introduction to Phonology II 2 

204

LIN 204 Phonemic Analysis 2 

LIN 206 Orthography Design 2 

LIN 256 The Igbo Novel (Development) 2 

GST Course 

GST 222 Conflict Management and Resolution 2 

CS 214 Computer Application to Arts 2 


English or Religion 2 



IGB 301 Igbo Phonology I 2 

IGB 307 Igbo Syntax I 2 

IGB 311 Igbo Dialects 2 

IGB 355 Prescribed Texts of Igbo Prose Narratives 2 

IGB 353 Igbo Stylistics I 3 

IGB 303 Igbo Naming System 2 

IGB 351 Igbo Traditional Drama and Theatre 2 

LIN 323 Survey of Applied Linguistics 3 

LIN 377 Research Methodology 3 



23 



IGB 302 Igbo Phonology II 2 

IGB 308 Igbo Syntax II 2 

IGB 352 Oral Igbo Poetry (Theory) 2 

IGB 358 The Igbo Novel (Prescribed Text) 2 

IGB 306 Igbo Thought and Belief System 2 

IGB 356 Contemporary Igbo Poetry (Prescribed Text) 2 

IGB 312 Igbo Literary Criticism 2 

LIN 326 Error/Antrastive/Needs Analysis 3 

Elective Courses 3 

English or Religion or History 2 

21 

Semester Two 

400 Level Course 


IGB 401 Topics Igbo Phonology 3 

IGB 403 Practical Communication in Igbo 3 

IGB 405 Tradition Music of the Igbo 3 

IGB 407 Igbo Contrastive Studies 3 

IGB 403 Semantic/Pragmatics 3 

LIN 407 Lexicography 3 

205 

22



IGB 401 Topics in Igbo Syntax 3 

IGB 452 Contemporary Igbo Drama (prescribed Text) 3 

IGB 478 Long Essay/Project 3 

IGB 404 Social Institutions and Material Cultures of the 

3 

Igbo People 

IGB 454 Igbo Stylistics II 3 

LIN 422 Theory and Practice of Translation 3 

18 


IGB 141: Igbo Composition and Comprehension I Writing Igbo in the Official Orthography, 

Types of styles of composition, organization and language use; comprehension and summary 

skills, exercises in oral delivery in Igbo. 

IGB 142: Igbo Composition and Comprehension II this a continuation of IGB 141. There is 

more stress on types of essay, summary writing, comprehension, public speech and address. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (IGBO PROGRAMME) 

IGB 141 INTRODUCTION TO IGBO HISTORY, LIFE AND CULTURE 

This course introduces the students to the people of Igbo race, their historical origin, settlements 

and geographical location. It shall also introduce their social institutions. Political and economic 

institution, language, religion, art and culture. 

IGB 142 HISTORY OF IGBO LANGUAGE AND DEVELOPMENT 

This course to some extent is a formalization of IGB 121. It shall trace the history of Igbo 

language and its influences. Since language is a universal phenomenon, the course shall apart 

from the establishment of the origin of the Igbo language, identify the genealogy and family 

belonging of the Igbo language; the speakers of the Igbo language shall also be identified 

together with her close neighbours. 

IGB 151: IGBO ORAL LITERATURE 

A classification of the principal form and genres of Igbo oral literature and an examination of 

their characteristic features, theme, style their composition and performance and their contexts 

and social significance. Oral literature as it relates to the evolutionary theory. 

IGB 152: INTRODUCTION TO WRITTEN LITERATURE 

Written Igbo literature: its beginnings and development: relationship between oral and written 

literature old and modern Igbo realistic work and romantic works, selected prose drama. poetry 

tests for reading and discussions. 

IGB 154: ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND COMPREHENSION II 

Further and more advanced treatment of orthography issues spelling punctuation and language 

uses. Intensive comprehensive exercise and drills on oral delivery. 

IGB 202: IGBO GRAMMAR II 

This is a continuation of IGB 201. It shall pursue in the detail the concepts introduced to the 

student ion LIN 201, the isolation and the identification on the basis of their morphological and 

206 

18

semantic criteria. More emphasis shall also be paid to nominal, modifiers, verbals enlities, 

incloatics etc. 

IGB 252: VARIETIES OF IGBO PROSE NARRATIVES 

A study of various Igbo prose forms novels, romances, short stories essays and translations. 

Their basic characteristics and the different literary styles and themes that inform them. 

IGB 256: IGBO NOVEL 

A detailed treatment of at least one Igbo novel and piece of Drama of moderate length. Studies 

on the Igbo belief system and other cultural forms. 

IGB 303: IGBO NAMING SYSTEM 

Among Nigerians, naming is not just an artitrary affair. It is at once a mental, an emotional, a 

linguistic and cultural affair. This course, then focuses on the linguistic and cultural importance 

of personal names in the language. 

IGB 306: IGBO THOUGHTS AND BELIEF SYSTEM 

Introduction to the discipline of folklore (i.e. traditional beliefs, values, and modes of expression 

shared by groups with a community of interests) followed by detailed study of selected topics in 

verbal folklore (folk literature, superstitions, popular beliefs, etc) non-verbal folklore (folk 

music, folk dance etc) traditional customs, calendar festivals, folk observances, architecture, folk 

cookery etc. 

IGB 311: IGBO DIALECTOLOGY 

This course shall simply introduce the students to the different dialects of the Igbo language 

together with their various geographical locations. Since it is generally established that dialectal 

difference are basically at the phonological level, the phonological differences of the Igbo 

language shall be surveyed. The course shall also look at other possible areas of dialectal 

differences and convergence. 

IGB 351: IGBO TRADITIONAL DRAMA 

This course covers the concept of Drama in the language; a survey of early attempts at play 

writing and acting, the influence of traditional and folk drama, and an appraisal of the written 

plays. 

IGB 351: IGBO ORAL POETRY 

A detailed study of the poetic forms of Igbo language, their structure and their functions; a 

critical appreciation them. 

IGB 353: IGBO STYLISTICS I 

A theoretical study of stylistics in Igbo language particularly various theories and ideas of the 

relationship before on stylistics, literature and linguistics , a discussion of the various literary 

features or devices of literature in Igbo language. 

IGB 355: PRESCRIBED TEXTS IGBO PROSE NARRATIVES 

Further detailed and analytical study of prose fiction in Igbo. Advanced and greater sophisticated 

appreciation of themes, style, techniques. Development of Igbo prose fiction. 

IGB 356: CONTEMPORARY IGBO POETRY 

A detailed and critical study and appreciation of contemporary poetry in the language. 

207

IGB 401: TOPICS IN IGBO PHONOLOGY 

A consideration of current and relevant issues in the phonology of the language (e.g. tones, 

vowel harmony, syllable structure and intonation). 

IGB 402: TOPICS IN IGBO SYNTAX 

Applications of transformational grammar to the study of Igbo; selected problems. Igbo phrase 

structure Grammar and transformations Igbo relative clause construction and sentential 

complementation. The role of tone in those transformations. 

IGB 403: PRACTICAL COMMUNICATION IN IGBO 

Speaking and writing the standard variety of the Igbo language effectively. The course will 

involve such areas as: trends in modern spoken Igbo, idiomatic expressions, comprehension 

exercise, original compositions on selected topics. 

IGB 404: SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MATERIAL CULTURE OF THE IGBO 

This course shall pursuer a detailed description and analysis o the social and material aspects of 

the Igbo culture. 

IGB 405: TRADITIONAL MUSIC OF THE IGBO 

An introductory study of the forms, functions and qualities of the traditional music of the Igbo 

people. A detailed study of the musical instruments and their significance in the Igbo tradition 

shall be pursued. 

IGB 407: CONTRASTIVE STUDIES 

A systematic examination of the structure of the language as contrasted with those of English 

and Igbo with an basis on those areas requiring special attention in teaching the language to 

speakers of English and Igbo. 

IGB 452: CONTEMPORARY IGBO POETRY/PRESCRIBED TESTS 

A detailed and critical study and appreciation of contemporary poetry in the language 

IGB 454: IGBO STYLISTICS II 

A detailed study of the stylistic features of prose and poetry, both oral and written in the 

language, applying the principles studied in Igbo. 

IGB 478: PROJECT 

Independent research carried out under supervision on linguistics, literary or cultural aspect of 

the Igbo language 

208

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

B. A. HONS FRENCH 

The B. A. Hons French degree programme is designed in response to the Federal Government 

Policy to upgrade the teaching of French at all levels of the educational system, with the 

objective of making it a second official language in Nigeria. The programme is aimed at 

producing graduates capable of teaching the French Language, communicating effectively in 

French and participating in international peace, trade and world politics without any linguistic 

inhibition. The programme also prepares students for further studies in French or for 

professional Language based higher degrees for translators and interpreters.The duration of the 

programme is four years for candidates with O level credit in French who are admitted through 

JME or pre-degree, three years for those who secure direct entry, and five years for candidates 

with no prior knowledge of French. Candidates with no prior knowledge of French are made to 

do the Remedial French Programme. 

The Remedial French programme is intended to provide solution to the perennial shortage of 

students into the French degree programme, as most Secondary Schools in Nigeria do not teach 

French at all and therefore cannot prepare students for Senior Secondary School Certificate in 

French. The duration of the Remedial French programme is one academic session. Only 

successful candidates will be allowed to proceed to the 100 level programme. The 4 th year of the 

five year programme or the 3 rd of the four year programme or the 2 nd year of the three year 

programme is spent at the French village Badagry or in a foreign country where French is the 

official medium of communication. 

Entry Requirements 

(i) 4 Year programme – SSCE, GCE, NECO/SSCE ordinary level with credits in French, 

English and any three subjects at not more than two sittings; and an acceptable score in JME or 

pre-degree examination. 

(ii) 5 Year Programme – Five ordinary level credits including English and an acceptable 

score in JME or Pre-degree examination. 

(iii)3 Year Programme – NCE with passing grade in French or Advanced level passes in 

French and one other subject plus ordinary level credits in three other subjects. 

209

(e) Course content specifications/syllabus of all courses in the programme/sub- 

discipline/Discipline: 

B. A. FRENCH 

STRESS AREAS 

0. General/introduction courses 

1. Linguistic and grammar 

2. Composition and stylistics 

3. Literature and reading comprehension 

4. Translation 

5. Culture and civilization 

6. Oral courses 

7. Project/research 

COURSE CODING 

First digit - student’s level 

Second digit - the number 1 for 1 st semester, the 2 number for 2 nd semester. 

Third digit - Area of courses (stress area) 


REMEDIAL YEAR PROGRAMME 


FRE 010: Introduction to French Grammar I 

This course introduces students to fundamental elements of French grammar such as the use of 

article, gender, preposition etc. it lays the foundation to simple but correct construction sentences 

in French. (4 Units) 

FRE 011: Introduction to French Comprehension I 

In this course students should be made to read selected simple French texts after which there will 

be questions (oral or written) to test their comprehension of the texts read. (3 Units) 

FRE 012: Introduction to reading in French I 

This course designed for beginners in French provides practice in reading/comprehension of the 

basic elements of selected literary/pragmatic texts in French. (3 Units) 

210

FRE 013: Introduction to Laboratory Work I 

This course helps students to become familiar with the correct pronunciation of French words, 

phrases and sentences as spoken by good speakers and mother tongue users of the language. The 

course will enable students acquire basic knowledge of phonetics and discrimination of sounds 

which are necessary for proficiency and linguistic competence in the language. (3 Units) 

FRE 014: Introduction to French Conversation I 

This aim of this course is to help students express themselves in French, starting from greetings, 

introduction of oneself etc up to narrating daily activities. (3 Units) 

Second semester 

FRE 020: Introduction to French Grammar II 

This is a continuation of FRE 010. Emphasis is laid on correct use of basic French grammatical 

structures through textual analysis, practice of standard forms and dictation. (4 Units) 

FRE 021: Introduction to French Comprehension 

This is continuation of FRE 011 as described above. (3 Units) 

FRE 022: Introduction to Readings in French II 

As a continuation of FRE 012 this course is made up comprehensive, analysis and discussion of 

selected literary pragmatic texts in French. (3 Units) 

FRE 023: Introduction to Laboratory Work II 

This is continuation of FRE 013 aimed at helping beginners in French develop spoken French 

reflexes. (3 Units) 

FRE 024: Introduction to French Conversation II 

At this stage students will be encouraged to express themselves without fear of grammatical 

errors. A conversation session shall always start with familiar topics like classroom, the family 

etc. (3 Units) 

211

YEAR ONE OF THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME 

FRE 110: French Grammar I 

In this course, emphasis is laid on basic correct French grammatical structures through exercises, 

practice of structural forms and dictation. (2 Units) 

FRE 111: Introduction to Composition Writing in French I 

This course provides students with the basic skills in the practice of writing French with 

emphasis on narrative and descriptive forms. (2 Units) 

FRE 112: Readings in French I 

This course exposes students to extensive reading in French and Francophone documents (songs, 

short plays etc) to help the students communicate and express themselves freely. This will 

enable them increase their vocabulary. (2 Units) 

FRE 113: Laboratory Work 

This course will enable students acquire a good French speech speed through systematic 

repetition and audition of phonetic and grammatical patterns in the language laboratory. It will 

enable students acquire speech automatisms necessary for the mastery of the language. (2 Units) 

FRE 114: French Conversation I 

In this course, emphasis is laid on the use of French and Francophone documents (sons, short 

plays etc) to help students communicate and express themselves freely. This will enable them 

increase their vocabulary. (2 Units) 

SEL 115: Introduction to Second Foreign Language I 

This is intensive course designed to initiate students into a second foreign language course 

mounted in the department. This could be German, Portuguese,, Spanish, Russian, Japanese etc. 

(2 Units) 

212


FRE 120: French Grammar II 

This course deals with the characteristics of the separate units which can be used as elements of 

a sentence structure. This course will focus on the verb, the noun, the adjective and prepositional 

phrase. (2 Units) 

FRE 121: Introduction to Composition Writing in French II 

This is in-depth study of more complex forms of composition writing, e.g. exposition, 

argumentation etc, this course also enables students to relate the various registers of the written 

French language to appropriate themes. (2 Units) 

FRE 122: Readings in French II 


FRE 123: French Phonetics 

This emphasis of this course is on the acquisition of a good pronunciation of French sounds. (2 

Units) 

FRE 124: French Conversation II 

This course will increase the span of the student’s lexical acquisition and the fluency level of 

their spoken French. (2 Units) 

SEL 125: Introduction to a Second Foreign Language II 

This course is designed to improve and increase the student’s grasp of the chosen second foreign 

language. (2 Units) 

YEAR II OF THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME 

FRE 210: French Grammatical Structures I 

A normative approach is adopted in this course, and special emphasis is laid on the practice and 

identification of verbal forms, sentence structures and grammatical functions. (2 Units) 

FRE 211: French Appreciation of Literature 

This is an introductory course to the study of literature. It is designed to expose students to the 

practice of literary appreciation and its written expressions such as “L éxplication du texte”, Le 

resume du texte, l’analyse litteraire ‘Le commentaire du texté. (2 Units) 

213

FRE 212: French African literature Before Independence 

This is a course on major literary trends of the francophone African literature before 

independence. It deals with the general definition, nature and specificity of francophone African 

literature before independence. (2 Units) 

FRE 213: French Literature of the 16 th and 17 th Century 

This is a survey course on the major trends of the French literary history. Students are exposed to 

the theory and practice of the literary schools such as ‘La Renaissance Litteraire”, “La Pleiade” 

and Le Classicisme”. (2 Units) 

FRE 214: Oral French Skills I 

This course is designed to help students consolidate competence acquired in earlier oral French 

course. They will learn to make use of a variety of French registers through discussions and 

extended use of expressive forms in audio/video tape-recorded or printed documents including 

conversations, newspaper articles, and literary, administrative, commercial and technical texts. 

(2 Units) 

FRE 215: Introduction to French Drama 

This course which is based on some selected drama works in French draws attention to the 

various aspects of drama: theory, artistic elements, themes and forms. (2 Units) 

FRE 216: Elements of French Civilization 

This course surveys the Social, economic and cultural life of French from the period of the 1789 

Revolution to date. (2 Units) 

SEL 217: Foreign Language I 

Based on their study of selected second foreign language, the students will study texts, 

illustrating some of the main current literary movements in countries where the language is 

spoken. (2 Units) 

214


FRE 220: French Comprehension and Stylistics 

In this course students will be exposed to more complex oral and written comprehension. It is 

designed to guide students in the appreciation,, analysis and production of written texts of 

various language forms and registers. (2 Units) 

FRE 221: Critical Appreciation of Literature II 

This is a continuation of FRE 211 as described above. (2 Units) 

FRE 222: French African Literature Post Independence 

This course explores major literary trends of the post independence francophone African 

literature through a study of representative authors. (2 Units) 

FRE 223: French Literature of the 18 th Century 

This course introduces students to the literary schools of “Le Siecle des lumieres through the 

works of authors as Diderot, Voltaire, Roussaeau etc. (2 Units) 

FRE 224: Culture and Civilization of Francophone Africa 

This course exposes students to the study of the social, economic and cultural life of 

francophone African countries, with emphasis on Nigerian’s French speaking neighours. (2 

Units) 

FRE 225: Oral French Skills II 


SEL 227: Foreign Language II 

In this course students are introduced to extensive reading of the literature of their chosen 

foreign language. (2 Units) 

215

YEAR III OF THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME (FRENCH LANUAGE VILLAGE 

(FLV) 

FLV 300 Socio-Educative Activities I 

This is a polyvalent course that provides a conducive environment for the students to develop 

their various intellectual, cultural and professional aptitudes through individual and group 

activities like monitoring national and international current affaire in French media, participating 

in debates, conferences, symposium, excursions etc. (2 Units) 

FLV 310 Translation Skills 

This course aims at exposing students to the practical problems of translation. This course 

includes exercises in translation from and into English (L 1) French (L 2) and a Nigerian 

Language ( L3). (2 Units) 

FLV 311 French Grammar V 

This course aims at bringing students to a high level of understanding and use of grammatical 

notions underlying the French language structure. In addition to intensive exercise in the 

production and comprehension of complex sentence patterns, the students are encouraged to 

review conventional French grammatical structures in the light of correct semantic approaches 

that appear to compromise grammatical norms. (3 Units) 

FLV 312 French Phonetics II 

This course aims at bringing students to a high level of French sound production and 

discrimination. It explores the various combinatory features of French sounds and provides 

students practice in the phonetic transcription of various kinds of literary and non-literary French 

texts. (2 Units) 

FLV 313 Culture and Civilization of French 

This course surveys the social, economic and cultural life of French from period of the 1789 

Revolution to date. (2 Units) 

216

FLV 314 Fancophone African Literature I 

This course surveys African literature of French expression from 1920 to 1960. This survey 

covers all the genres (prose, drama, poetry) and highlights the ideological leaning, forms and 

contexts of works of representative authors. (2 Units) 

FLV 315 French Literature of the 18 th Century 

In this course, students are further exposed to the literary schools of “Le siècle des lumieres’ 

through the works of authors as Diderot, Voltaire, Rousseau etc. (2 Units) 

FLV 316 Written French Skills V 

This course leads students into knowledge and use of advanced writing techniques in the 

different registers of French. Written exercises in this course include letters, summaries, notes, 

and minutes of meetings; news presentations, special messages, (condolence, congratulatory 

messages, advertisements, research notes and biographies). (2 Units) 

FLV 317 Oral French Skills V 

This course is designed to help students acquire fluency in French for everyday purpose and 

professional life. This includes the mastery of different intonation patterns for expressing 

reactions to specific situations; active knowledge of French structural patterns and vocabulary 

relating to life French and modern business world. (2 Units) 


FLV 300 Socio-Educative Activities II 

This is a continuation of the 1 st FLV 300 as described above. (2 Units) 

FLV 320 Translation Skills II 

This is a continuation of FLV 310 and is designed to help students acquire knowledge of the 

theoretical bases of the different translation techniques in use as well as provide training in 

translation. This course covers lexical and morpho-syntactic problems involved in translation 

from and into English (1), French (L2) and a Nigerian Language (L3) (2 Units) 

217

FLV 321 French Grammar VI 

This is a continuation of FLV 311 aimed at bringing students to a high level of understanding 

and use of grammatical notions underlying the French language structure. The course includes 

intensive exercise in the production and comprehension of complex French patterns. (2 Units) 

FLV 322 French Phonetics III 

This is a continuation of FLV 312 as described above. (2 Units) 

FLV 323 Linguistics and Stylistics 

This course enables students to establish more informed links between French linguistic forms 

(phonetic, morpho-syntactic) meaning and aesthetics. (2 Units) 

FLV 324 Francophone African Literature II 

This course involves a study of various genres of African literature of francophone expression 

since independence and highlights the ideological leanings, forms and contexts of works of 

representative authors. (2 Units) 

FLV 325 French Literature of the 19 th Century 

This course involves a study of the various genres and literary schools of the 19 th century. (2 

Units) 

FLV 326 Written French Skills V 

This is a continuation of the FLV 316 and in line with the objective of the earlier course, it 

reinforces students’ ability to use advanced writing techniques in the different registers of 

French. (2 Units) 

FLV 327 Oral French Skills V 

This is a continuation of FLV 317 as described above. Recorded texts and exercises could be 

taken from Le Frencais de homes d’affaires by Dany et al or any other similar manual. (2 Units) 

FLV 329 Research Methodology 

This course initiates students into the elements of scholarly research, concepts of research and 

research methodology. Styles (MLA, APA etc) research area, the statement of objectives of 

research, literature review, data collection strategies, referencing, notes. (2 Units) 

218

YEAR IV OF THE FOUR PROGRAMME 


FRE 410: Linguistics Applied to the Teaching of French 

Applied linguistics will be used to teach students how to understand and analyze any problem 

related to the sounds, signals, prosody, communication and grammatical structures of the French 

language. (2 Units) 

FRE 412: Communication Strategies and Discourse Analysis 

This course is designed to expose students to practical use of language in specific real life 

communication contacts. It explores oratory, eloquence, rhetoric, discourse analysis, expressive 

structures in communication contexts, speeches, conversation, drama etc. (2 Units) 

FRE 413: French Literature of the 19 th Century 

This course involves a study of the various genres and literary schools of the 19 th Century 

French literature as illustrated by representative literary works. (2 Units) 

FRE 414: Francophone African and Caribbean Literature I 

This course lays emphasis on the philosophy, structure and forms of French literary texts. It 

explores various trends in modern literary criticism such as structuralism, sociology of literature 

etc. (2 Units) 

FRE 415: World Literature in French Translation 

This course introduces students to world literature written in various languages but translated 

into French. (2 Units) 

FRE 416: Advanced Translation 

Translation from English into French and vice versa at an advanced level. (2 Units) 

FRE 417: Culture and Civilization of Francophone Maghreb, Europe and America 

This course deals with the social, political and economic life of francophone communities of 

Maghreb, Europe (Excluding French) and America. (2 Units) 

219

FRE 418: Introduction to Research Methods 

This course is designed to provide students with the principles and methodology of research. It 

initiates students into the elements of scholarly research, concept of research and research 

methodology. Styles (MLA, APA etc) research area, the statement of objectives of research, 

literature review, data collection strategies, time and space in data validation, acknowledgement 

of sources of data, referencing, notes and biography, presentation of a thesis etc. (2 Units) 


FRE 420: Linguistics Applied to the Teaching of French II 

In continuation of FRE 410, applied linguistics will be used to acquaint students with the socio- 

pedagogical context of learning lexis, vocabulary, and understanding of the various problems 

raised by stylistic forms. (2 Units) 

FRE 421: Communication Strategies and Discourse Analysis II 


FRE 422: French Literature of the 20th Century 

This course involves a study of the various genres and literary schools of the 20th Century 

French literature through representative authors. (2 Units) 

FRE 423: Francophone African and Caribbean Literature II 


FRE 424: French Thought and Literary Criticism II 

This course is a continuation of FRE 414 as described above. (2 Units) 

FRE 425: African Oral Literature 

This course involves a study of oral literature with special attention given to major oral literary 

works representative of the African francophone world. (2 Units) 

FRE 426: Advanced Translation II 

This course deals theoretically and practically with the various approaches to bilingual 

translation. (2 Units) 

FRE 427: Project- A dissertation of 3,500 – 5000 words written in French on a subject, 

preferably original which is related to any area of French studies. (6 Units 

220

DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION AND CREATIVE ARTS 

B.A Visual Arts 

GENERAL INFORMATION AND ACADEMIC PROGRAMME 

This programme offers a Four-year B.A. honours degree programme in Visual Arts for 

candidates who are admitted through UME and a three-year programme for candidates who 

posses NCE or National Diploma admitted through Direct Entry (DE). There is also a two-year 

Direct Entry programme for those who possess the HND Certificate. The department offers 

courses in basic design, drawing and art history before the students narrow down to stress areas 

of painting, sculpture, visual communication design, textiles, ceramics, history of art and art 

education. The Department offers service courses in photography, stage design, make-up and 

fashion design and Interior Decoration to Departments of Theatre Arts, Geology, Mass 

Communication, Home Science & Nutrition among others. 

PHILOSOPHY 

The philosophy of the programme is to develop skills and stimulate visual creativity in young 

men and women who desire to make a career in the visual arts. This will position them in 

contributing to the aesthetic, cultural and technological development of Nigeria and the world at 

large. 

OBJECTIVES 

The programme is designed to equip young men and women to pursue their career in Visual Arts 

in Cultural Institutions, Arts Councils, the film industry, Textiles, Advertising and Ceramic 

Industry. They are also being prepared for postgraduate programmes and researches. 

This will lead and encourage the students to use their creative skills to enhance their self- 

dependence and quality of living. 


(i) Four year Degree Programme: For a four year degree programme candidates for 

admission are required to possess The West African School Certificate or the General 

Certificate of Education at Ordinary Level or Senior Secondary School Certificate or its 

equivalent with credit passes in at least five subjects including English, Art and 

Mathematics or any science. 

221

(ii) Good passes at the HSC, GCE A’Level of which one of the subjects must be Fine Arts, 

NCE in Fine Arts, OND in Fine Arts with a minimum pass or Merit in Fine Arts plus a 

minimum of 5 Credits including English at the WASC/GCE Ordinary Level/SSCE 

Examination. 

(iii) Holders of HND or its equivalent who meet the requirements for normal admission and 

graduated with an average of B+ may be admitted directly to 300 level courses. 

DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 

The four-year B.A. Visual Arts degree programmes will last for four years of eight semesters. 

The first two years will be the introduction of the major areas of Visual Arts. The last two years 

will be devoted to specialization in any one of the required courses, as listed above. One 

semester is devoted to industrial attachment or Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme 

(SIWES), which occurs at the second semester of the third year. 

MODULES 

(i) Module A 

This is made up of Theory and Practice in Drawing, Painting, two and three Dimensional 

Designs, Art Education, Art History. Basic Design, Basic Drawing, Still-Life Drawing, 

Life-Drawing, Draughtsmanship, Graphics, Painting, Textiles, Ceramics, Sculpture, 

History of Art, History of African Art, Art Appreciation, being the compulsory core 

courses taught within the department of Visual Arts. 

(ii) Module B 

This is made up of the theory and practice of indigenous African Arts and Crafts, their 

historical context and significance. 

(iii) Module C 

Humanities comprises courses in Liberal Arts and Social Sciences. 

(iv) Module D 

General Studies will enrich educational experience of the Students and make them more 

functional to themselves and the society. 

(v) Core Courses 

The courses listed in Modules A and B (Art Theory and Practice and African Art) shall 

form core courses. 

222

(vi) Electives 

The courses listed under Modules C and D (Humanities and General Studies) will 

constitute the electives, offered outside the Department to compliment the core courses. 

REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION 

(i) Year One: Foundation (general) courses in Drawing, Basic Design, painting, History of 

Art will be offered along with the University and Faculty required courses. 

(ii) Year Two: Foundation courses in studio practices with introductory courses to the 

specialization areas, and history of Art, Art Education, Art Aesthetics, offered along with 

university and college required courses. 

(iii) Year Three: Students offer courses in the areas of specialization, and also take African 

Art History, African Craft Techniques, Research methods, Draughtsmanship, and are 

required to have put in six months industrial attachment. 

(iv) Year Four: Students will continue with the courses in the area of specialization and also 

take Advanced Drawing, Exploration of Indigenous Art Forms and Contemporary 

African art. They will be required to submit written essay (thesis) and as well, 

produce practical projects in the area of their specialization under supervision. 

Topics are selected by the students and approved by their supervisors. The practical 

project must not be less than half-life size in sculpture and as may be specified or 

directed by the supervisor. 

REQUIRED CREDITS FOR GRADUATION 

4-year programme -144 units 

Direct Entry 3-year programme- 108 units 

Minimum load per semester - 18 units 

EXAMINATION 

Each course shall be normally examined at the end of the semester. There shall be written 

examination in theory courses, and practical examination in practical courses. Examination in 

the final year will include long essay/project report (thesis) and practical projects. A pass mark 

shall be 40 percent in every course, taking into account the approved theory/practical papers. 

Continuous assessment is required in every course and shall account for 30 percent of the final 

grade in the course. 

223

CODING SYSTEM 

Each course code has three letters and three figures: DVA refers to the Department of Visual 

Arts. The first digit (number) of the code denotes year of course (level). The middle digit 

(number) of the code denotes stress area of course study while the last digit (number) denotes 

semester. 

DETAILS OF PROGRAMMES 

100 LEVEL (YEAR ONE) FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME 


S/N Code Course Title L T P U 

1. DVA 111 Basic Drawing I 0 2 4 3 

2. DVA 121 2-Dimensional Design I 0 2 4 3 

3. DVA 131 3-Dimensional Design I 0 2 4 3 

4. DVA 141 Art Appreciation I 0 2 4 2 

OTHERS : (REQUIRED) 

5. 2 0 0 2 

6. 2 

7. 1 0 0 3 

Total 3 8 16 18 



1. DVA 112 Basic Drawing II 0 1 3 3 

2. DVA 122 2-Dimensional Design II 0 2 4 3 

3. DVA 132 3-Dimensional Design II 0 2 4 3 

4. DVA 142 Art Appreciation II 2 1 0 2 

OTHERS : (REQUIRED) 

5. 2 0 0 2 

6. 2 

7. 3 

Total 4 6 11 18 

Grand Total 7 14 27 36 

L= lectures T= tutorials P = practical U= credit units 

224

200 LEVEL (YEAR TWO) 



1. DVA 211 Introduction to Photography 0 1 3 2 

2. DVA 221 Still-Life Drawing 0 1 3 2 

3. DVA 231 Painting 0 2 4 3 

4. DVA 241 Sculpture 0 2 4 3 

5. DVA 251 History of Art I 2 1 0 2 

OTHERS (REQUIRED) 

6. 1 0 0 2 

7. 2 

8. 2 1 0 2 

Total 5 8 14 18 



1. DVA 262 Pottery (Ceramics) 0 2 4 3 

2. DVA 272 Graphics 0 1 4 3 

3. DVA 252 History of Art II 2 1 0 2 

4. DVA 282 Textiles Design 0 2 4 3 


5. 2 0 0 2 

6. 2 1 0 3 

7. 1 0 0 2 

Total 10 7 12 18 

Grand Total 16 25 26 36 

L = lectures T = tutorials P = practical U = credit units 

300 LEVEL (YEAR THREE) 



1. DVA 301 Draughtsmanship 0 1 3 2 

2. DVA 351 History of African Art 0 1 0 2 

3. DVA 361 Ceramics Production Tech. I 0 2 4 3 

4. DVA 371 Ceramics Theory I 0 2 4 3 

5. DVA 373 Graphics Design I 4 4 

6. DVA 331 Painting Composition I 4 4 

7. DVA 333 Painting Theory 4 4 

8. DVA 341 Sculpture: Modelling, Casting 4 4 

9. DVA 343 Sculpture Theory I 4 4 

225

10. DVA 381 Textile Design I 4 4 

11. DVA 383 Textile Theory I 4 4 

12. DVA 391 African Craft Techniques 0 0 2 1 


13. 0 0 8 3 

14. 1 1 0 2 

Total 1 3 18 



1 FAA 322 SIWES 18 

Grand Total 36 


400 LEVEL (YEAR FOUR) 



1. DVA 411 Advanced Drawing I 0 1 3 2 

2. DVA 421 Advanced Explo. of Indigenous Art Forms 0 1 3 2 

3. DVA 491 Contemporary African Art 1 1 0 2 

Area of Specialization: (one option) 

4. DVA 461 Ceramics production techniques II 4 

5. DVA 463 Ceramics Theory 4 4 

6. DVA 471 Graphics Design 4 4 

7. DVA 473 Graphics Theory 4 4 

8. DVA 431 Painting Composition 4 4 

9. DVA 433 Painting Theory 4 4 

10. DVA 441 Sculpture Processes 4 4 

11. DVA 443 Sculpture Theory II 4 4 

12. DVA 481 Textiles Design Theory II 4 4 

13. DVA 483 Textiles Theory II 4 4 

14. DVA 401 Long essay/project report (thesis) 0 0 0 4 



1. DVA 412 Advanced Drawing II 0 1 3 2 

2. DVA 422 Advanced Explo. of Indigenous Art Forms 1 

226 

1 0 2

3. DVA 492 African Architecture 1 1 0 2 

Area of Specialization: (one option) 

4. DVA 462 Ceramics Throwing and Modelling 4 4 

5. DVA 464 Industrial and Architectural Ceramics 4 4 

6. DVA 472 Visual Communication Design 4 4 

7. DVA 474 Photography and Print Making 4 4 

8. DVA 432 Life and Still-Life Painting 4 4 

9. DVA 434 Painting Mixed Media 4 4 

10. DVA 442 Sculpture Processes (Carving) 4 4 

11. DVA 444 Sculpture Media Painting 4 4 

12. DVA 482 Textiles Design Techniques 4 4 

13. DVA 484 Woven Structures 4 

14. DVA 402 Long essay/project report (thesis) 4 4 



DVA 111: BASIC DRAWING I ( 3 Units) 

The Course is designed to help the beginning art students to develop the ability to make sound 

visual judgement with basic principles of drawing involving varied subject matter, drawing, 

composition and design of objects. 

DVA 121: TWO DIMENSIONAL DESIGN I ( 3 Units) 

The course is designed to introduce students to the elements of arts through experimentation 

with line, colour, shape, form and space to develop visual sequence for design problem related 

to representation of experience in various media, the principles of perspective, colour theory, use 

of colour, simple layout, and lettering. 

DVA 131: THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN I ( 3 Units) 

The course is to help students to understand the nature of a dimensional forms, with the 

experimentation of plastic media such as clay, cement, to express and create shape, objects 

including pottery by subtractive and additive processes. 

DVA 141: ART APPRECIATION I ( 2 Units) 

The course is designed to prepare the students’ mind for the formal art history course and 

general esthetic appreciation, the meaning of art as it concerns man’s historical development in 

painting, printing, drawing, sculpture, ceramic , decoration, dramatizing. 

227

DVA 112: BASIC DRAWING II (2 Units) 

Drawing and representation of objects, observation and interpretation of forms in nature, trees, 

plants, flowers , using pencil, charcoal, crayon, etc. 

DVA 122: TWO DIMESIONAL DESIGN II (2 Units) 

Development of visual experience of the elements and principles of design techniques and 

technology in art, foreground, etching, woodcut, pigment, tools and materials as related to two 

dimensional design. 

DVA 132: THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN II ( 3 Units) 

Exploration of the principles of sculptural forms and spatial organization; modelling and carving 

techniques, pottery methods, materials of three dimensional art form and their application to 

individual creative expression. 

DVA 142: ART APPRECIATION II ( 2 Units) 

General appreciation of art, its object and its aesthetics, sociological and philosophical values, 

the beautiful objects. 

DVA 211: INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY ( 2 Units) 

Students will be introduced to types of cameras, their functions and historical development. 

Exercises will be done in photographic composition and appreciation. The course will introduce 

students to photoprocessing and printing in black and white and colour. Basic photo laboratory 

experience will also be done. 

DVA 221: STILL LIFE DRAWING (3 Units) 

The course is drawing proactive to develop skills through exercises involving natural objects, 

man-made objects. Most of the practices will be done in the sketchbooks made by the students 

themselves. 

DVA 231: PAINTING 3 Units) 

Introduction to basic approach to painting techniques using poster colours in representational 

concepts , still life and natural objects. 

228

DVA 241: SCULPTURE ( 3 Units) 

The course examines the processes of translating ideas, philosophies and themes into concrete 

forms through modelling and casting methods; use of African design, preparation and use of 

plastic media-clay and cement. Plaster of Paris is emphasized. 

DVA 251: HISTORY OF ART I ( 3 Units) 

General survey of developments in selected culture of world art form prehistoric to modern 

times. 

DVA 262: POTTERY (Ceramics) (3 Units) 

Exploration of indigenous art forms and materials, traditional pottery techniques. Introduction 

to principle of design in ceramics and production methods; manual and mechanical proportions 

of the raw materials, tools and equipment; throwing and modeling. 

DVA 272: GRAPHICS 

Introduction to fundamentals and principles of graphic designs, study of different types of 

alphabet, handwriting, calligraphy, graphic format and illustrations for visual information. 

DVA 252: HISTORY OF ART II ( 3 Units) 

A survey of the world history of art (architecture, ceramic , sculpture, and painting) from the 

pre-historic times to medieval period; through Egypt, France, Greece, Italy, emphasizing cross 

cultural influences and relation. 

DVA 282: TEXTILE DESIGN ( 3 Units) 

Introduction to general principles and practices of textile design for specific purpose-dress wear, 

furnishing and fabrics. 

DVA 301: DRAUGHTSMANSHIP I ( 2 Units) 

The course deals with the development of drawing skills through the study of nature, still life 

and figure drawing. Cultivation of good draughtsmanship through imaginative use of lines to 

mass, form, texture, volume, perspective and proportion. 

229

DVA 351: HISTORY OF AFRICAN ART ( 2 Units) 

The course deals with the general survey of major art cultures of Africa, highlighting similarities 

and dissimilarities among the cultures and their ideological concepts. 

DVA 361: CERAMICS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES I ( 4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Study of traditional and modern ceramic design idea; forming 

techniques, modelling, coiling, slabbing; decoration techniques and their application. 

DVA 363: CERAMICS THEORY I (4 Units) 

Theories of various techniques of traditional and modern ceramic designs, ceramic terms, clay 

preparations, modelling, decorations-glazing-firing. 

DVA 371: GRAPHICS DESIGN I (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Orientation to graphic and methods, language for the communication of 

ideas. Theory and practice in the techniques and materials of various graphics reproductions. 

Processes, woodcut, line and serigraphy. 

DVA 373: GRAPHICS DESIGN THEORY I ( 4 Units) 

Theories of the development of 26 letters of the alphabet. Study of organization and design of 

verbal information and indications required for graphic design and illustration majors. 

DVA 331: PAINTING COMPOSITION I (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Exploration studies of concepts and samples of old masters’ work in 

varied media-water colour, oil and acrylic. 

DVA 333: PAINTING THEORY I (4 Units) 

Theories of painting from historical perspective. Study of the early and contemporary experts; 

Plato, Newton, Leo Tolstoy Aristotle, etc. 

DVA 341: SCULPTURE MODELLING AND CASTING (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: The course deals with analysis of form and contents; the study of 

principles, carving of woods, artificial and natural stones and experimental exploration of cast 

sculpture. 

230

DVA 343: SCULPTURE THEORY I (4 Units) 

Theories of sculpture method and materials, their strength, compositions and character; great 

masters and their work. 

DVA 381: TEXTILE DESIGN I (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Survey of the principles of textiles production processes and hand 

weaving, study of dyes, dyeing tie and dye, batik and block printing. 

DVA 383: TEXTILES DESIGN THEORY I (4 Units) 

Study of textile history of productions, processes, reproductions, developments; materials; yarn, 

fibre and synthetic. 

DVA 391: AFRICAN CRAFTS TECHNIQUES ( 2 Units) 

Comparative study design to give students basic understanding of African crafts materials tools, 

design ideas and techniques through personalized experimentation with indigenous materials. 

DVA 322: STUDENTS INDUSTRIAL WORK EXPERIENCE SCHEME (SIWES) 18 

UNITS 

The Programme develops participation spirit in students in a special credit course entitled 

SIWES open to upper level students. The scheme offers counseling, publication, mock 

interviews, credential file, editing services and resources library. It provides in a training style 

pertinent information about the business of art and training necessary for making the transition 

from the school to the business world. The scheme is handled by selected professionals from the 

field of art and design covering project writing, documentation of art work, portfolio preparation, 

gallery contact grant applications and legal and tax information. 

In addition, students are to submit experience report at the end of each vacation. The university 

has relationship with a number of companies, NUC, NGA, ITF, Art organization and advertising 

agencies. 

DVA 411: ADVANCED DRAWING I ( 2 Units) 

Advanced life and natural form drawing, drawing for creative design, drawing as plan for art 

assignments. 

231

DVA 421: ADVANCED EXPLORATION OF INDIGENOUS ART FORM I ( 2 Units) 

Survey of indigenous art forms and materials with a view to developing personal idioms and 

imageries. 

DVA 461: CERAMICS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Designing for industrial production processes through, slip casting, 

jiggering and jollying, pressing, extruding and study of various types of moulds and materials. 

DVA 463: CERAMICS THEORY II (3 Units) 

Theories of various techniques of industrial production; preparation of glazes, engobe, transfers; 

types of decorations; kilns; firing; sale of products. 

DVA 471: GRAPHICS DESIGN II ( 4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced stage in theory and practice of graphic reproduction processes. 

DVA 473: GRAPHICS THEORY II (4 Units) 

Theories and techniques of commercial production; illustration, advertising, photography, 

marketing principles. 

DVA 431: PAINTING COMPOSITION II ( 4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Studio and out-door painting of life and natural forms, buildings, trees, 

landscape and animals. 

DVA 433: PAINTING THEORY II (4 Units) 

Theories of principles, philosophies and ideas in the project. Stress is laid on African design 

ideas and materials. 

DVA 441: SCULPTURE PROCESSES (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced sculptural modeling and casting; construction with mixed 

media involving assortment of media such as wood, plastic; and other earth materials, clay, stone 

,etc. Architectural sculpture. 

232

DVA 443: SCULPTURE THEORY II (4 Units) 

An overview of aesthetics theories from historical and theoretical perspectives. Emphasis on the 

early contemporaries. 

DVA 481: TEXTILES DESIGN II (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced theory and practice of textile design production processes. 

Advanced fabric manufacturing and weaving processes. 

DVA 483: TEXTILES DESIGN THEORY II ( 4 Units) 

Advanced historical developments in manufacturing techniques and processes, equipment, tools 

and materials. 

DVA 401: LONG ESSAY/PROJECT (4 Units) 

Student will be required to submit written essay and as well produce practical project in the areas 

of their specialization under supervision. The written essay (thesis) will be a research project of 

between twenty and forty pages. The practical project must not be less than half-life size. 

Topics are selected by students and approved by the supervisors. 

DVA 412: ADVANCED DRAWING II ( 2 Units) 

Advanced study of life and natural form drawing and the development of consciousness of form 

representation through drawing, Architectural drawing; drawing for creative design. 

DVA 422: ADVANCED EXPLORATION OF INDIGENOUS ART FORMS II (2 Units) 

Advanced experimentation with local materials to evolve now indigenous art forms. 

DVA 492: AFRICAN ARCHITECTURE ( 2 Units) 

Study of African architecture. Architectural drawings and simple constructions. 

DVA 462: CERAMICS THROWING AND MODELING ( 4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced study of industrial production processes, techniques and their 

practical application to work; mass production technique; loading, firing of glazed wares. 

233

DVA 464: INDUSTRIAL AND ARCHITECTURAL CERAMICS ( 4 Units) 

Principles and practices for designing the industrial process. Mechanical production of bricks, 

pipes, tiles and sheets. 

DVA 472: VISUAL COMMUNICATION DESIGN ( 4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced studies of the theory and practice of graphic reproduction 

processes; graphic illustrations and posters and advertisements; typography in graphic designs; 

photographic superim position in graphic designs. 

DVA 474: PHOTOGRAPHY AND PRINT MAKING (4 Units) 

The studies and uses of cameras, films, papers and equipment, and studio practices. The 

students develop a set of printing, having thematic and formal coherence and defend the 

comprehensiveness and integrity of the work. 

DVA 432: LIFE AND STILL LIFE PAINTING (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced practical work, oil colours and mixed media. Studies in 

pictorial composition, with emphasis on individual expression and techniques. Close study of 

portraiture; mural painting and mosaic decorations. 

DVA 434: PAINTING MIXED MEDIA ( 4 Units) 

More study of materials for mixed media experimentation is encouraged. Emphasis is on both 

local raw materials/finished works. 

DVA 442: SCULPTURE PROCESS (CARVING) (4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Advanced carving in synthetic materials; advanced constructions, using 

wood, metal, plastics, rope and mixed media. Stress is laid on the use of African design ideas. 

DVA 444: SCULPTURE MIXED MEDIA ( 4 Units) 

Advanced study of complexity in sculpture using different media in independent efforts to solve 

problems. 

DVA 482: TEXTILE DESIGN TECHNIQUES ( 4 Units) 

Studio Specialization: Introduction to satin and sateen weaves; exploration of more weaves and 

colours complex weave-piles, weaves and floor coverings, tapestry; general cloth analysis. 

234

DVA 484: WOVEN STRUCTURE 

DVA 402: LONG ESSAY/ PROJECT REPORT (THESIS) (4 Units) 

Students will be required to submit to the department, four copies of the supervised written 

project duly signed by the supervisors. 

DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE AND MEDIA ARTS 

B.A THEATRE AND MEDIA ARTS 

PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE 

Federal University, Ndufu Alike Ikwo offers a four-year honours degree programme in Theatre 

and Media Arts. The programme is a marriage of professionalism and academe that would lead 

to life-long learning skills, in a student-centred, intellectually stimulating and professionally 

advanced learning and research oriented environment. The Department is designed to train 

students in critical thinking, performance aesthetics, and theatre and media practice. It is 

structured to ensure that the students integrate both theory and practice as the appropriate 

yardstick for being theatre and media professional.The programme takes into consideration the 

core issues, forms, theories and practices employed in contemporary scholarship to develop a 

curriculum that addresses international academic principles spiked with the multi-cultural 

practices. The ultimate result will be the creation of a total graduate equipped with the 

theoretical and analytical tools in contemporary theatre and media arts. 

The department will 

� Encourage the students to develop skills, understanding, and sensitivities associated with 

the practical exploration and research of the characteristics of performance styles from 

both Western and non-Western cultures; 

� Develop an informed commitment to cross-cultural studies as a significant area of study 

and research in theatre scholarship 

� Appreciate the complex relationship of cross-cultural arts to culture and ideology 

Develop the spirit of mutual respect for, and enjoyment of cultural differences, 

exchanges of feelings and ideas on other’s cultural identities. 

235

THE MISSION 

The mission of the Department is to be the most innovative and respected centres for the study 

of Theatre and Media Arts in Nigeria and the entire world. The programmes are designed to 

provide professional preparation for careers by integrating academic theory and principles with 

practical applications. The ultimate aim is to train students to be versatile and accomplished 

professionals. 

As an intellectual and cultural centre, the department will tap the indigenous social and cultural 

heritage of the State, the nation, and the entire world, and be the epicenter for innovation, 

integration, dissemination and application of knowledge in all areas of Theatre and Media Arts. 

DEPARTMENTAL PRODUCTIONS 

Performances mounted by the department should provide a significant and imaginative synthesis 

of practice and theory on the one hand and studio exercise and audience engineering on the 

other. The different areas of Theatre and Media Arts should run as an ensemble in such a way 

that actor training should encourage a synthesis of body and mind of the actor which should be 

emphasized as an instrument of theatrical expression. Directing, on the other hand, should be a 

collaborative process, the aim being to develop directors with a good foundation in production 

and playscript analysis and interpretation. Training on technical design should constitute an 

interaction with a wide range of understanding of the mechanics and utilities of technical 

innovations in theatre and media arts. 

LENGTH OF THE PROGRAMME 

The Theatre Arts programme offers a four-year honours degree in Theatre Arts. Apart from the 

specialized courses in Theatre Arts, students are trained to be versatile and accomplished 

professionals who would demonstrate proficiency in such areas as Acting and Directing, 

Scenography and Technical Theatre, Arts Administration and Studio Management, Costume and 

Make Up, Dramaturgy, Cultural Studies, Film Studies, Dramatic Theory and Criticism. mime 

and puppetry, audition techniques and an avalanche of performance skills. 

Hinged on the Socratic dictum of excellence, and since the vision of the department includes 

fostering a significant degree of collaboration among the different areas of the Performing Arts, 

the department will, as the University enters its second phase, develop programmes that would 

236

combine with the Bachelor of Education programme to produce students who intend to teach 

Theatre and Media Arts in Secondary Schools 

THEATRE LABORATORY FACILITIES 

Since the theatre building is reflected in the University’s Academic Support Units, the 

department shall mount periodical productions both for edification and for keeping the social life 

of the campus alive. The main stage is designed to mount a minimum of four full-scale 

theatrical productions each academic year, with each production concentrating on different 

performance styles ranging from the realistic to the postmodern and spanning through the 

dominant periods of theatre history. The aim is to ensure that the students are made to have 

acquaintance with four major production styles during each academic year, and that the entire 

university is provided with a continuous source of entertainment. 

In the mean time, the department will utilize the Studio Method by using available spaces in the 

University for performance activities. Studio Theatre, meant for various kinds of flexible 

theatrical activities including students’ acting and directing projects will utilize spaces like 

classrooms and Assembly halls for its immediate use. Converting a non-theatrical space into a 

production arena is a veritable tool for teaching experimental performance processes. A part of 

the facility should be screened to accommodate the scene dock, costume and make-up studio, 

lighting and other technical facilities. 

STUDENTS’ EVALUATION 

Students of Theatre Arts will be evaluated each semester. Each instructor assigns grades in each 

course through a strict evaluation of the student’s work, and the yardstick for evaluation includes 

assignments, in-class participation and regular examinations. To ensure uniformity in the 

grading system of the lecturers in the department, the following yardsticks will be applied: 

Independent thinking 

Clarification of concepts 

Application of Concepts 

Use of supporting evidence from other areas in the performing arts 

Thoroughness 

Organization of ideas in logical order 

Writing skills 

Management of length. 

237

In courses that are completely practical in nature, evaluation is done by an assessment team 

appointed by the department for each stress area of theatre arts. In the evaluation, the ratio 

between practical and theoretical courses should be 60/40 – sixty percent for practicals and forty 

per cent for the theory/critical section. 

Students or Theatre and Media Arts will be required to discuss their progress with the 

appropriate instructors. In a situation where a student is seen to be performing below average, a 

panel of assessors will be set up to interview and consequently counsel him/her. If the student 

fails to improve within the next academic session, he/she will be advised to withdraw from the 

programme and possibly helped to transfer to another department. 

RESEARCH IN PERFORMANCE STUDIES 

One of the academic activities that give intellectual authority to an academic outfit is the 

publication of an academic journal. In this regard, the department will float a journal which will 

be based in the Department of Theatre Arts. To be known as International Journal of 

Performance Studies, it promises to be a rigorously peer-refereed specialist journal for scholars 

and professionals interested in the Performing Arts. It is designed as a brilliant synthesis of 

theory and practice, and provides scholars and theatre practitioners a forum for commentary, 

criticism, theory and debate on performance aesthetics, ranging from theory to contemporary 

experimental research, from audience engineering to criticism and dramaturgy. The vision of 

the journal is interdisciplinary and the scope is international. 

The aim of the journal is to foster the development of a truly interdisciplinary scholarship 

integrating the three dimensions of textual, practical and theoretical analysis. Essays on all 

aspects of performance studies including film, radio and television, the visual arts, music and 

dances, which interrogate performance in all its ramifications and within changing cultures will 

be emphasized. 

Each issue of the journal will have three sections – full academic essays and polemical articles, 

practical and pedagogical essays, and review essays on new publications or recent performance 

aesthetics from different parts of the world. The Journal will be published twice a year in 

March/April and September/October. The two issues constitute one volume. An annual index 

will be in the September/October issue. The journal will also consider proposals for articles and 

238

submissions. The editors will not consider manuscripts that are simultaneously under 

consideration elsewhere. Citations should conform to those recommended by the most recent 

edition of the MLA Handbook. 

STUDENT ADVISING 

Each student will be assigned an adviser whose responsibility is to mentor the student through 

registration and other academic activities. It is the duty of the advisor/mentor to help the student 

inculcate the values and discipline of the performing arts. 

AUDITIONS 

The Department does not intend to conduct auditions as a pre-requisite for admission of 

students. The general philosophy of the department is that the programme will admit interested 

and qualified students and train them to gain fresh insights into themselves and the world around 

them by exposing them to the theory and practice of theatre arts so that by the completion of 

their studies they will demonstrate the highest standards of excellence and proficiency in both 

academic and performance components of theatre arts. 

PEDAGOGICAL FOCUS 

Since the programme aims at providing the students with an imaginative synthesis of theory and 

practice, Acting should focus on the synthesis of body and mind as a viable instrument for 

communication. Directing should focus on its collaborative process, the aim being to create 

graduates with a solid foundation in both theory and practice of directing. Dramaturgy and 

Criticism courses come after the students have mastered vocabulary, writing ingenuity and 

scholastic attitude. As a result, the dramatists and screen writers being trained in the department 

should not just be mere writers but artists with dramatic imagination, intellectual power, and 

distinct voice. The aim is to make them ultimately emerge as compassionate writers who believe 

that a writer is the custodian of the conscience of his society and a recorder of tradition and 

culture. Technical theatre should focus on the creation of a theatrical environment and the 

technical director should focus on synthesizing the technical elements of a production into a 

monolithic entity. 


Prospective degree candidates must satisfy both the University minimum admission 

requirements and specific admission requirements of the University by obtaining the West 

239

African School Certificate or General Certificate of Education, Ordinary Level in at least five 

credits taken at not more that two sittings. The subjects must include English Language and 

Literature in English. Such candidates must also obtain appropriate scores in JME, and post- 

JAMB screening examination, if required by the University. For direct entry admission, 

candidates must possess at least two passes in GCE, Advanced Level or H.S.C. or approved 

equivalents including Literature in English. 

JOB OPPORTUNITIES 

Job opportunities for graduates of the Department abound in the entertainment industry, 

academia, theatre, film, radio and television industry, advertising and public relations 

establishments, public service, and publishing houses. Graduates of the Departmernt are 

equipped with the kind of expertise required for self-employment as writers, critics, film-makers, 

journal and book publishers, actors, musicians, choreographers and theatre directors. 

PROGRAMME OF STUDIES 

The Bachelor’s degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of the following academic 

courses: 

FIRST YEAR 

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNIT 

TMA 100 - Introduction to Film, Radio and Television Drama 3 

TMA 101 - Traditional African Festival Theatre - 2 

TMA 102 - Introduction to Drama and Theatre 2 

TMA 103 - Beginning Theatre Design and Technology 2 

TMA 104 - History of Drama and Theatre: 

Beginnings to Medieval Period - 2 

TMA 105 - Basic Communication Theory 2 

TMA 106 - Practical Participation Orientation 2 

TMA 110 - Introduction to Acting 3 

TMA 111 History and Theory of Media Arts 3 

TMA 112 - Basic Costume and Fashion Design 2 

TMA 113 - Make-up and Stage Properties 2 

LIT 104 - The Origins of Nigerian Literature in English 2 

GST 101 - Library Skills 2 

240

GST 111 - Use of English I 2 

GST 112 - Use of English II 2 

SECOND YEAR 

241 

--------- 

Total 33 Units 

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS 

TMA 201 - African Drama and Theatre in the Colonial Era 3 

TMA 202 - History of Drama and Theatre: Renaissance to the 

19 th century 3 

TMA 203 - Introduction to Dramatic Literature and Criticism 3 

TMA 204 - Introduction to Directing 3 

TMA 205 - Basic Speech Arts and Voice Production 3 

TMA 206 - History of Drama and Theatre: The Modern Period 3 

TMA 207 - Fundamentals of Playwriting 3 

TMA 208 - Children’s Theatre Education 2 

TMA 209 - Practical Participation Production 2 

TMA 210 - Intermediate Acting 3 

TMA 211 - Puppetry, Mime, and Pantomime 2 

GST 221 - History and Philosophy of Science 2 

GST 222 - Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 

GST 223 - Entrepreneurial Studies I 2 

FAA 231 - Painting 3 

THIRD YEAR 

--------- 

Total 39 


TMA 301 - Modern African Drama and Theatre 2 

TMA 302 - Research Methods and Materials 2 

TMA 303 - Theatre Administration and Studio Management 2 

TMA 304 - Basic Choreography and Kineasthetics 2 

TMA 305 - Basic Non-Verbal Communication 2

TMA 306 - Studies in Theatre for Development 2 

TMA 307 - Acting for Radio and Television 2 

TMA 308 - Writing for Film and Television 2 

TMA 309 - Stage Management and Audition Techniques 2 

TMA 310 - Community Theatre: Theory & Practice 3 

TMA 311 - Advanced Acting 3 

TMA 312 - Advanced Directing Practicum 2 

TMA 313 Theatre-in-Education 3 

CMP 300 - Introduction to Computers 3 

CMP 301 - Computer Applications 3 

ESP 311 - Entrepreneurial Studies II 2 

FOURTH YEAR 

242 

______ 

Total 37 


TMA 401 Topics in Theatre Studies 2 

TMA 402 Theories of the Modern Theatre 2 

TMA 403 - Culture and Media Arts 3 

TMA 404 - Advanced Dramaturgy 3 

TMA 405 - Advanced Scene Design and Technology 2 

TMA 406 Advanced Lighting and Sound Design 2 

TMA 407 - Advanced Film/Television Production 3 

TMA 408 - Studies in Dramatic Literature 3 

TMA 409 - Advanced Theories of Dramatic Criticism 3 

TMA 410 - Shakespeare 3 

TMA 411 - Advanced Play Production and Directing 3 

TMA 412 - Project 6 

------- 

Total 35


TMA 100 Introduction to Film, Radio and Television Drama 3 Units 

This is a comprehensive course that examines the basic concepts of film, radio, and television 

drama. It emp0hasizes the nature, history, and the relationships and differences between these 

performances and stage drama 

TMA 101 Traditional African Festival Theatre 2 Units 

A study of the traditional theatrical forms in Africa, including both secular and religious drama, 

ritual and masquerade performances, and examination of their influence and impact in theatre 

scholarship. The theatrical content and context as well as forms in African festivals are 

examined and their interrelationship with western theatre comprehensively analyzed. 

TMA 102 Introduction to Drama and Theatre 2 Units 

This is an introductory course aimed at exposing the students to the study of Theatre Arts, 

illustrating the meaning and nature of theatre through developments in theatrical design styles of 

drama and the dramatic, dance and music, as well as staging styles. 

TMA 103 Beginning Theatre Design and Technology 2 Units 

This course is a study of how to relate scene design to text in actual production by focusing on 

the factors that control design procedures for the varying media. 

TMA 104 History of Theatre I: Beginnings to the Medieval Period 2 Units 

This is an exploration of the emergence of theatre and drama from the theories of the origins 

and development of Theatre and its practice from the earliest ritual, oral, and written traditions 

the world over up to the Medieval times. Various contexts and texts wsill help focus attention 

on conditions of theatrical performance, concepts of stage house, play, and the social 

conventions that realized them. Major influences of this period in contemporary theatre practice 

both in production and dramaturgy are analyzed. 

TMA 105 Basic Communication Theory 3 Units 

This is a study of the basic models and theories of communication as the process evolves from 

individual perceptions, language habits, and behavior in intrapersonal, interpersonal, and social 

transactions. The students are drilled in practical communication activities. 

243

TMA 106 Practical Participation Orientation 2 Units 

This is an introductory/orientation course which exposes students to the world of the theatre by 

making them participate in a wide range of productions as directors, actors, designers, technical 

directors, stage and house managers and crew members, and is evaluated by the supervising 

teacher. Effective student contribution of critique meetings before and after the production is 

encouraged. A sample form for the evaluation of student participation is attached as an appendix. 

TMA 110 Introduction to Acting 3 Units 

This is a practical course that introduces the student to the different theories and techniques of 

acting. All the paraphernalia of acting are examined in this course and such activities as 

movement, stage geography, and all other aspects of acting in both stage drama, film and 

television, are examined. 

TMA 111 History and Theory of Media Arts 3 Units 

This is a comprehensive course on the foundations and theories of the Media Arts. It is designed 

to give the students a full overview of the matter and manner of Media Arts. 

TMA 112 Basic Costume and Fashion Design 2 Units 

This is an introduction to art and practice of Costume, historical antecedents, principles affecting 

costume design for the theatre, and studies in straight and character make-up. It examines the 

evolution of fashion and make-up designs through the ages. 

TMA 113 Make-Up and Stage Properties 2 Units 

The course examines the principles and practice of make-up and stage properties and their 

importance in theatre and media arts. It will include the design and construction of props, and 

their use and abuse in performance. 

TMA 201 African Drama and Theatre in the Colonial Era 3 Units 

A study of indigenous theatrical activities in Africa as it was based in churches, concert party 

hands, minstrels, and pop songs groups, from its beginnings to 1960. 

TMA 202 History of Drama and Theatre: Renaissance to 19 th Century 3 Units 

This is a historical survey of the major events and developments in the theory and practice of 

world theatre and drama from the Renaissance to 1960. 

244

TMA 203 Introduction to Dramatic Literature and Criticism 3 Units 

This course introduces students to the major theories nd critical concepts in drama and theatre. 

It examines the meaning, function and characteristics of theory and criticism, and emphasizes 

major theories of drama from Aristotle to Arthur Miller. 

TMA 204 Introduction to Directing 3 Units 

A study of the basic mechanics of the stage. The director’s application of the principles of 

composition, picturisation, movement, rhythm and pantomimic dramatization is emphasized. 

TMA 205 Basic Speech: Arts and Acting Techniques 3 Units 

Through basic exercises which aid articulation and voice projection, the student studies the 

phonemic and stress patterns of English and their interaction with various Nigerian Language 

tunes. So grounded, the student learns to speak poetry and prose with differing dramatic effect 

as demanded by the context or the text. 

TMA 206 History of Drama and Theatre: The Modern Period 3 Units 

A historical survey of the evolution of drama and theatre practice with their socio-economic 

factors since 1980. The concept of modernism in theatre is explored through the various forms 

and context of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, Symbolism, Impressionism, Expressionism, 

Dadaism and Absurdism. 

TMA 207 Fundamentals of Playwriting 3 Unit 

With emphasis on plot and plot devices, characterization, theme and dialogue, the student is 

introduced to the art of playwriting. Exercises will be used to develop the student’s grasp and 

execution of these elements in practice. 

TMA 208 Children’s Theatre Education 2 Units 

The student learns how to explore the dramatic imagination of young people by encouraging 

communication awareness and interaction at various levels through movement, mime and 

eurythmics. Practical tasks are assigned and evaluated both in selected schools in the 

community and at the Saturday playhouse project. 

245

TMA 209 Practical Participation Production 2 Units 

A supervised participation of students in a Theatre production such that the student learns 

critique writing, management, acting, directing or general backstage work as part of a team. 

TMA 210 Intermediate Acting 2 Units 

This is a follow-up course that examines the techniques of acting in all its ramifications, and 

examines how the problems could be solved. The focus is on emotional skills, synchronization, 

movement, and other acting paraphernalia, and examines the relationship between acting on 

stage, and on film and television. 

TMA 211 Puppetry, Mime and Pantomime 2 Units 

This is a comprehensive study of the principles and applications of puppetry, mime and 

pantomime in various realistic and experimental situations. 

TMA 301 Modern African Drama and Theatre 3 Units 

A study of the origins and development of written works of drama in Africa since 1800. The 

course shosws how major African authors have used theatre to respond to their cultural, social 

and political situations in vgarious regions of the continent. 

TMA 302 Research Methods and Materials 2 Units 

A course in the basic approaches to scientific gathering of datea , definition of methodology and 

collation and analoysis of material for research in various areas of theatre following both 

historically and practically the latest and best models for scholarly rediscovery and recording of 

information from archives, libraries, and field work. 

TMA 303 Theatre Administration and Studio Management 2 Units 

The student studies and applies the principles that inform performjance management, venue 

administration and the duties of a theatre manager, from play selection through rehearsals, up to 

the run and strike. 

TMA 304 Basic Choreography and Kineasthetics 2 Units 

An exploration of techniques of dance drama idioms based on selected texts that reveal the 

interrelation of linear and non-linear activity, traditional relationship of dance to music, variation 

,direction and rhythm. Suitable exercises will distinguish “set” and improvised” danc 

246

TMA 305 Basic Non-Verb al Communication for the Actor 2 Units 

A study of non-verbal cues as the external stimuli emanating from body motion, characteristics 

of appearance and voice (kinesics) and the use of space and distancing (proxemics) which enable 

the actor to recognize and interpret the cultural and racial differences in communicating roles in 

garious contexts. 

TMA 306 Studies in Theatre for Development 2 Units 

This course examines the issues, application, and execution of theatre for development. It may 

involve visiting communities in the area. 

TMA 307 Acting for the Radio and Television 2 Units 

The course examines the principles and techniques of radio and television drama and emphasizes 

the rudiments of voice and sound in communication. 

TMA 308 Writing for Film and Television 2 Units 

This course focuses on the various techniques of scriptwriting particularly for film and 

television. The course terminates in the production of an original script directed to either Film 

or Television. 

TMA 309 Stage Management and Audition Techniques 2 Units 

This is a study of the theory and practice of stage management in professional, educational and 

community theatres, and the principles guiding effective auditions. Comparative references will 

be made to the Production Manager in film production 

TMA 310 Community Theatre: Theory & Practice 2 Units 

This is an exploration of the definitions, principles and practice of community theatre and its role 

in rural development. It includes visit to at least one community for the practical aspect of this 

course. 

TMA 311 Advanced Acting 3 Units 

This is a study of the advanced approach to Acting in the professional level. Involvement in 

Nollywood productions will be an integral part of this course. 

247

TMA 312 Advanced Directing Practicum 2 units 

This is an advanced course that focuses on the practice of directing for theatre and media arts. It 

is a practical course intended to yield a production in one aspect of theatre and media arts. The 

student is free to choose his particular area of choice. A committee set up by the department will 

evaluate this production and award appropriate grades. 

TMA 313 Theatre-in-Education 2 Units 

This is an advanced course that focuses on the relationship between Theatre-in-Education and 

Creative Dramatics. It demonstrates the differences between TIE, Creative Dramatics and DIE, 

and stresses their application in educational settings. Students will be given the opportunity to 

direct children’s play in a given setting. 

TMA 401 Topics in Theatre Studies 2 Units 

This course is a study of chief thematic categories of drama as determined from selected works 

of principal and seminal playwrights. Dramatic form and content are then used as an index of 

the social conditions in which plays are written, and their pedagogic value enhanced by an 

exploration of how the ideas, practices, and methods of critics, actors, directors, designers, 

choreographers and semioticians worldwide, complement such major themes as politics, society, 

religion, love, identity and alienation. 

TMA 402 Theories of Dramatic Criticism 2 Units 

A study of the main theories and trends in dramatic criticism, its methodologies and approaches 

from Aristotle to Patrice Pavis, using appropriately illustrative play texts. 

TMA 403 Culture and Media Arts 2 Units 

This course discusses the rudiments of culture and their influence and relationship to all aspects 

of media arts. This course will have significant connection with the National Institute for 

Cultural Orientation.. 

TMA 404 Advanced Dramaturgy 

This is a study of the techniques of writing both realistic and non-realistic plays. It explores 

pertinent developments in dramatic writing and encourages students to write new plays that may 

not conform to the traditional methods of writing. Every student is expected to submit a full- 

length original play at the end of the course. 

248

TMA 405 Advanced Scene Design and Technology 2 Units 

This advanced course examines the totality of scene design and the relationship between 

performance space, design and the given circumstances of the script. 

TMA 406 Advanced Lighting and Sound Design 3 Units 

This course stresses the importance of lighting and design in theatre productions, focusing on the 

use of light for spectacular effects. It examines lighting and sound in all ramifications and 

highlights the designing of light and sound in traditional and non-traditional performances. 

TMA 407 Advanced Film/Television Production 3 units 

This course explores the practice of producing for the screen – both television and film. It 

emphasizes comprehensively all aspects of producing for film and television. The students are 

encouraged to emphasize one aspect of production and develop it for final examination. 

TMA 408 Studies in Dramatic Literature 3 Units 

This is an in-depth study of the major playwrights in different historical, geographical and 

cultural contexts and spans from Aeschylus to the contemporary. Authors like Shakespeare are 

given more comprehensive attention. The course examines the significance of the text as the 

basis for theatrical realization and explores the staging possibilities evident in the text. 

TMA 409 Advanced Theories of Dramatic Criticism 3 Units 

This is an examination of the major strands in Theory and Criticism, focusing on post- 

structuralist approaches, the death of the author, modernism and post-modernism, and departures 

from realism. 

TMA 410 Shakespeare 3 Units 

This is a comprehensive study of the dramatic works of William Shakespeare, and his influence 

in dramatic literature. Criticism of Shakespearean plays will be studied in detail. 

TMA 411 Advanced Play Production and Directing 3 Units 

This is an advanced course in the art of producing a play for audiences. It takes into 

consideration the various methods of play production studied over the years and uses them to 

produce a full-length play. At the end of the course, the students are expected to produce a play 

for a general audience, and this production is evaluated and scored by a team of examiners. 

249

TMA 412 Project in Theatre and Media Arts 

This is a research project in which the student presents a bound research of between forty and 

sixty pages on a topic approved by his/her assigned Project Supervisor. The aim is to make the 

student carry out an in-depth study within the discipline. In some peculiar cases, the student may 

be called upon to defend the project before a team of examiners. 

ECONOMICS 

B.SC (ECONOMICS) PROGRAMME 

INTRODUCTION 

HISTORY OR MOTIVATION FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT 

OUR MISSION 

To support and advance economic teaching, learning and research activities of the University by 

placing appropriate priority on industry, national policy and relevance of curriculum to 

immediate environment and stakeholders. 

OUR VISION 

To build a department that will comprise of individuals committed to our mission and values of 

Federal University Ebonyi and imbued with the highest ethos of academic discipline and 

excellence able to compete and produce graduates that will rank with the products of the best 

University in Africa. . 

OUR VALUES 

Dedicated to fostering an academic community in which the learning and scholarship of every 

member may flourish; 

� The diverse and multi-cultural community with professionalism, sensitivity and respect 

� The proximity to the arteries of industry transportation and communication without the 

externality 

� Location creates a workplace environment that encourages the development of 

professional and personal growth and integrity. 

250

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROGRAMME 

The principal objective of the University programme in Economics is to raise world class 

graduates of economics who posses strong academic foundation, high degree in intelligence and 

skill to handle contemporary economic issues and policies.The principal objective of the 

University programme to economics is to produce globally relevant economists in knowledge 

and skill for handing economic issues and policies. 

The specific objectives of degree programme in, Economics are: 

� To provide a strong foundation in economics and to develop the relevant skills for 

the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings; 

� To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of 

economic policy; 

� To develop in students, a range of useful knowledge and skills that will be of 

value in employment and self-employment; 

. 


Applicants for admission into the four year programme in the Department of Economics should 

possess the Senior School Certificate or its equivalent with a minimum of five credits: 

The five credits must include: English, Mathematics, Economics, and any one of Geography and 

Government and any one from History, Yoruba, CRK, Geography, Government, Biology, 

Physics, Chemistry, Further Mathematics and Agriculture. 

U.M.E SUBJECTS 

The required UME subjects are: English, Mathematics, Economics, and either Geography or 

Government 

DIRECT ENTRY ADMISSION 

Two Advanced Level credit passes in Economics and either Geography or Mathematics. In 

addition to the stipulated five credits basic requirements at O level. 

100 LEVEL 

1 ST SEMESTER 

Course Course 

Course Title Pre- Hours Units 

Code description 

requisite 

ECO 101 C Elements of Microeconomic 

Principles and Theory 

Nil 2 1 0 3 

251

MGT 101 C Mathematics for Management 

Sciences I 

Nil 2 1 0 3 

ACC C Basic Accounting Concepts Nil 2 1 0 3 

GNS 101 C Use of English Nil 2 0 0 2 

GNS 103 C Social Problems Nil 2 0 0 2 

Restricted Electives ( a minimum of two courses required) 

ACC E Nil 2 1 0 3 

FIN E Nil 2 1 0 3 

BUS E Nil 2 1 0 3 

PUB E Nil 2 1 0 3 

Total (minimum expected) 19 

2 ND SEMESTER 

Course Course Course Title Pre-requisite Hours Units 


ECO 102 C Elements 

Macroeconomic 

of Nil 2 1 0 3 

Principles 

Theory 

and 

MGT 102 C Mathematics 

Management 

Sciences II 

for Nil 2 1 0 3 

ACC C Basic 

Accounting 

Concepts 

Cost Nil 2 1 0 3 

BIO C Introductory Nil 

Biological Science 

for Management 

GNS 102 C 

Sciences 

Nigerian History Nil 1 0 0 1 


ACC E Nil 2 1 0 3 

FIN E Nil 2 1 0 3 

BUS E Nil 2 1 0 3 

PUB E Nil 2 1 0 3 

Total (Minimum expected) 19 

200 LEVEL 

1 ST SEMESTER 

Course Course Course Title Pre- Hours Units 


requisite 

ECO 201 C Principles of Economics 1 Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 203 C Introductory 

Economics I 

Applied Nil 2 1 0 3 

MGT 201 C Statistical Methods and Nil 2 1 0 3 

Applications I 

ECO 205 C Basic Mathematics for Nil 2 1 0 3 

252

Economists I 

MGT 205 C Computer Science for 

MGT 203 C 

Management Science 

Concepts and Principles of 

Entrepreneurship 

GNS 201 C Writing and Literary 

Appreciation 

253 

Nil 2 0 0 2 

Nil 2 0 0 2 

Nil 2 0 0 2 

GNS 203 C Use of Library Nil 1 0 0 1 

Restricted Electives ( a minimum of one course required) 

ACC E Principles of Accounting I Nil 2 1 0 3 

BUS E Principles of Management I Nil 2 1 0 3 

FIN E Principles of Finance Nil 2 1 0 3 


2 ND SEMESTER 

Course Code Course Course Title Pre- Hours Units 

description 

requisite 

ECO 202 C Principles of Economics II Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 204 C Introductory 

Economics II 

Applied Nil 2 1 0 3 

MGT 202 C Statistical Methods and Nil 2 1 0 3 

Applications II 

ECO 206 C Basic Mathematics for Nil 2 1 0 3 

Economists II 

ECO 208 C Computer Software in Nil 2 0 0 2 

MGT 206 C 

Economic Analysis 

Business Environment and Nil 2 0 0 2 

Approach 

Start-up 

to Business 

GNS 202 C Government and Politics Nil 1 0 0 1 

GNS 204 C Logic 

Science 

and History of Nil 2 0 0 2 

Restricted Electives ( a minimum of one course required) 

ACC E Principles of Accounting 

II 

Nil 2 1 0 3 

BUS E Principles of Management 


Nil 2 1 0 3 

FIN E Principles of Finance II Nil 2 1 0 3 


300 LEVEL 

1 ST SEMESTER 



requisite 

ECO 301 C Intermediate Microeconomic ECO 2 1 0 3 

Theory 

201, 

ECO 303 C History of Economic Thought Nil 2 1 0 3

ECO 305 C Theories of Growth and Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 307 C 

Development 

Introduction 

Finance 

to Public Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 309 C Elements of Econometrics MGT 201 2 1 0 3 


ECO 311 E Introduction 

Economics 

to Monetary Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 313 E Industrial Economics I Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 315 E Urban Economics Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 317 E Mathematical Economics Nil 2 1 0 3 


2 ND SEMESTER 



requisite 

ECO 302 C Intermediate Macroeconomic ECO 2 1 0 3 

Theory 

202, 

ECO 304 C Structure 

Economy 

of the Nigerian Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 306 C Issues in Development Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 308 C 

Economics 

Introduction to Fiscal Policy Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 310 C Research Methods Nil 2 1 0 3 


ECO 312 E Introduction to International 

Economics 

Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 314 E Industrial Economics II Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 316 E Transport Economics Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 318 E Introduction 

Research 

to Operations Nil 2 1 0 3 


400 LEVEL 

1 ST SEMESTER 



requisite 

ECO 401 C Advanced 

Theory 

Microeconomic ECO 301 2 1 0 3 

ECO 403 C Economics of Production Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 405 C Fiscal Policy and Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 407 C 

Management 

Economic 

Planning 

Development Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECS 497 C Seminar I Nil 1 0 0 1 

Restricted Electives ( a minimum of three courses required) 

ECO 409 E Applied Economic Statistics Nil 2 1 0 3 

254

ECO 411 E Theory of International Trade Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 413 E Monetary 

Institutions 

and Financial Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 415 E Health Economics Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 417 E Labour Economics I Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 419 E Business Economics I Nil 2 1 0 3 

Total ((Minimum expected) 22 

2 ND SEMESTER 



requisite 

ECO 402 C Advanced 

Theory 

Macroeconomic ECO 302 2 1 0 3 

ECO 404 C Project Evaluation Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECS 498 C Seminar II Nil 1 0 0 1 

ECS 499 C Research Project Nil 4 0 0 4 

Restricted Electives ( a minimum of three courses required) 

ECO 410 E Econometric Methods Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 414 E Monetary Theory and Policy Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 416 E Health Planning and Finance Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 418 E Labour Economics II Nil 2 1 0 3 

ECO 420 E Business Economics II Nil 2 1 0 3 


COURSE CONTENT 

GST 101: Use of English 

Awareness Raising, Listening Skill, Speaking Skill, Word Classes, Punctuation Marks, Reading 

Skill and Practical of the concepts. 

GNS 102: Introduction to Nigeria History 

Methodology of History, Sources of Nigerian History, Pre-colonial Societies, Nigeria’s Early 

Contact with the World, Scramble for Africa, Decolonization Process in Nigeria and 

Development in Nigeria after independence. 

GNS 103: Introduction to Social Problems 

What is a social problem? The sociological approach to the study of social problems. Problems 

of inequality, Prejudice, discrimination and ethnicism /racism, deviance (Collective behavior and 

substance abuse). Problems of environment and energy, Population and Urbanisation, Education 

and Social Problems, Health and HIV/AIDS related issues. 

255

GNS 201: Writing and Literary Appreciation 

Evaluation of Common Errors in Students’ Writing, Writing Skills, Bibliography and Citations 

in Academic Writing, Literary Appreciation and Application of the various Acquired Skills. 

GNS 202: Elements of Politics and Government 

Man as a political animal; theories of the state, the evolution of the modern state, varieties of 

political system and institutions, Ideologies of politics Liberalism, Conservatism, Socialism, Pan 

Africanism etc., Colonialism and the Evolution of the Nigerian Politics, Structure and problems 

of the contemporary international political system, Politics in Africa and Nigeria in world 

politics. 

GNS 203: Use of Library 

Brief history of libraries, Type of libraries, Types of Library resources, Using Library resources, 

Library rules and regulations regarding loans, Study skills, Copyright and its implication and 

bibliographies and referencing. 

GNS 204: Logic and History of science 

Nature of arguments: Deductive and Inductive arguments; Validity and soundness; Validity and 

truth, Elementary techniques of testing validity, Fallacies, The priori and the empirical problems 

of Induction. Elements of probability, Elements of the history of science and technology, 

Observation, hypotheses, experiments and scientific explanation, problems of scientific and 

technological development in Nigeria, Science and Society. 

ECO101: Elements of Microeconomic Principles and Theory 

Nature and scope of economics, the problems of economic theory; comparative economic 

system (Capitalism, Socialism, Mixed Economics); the elementary theory of demand and supply, 

the theory of consumer behavior, elasticity of demand and supply, the theory of production, the 

theory of costs, market structures (perfect competition, monopolistic competition, monopoly and 

oligopoly). 

MGT 101: Mathematics for Management Sciences I 

Mathematical Concepts in the Social Sciences. Set Theory Revision of Elementary Algebra, 

equations and identities; equations in one or two variables; simultaneous equations; quadratic 

equations; the remainder theory, partial fractions, surds, indices and logarithms. Sequences and 

256

Series: the arithmetic progression and geometric progression. Summation of series; convergence 

of series, permutation, combination, the Binominal theorem; Co-ordinate Geometry of a straight 

line, Intersection of the straight lines, plotting of curves, computation of distances and areas by 

co-ordinates, Basic Trigonometry. 

ECO 102: Elements of Macroeconomic Principles and Theory 

Basic concepts of macroeconomics, Measurement of national income, national income 

determination; Determinant of aggregate Demand; Macroeconomic policy and objectives; 

international Economic institutions, the use monetary and fiscal policy analysis. 

MGT 102: Mathematics for Management Sciences II 

Introduction to Matrix Algebra: addition, multiplication and inversion of matrices. Determinants, 

simultaneous solution of equations by matrix and determinant methods. Eigen values and Eigen 

vectors. Differentiation of Functions of one variable; derivatives of standard functions, rates of 

change and limits. Maxims and minima, point of inflexion, partial derivatives. Unconstrained 

optimization. Integration of functions of one variable; standard integrals. First Order 

Differential. 

BIO ***: Introductory Biological Science for Management Sciences 

World Living Organisms; introduction to structure and function of cells, similarities and 

differences between cell types, Introduction to Genetics and Element of Biotechnology. 

ECO 201: Principles of Micro-Economics 1 

Introductions to economics-Scope and Methodology, Microeconomic Theory- Price Theory and 

the function of the market system; Demand and Supply; Elasticity; Consumer Behaviour; The 

theory of Production, the costs of Production; the Revenue plan of the firm; Market structure, i.e 

Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition Oligopoly. The Theory of 

Distribution; Wages, Rent; Interest; Profit. 

ECO 202: Principles of Macro-Economics II 

National income accounting; the circular flow of Incomes; National Income analysis, Money and 

the Monetary system; investment Theory International Trade and Payments; Elements of Public 

Finance. 

257

ECO 203: Introductory Applied Economics(Firm level/Micro Level) I 

The application of economic principles to developed and developing countries with special 

reference to the development problems of less developed countries, especially Nigerian. 

Economic and non-economic factors in development; Comparative Economic systems; the 

Characteristics of a developed economy and an under-developed economy- a contrast. Planning 

the Development Process; Rural Development issue and problems; Agricultural Development; 

Transportation problems. 

ECO 204: Introductory Applied Economics(National Level/Macro Level) II 

The Application of Macro-economic theories to the problems of developing countries 

particularly as they relate to issue of poverty; Income distribution; employment, under- 

employment and unemployment, problems of growth and development; trade and development; 

balance of payments problems and comme(rcial policy; economics of aid and private foreign 

investment; global interdependence and the international economic order. 

ECO 205: Basic Mathematics for Economists I 

The nature of mathematical economic models’ Equilibrium analysis in economics; Linear 

models and matrices algebra; Comparative Statistics of the concepts of derivatives, Rules of 

differentiation and integration in comparative statistics; Comparative statistics functional 

models: Experimental and logarithmic functions optimization. 

ECO 206: Basic Mathematics for Economists II 

Economic dynamics and integral calculus and its applications: First-order differential equations 

and its application dynamics and stability of equilibrium and simultaneous equation dynamic 

models; Linear programming; Game Theory. 

ECO 208: Computer Software in Economic Analysis 

Introduction of existing Computer software in economic analysis: SPSS, STATA and E-View. 

Characteristics of the software; Practical training skills for the use of the software. 

MGT 201: Statistical Methods and Applications I 

The nature of Statistical Methods; Frequency Distribution: Measures of Central Tendencies- 

Mean, Median, Mode, etc Measures of Dispersion-Range, Variance, Standard Deviation, 

Elementary Normal and Poison Distribution. 

258

MGT 202: Statistical Methods and Applications II 

Time Analysis; Index numbers; Analysis of Variance; Sources of Statistical data in Nigeria, 

Introduction to Research Methodology and Design, Regression Analysis. 

MGT 203: Concepts and Principles of Entrepreneurship 

MGT 205: Computer Science for Management Sciences 

Applications including operating systems, word processing, spread sheets, database, and web 

based soft ware packages using microcomputers to solve business problems, including e- 

commerce. 

MGT 206: Business Environment and Approach to Business Start-up 

Nigerian Business Environment; Forms of Business Organization; Procedures for Setting Up and 

Managing ones Enterprises; Preparation and Presentation of Business Plan; Selection of 

Appropriate Small and Medium Scale Enterprises. 

ECO 301: Intermediate Microeconomic Theory 

Economic system and Organization, Demand and Supply, Individual Consumer Behaviour, The 

Utility Approach, the Indifference Curve Approach, Market Classification, The Theory of 

Production, The firm and pure monopolistic competition, Oligopoly, Elements of Game; Pricing 

and Employment of Resources; Introduction to Welfare Economicsand Natural Resource 

Economics. 

ECO 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory 

Introduction to Marco-economics, Basic Concepts in Macroeconomics; Flows and Stocks, Real 

and Nominal; Statics, Comparative and dynamic analysis, open and closed economic models. 

Measurement of economic activity, Nigerian National Accounts, National Income Models, 

Elements of International Trade, Balance of Payment Theory, Theory of the Consumption 

Function, Theory of Investment, Money and Interest, General Equilibrium of Money and 

Commodity Markets, Introduction to Macroeconomic Policy. 

ECO 303: History of Economic Thought 

Comparative survey and assessment of developments in economic thought. Classical 

economics; neoclassical school of thought, positive and welfare schools of economic thought, 

259

institutional economics, Keynesian school of economic thought, Evolution and Contemporary 

Development of Marxian School of Economic Thought. Contemporary stage of development in 

Economics and future prospects. 

ECO 304: Structure of the Nigerian Economy 

National income accounting-concepts, measurement, uses and limitations, Growth of income, 

employment and prices in the economy as a whole in major sectors, structural changes between 

and within sectors, Relative sizes of public and private sectors and their determinants, Public 

development institution, macroeconomic development in Nigeria, trade, transport system, 

Economic development and social change, Urbanization. 

ECO 305: Theories of Growth and Development 

Growth models and theories of underdevelopment, Balanced and Unbalance Growth, Resources 

for development, Multinational Corporations and Industrialization in Developing Countries, 

Comparative Cost doctrines, Trade and Development. 

ECO 306: Issues in Development Economics 

The general nature of the development problem, Development problem and Development gap, 

Characteristics of underdeveloped countries, their common features and their variations, 

Historical causes of underdevelopment and their relationship to imperialism, some aspects of the 

theory of imperialism. 

ECO 307: Introduction to Public Finance 

Definition, subject matter and methodology of public finance, The concept of the public sector, 

Government budgeting and accounting federal finance, taxation, Public debt and fiscal policy. 

ECO 308: Introduction to Fiscal Policy and Practices 

The growth and structure of public finance in Nigeria, Local, State and Federal government 

finances and the financial relationships between local, state and federal government in Nigeria, 

Use of fiscal policy for economic stabilization and its effectiveness. 

ECO 309: Elements of Econometrics 

Definition and subject matter of econometrics, model types and their forms. Parameter 

estimation of models, bivariate and multivariate, linear and non-linear, Models, their variances, 

260

covariance and correlation coefficients between the variable, Formulation of generalized linear 

regression models in independent variables and t-joint observation. Assumption of 

multicollinearity heteroskedasticity, autocorrelation, Non-stationarity and cointegration - causes, 

consequences, tests and correction in models, Predictive power and significant tests of models. 

ECO 310: Research Methods 

Definition of research, the role of research in development, developments in research 

methodology, essential features of research work, procedures and stages involved in research 

proposal and report writing in economics. New developments in research methods in social 

sciences. Uses of statistical and Econometric methods in research. 

ECO 311: Introduction to Monetary Economics 

Money and its role in the economy;Demand and Supply of Money; growth of commercial bank 

in Nigeria, and the development of financial institutions. Structures, conduct and performance of 

the commercial banking system and other financial institutions, e.g insurance companies, The 

West African currency board and the problems of domestic stabilization, Commercial banking 

and the instrument of monetary policy. Money and capital markets and the effectiveness of 

mediation and the effectiveness of monetary policy international monetary systems, the IMF and 

the World Bank; The African Development Bank (ADB). 

ECO 312: Introduction to International Economics 

Introduction to the theory of trade and presentation of various theories of international trade, 

foreign trade protection, economic integration, balance of payments, foreign aid capital flows, 

the uses of international economics in explaining contemporary international relations and 

diplomacy. 

ECO 313: Industrial Economics I 

Industrial structure and market conduct, Growth Diversification, innovation and merger activity, 

Investment Decisions; Pricing and Marketing, Determinants and Measures of Business 

Performance, Location of Industry, Theoretical basis for government intervention in the 

industrial sector. 

261

ECO 314: Industrial Economics II 

The case for industrialization, the industrial environment of Nigeria, the growth and structure 

changes in manufacturing industries, Market structure and conduct of selected manufacturing 

industries, Private and public enterprises in industrial development, The financing and 

ownership of industrial projects, Location of industry and distribution of industries, Performance 

of the industrial sector, Government intervention in the industrial sector. 

ECO 315: Urban Economics 

Theories of urban development, City topology and measurement, and use analysis, trade, social 

investment in metropolitan communities, Regional growth and efficiency, the location 

determinants of development, Economic planning in the city-region. 

ECO 316: Transport Economics 

Transport economics as a specialty, Characteristics of the transport infrastructures; Demand for 

transport, Transport Costs, Transport pricing, Economic coordination of transport modes, the 

theory of transport and development, The nature and implications of urban transport problems. 

The empirical relevance of the role of transport, the goals of investment policy in transport; 

Transport planning and development in Nigeria. 

ECO 317: Mathematical Economics 

Treatment of the calculus of many variables; linear algebra, differential and difference equations 

and their applications in economic theory, microeconomics models of consumption and 

production, macro models of money and growth. Functions and diagrams in economic theory, 

unconstrained and constrained extrema (and economic applications); linear and non-linear 

economic models or relationships; iterative processes, difference equations and markov chains, 

linear programming, theory of games, general equilibrium theory and applications. 

ECO 318: Introduction to Operations Research 

Linear programming – formulation of LP problems and solution using the graphical method 

only. Transportation problems, Assignment problems, inventory models-deterministic only, 

Network analysis, critical path method (CPM) and programme evaluation and review technique 

(PERT). 

262

ECO 401: Advanced Microeconomic Theory 

Theory of Consumer Behavior, Stability of Market equilibrium, Theory of Production and 

Cost,Uncertainty and Risk; Introduction to Game Theory; Theory of the Firm and various forms 

of market organization, theory of distribution, General Equilibrium Theory and Welfare 

Economics. 

ECO 402: Advanced Macroeconomic Theory 

Determination of output and employment under classical and Keynesian assumption, Classical 

Keynesian controversies, More on the theory of investment and consumption, Theories of 

money, interest and inflation, Effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies to promote economic 

growth, Introduction to the theory of Macroeconomic policy. 

ECO 403: Economics of Production 

Product and Process analysis, job design, work-force management, Production planning and 

inventory, project management facilities planning and the management of technology. 

ECO 404: Project Evaluation 

Definition and classification of projects and project evaluation; Cost and Benefit Analysis, The 

project in relation to the economy as a whole; Data requirements; Location and size of project; 

Calculation of investment required for a project evaluation projects-financial social profitability. 

ECO 405: Fiscal Policy and Management 

Taxation and public expenditure, Public debt, Public financial institutions, Functional finance, 

Stability and growth, International financial institutions. 

ECO 407: Economic Development Planning 

The rational for planning, Planning origins, Types and performances, Planning machinery, The 

planning process, Planning decisions models, Planning data, Special accounting framework, 

Objective and policy formulations, Resources projections and consistency tests, Programme 

balancing, Plan implementation, Development planning in Nigeria, Plan experiences in other 

countries. 

263

ECO 409: Applied Economic Statistics 

Sample survey design; Data collection in Nigeria, Index numbers. Time series analysis, Tests of 

hypothesis, some parametric and nonparametric tests, applications to economic hypotheses, 

Experimental design, analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, Statistical quality control, 

essence of quality control in industries, types of variation in quality, control charts for variables, 

control of attributes, Statistical decision, the structure and solution of single-stage decision 

problems. 

ECO 410: Econometric Methods 

Definition scope and division of econometrics, methodology of econometric research, elements 

of matrix algebra, ordinary least squares approach to regression analysis, significant tests an 

confidence intervals for the estimates, time series analysis, multiple regression analysis, errors in 

variables, auto-correlation, multicolinearity, heteroskedasticity lagged variables, dummy 

variables, estimation of simultaneous systems. New Developments in Economics. 

ECO 411: Theory of International Trade 

The overall view of the international economy, the theory of comparative advantage, The gains 

from trade, Production function in international trade, The Heckscher-Ohlin Trade Model, The 

Leontief paradox, The welfare effects of international trade, Growth and development dynamic 

factors in international trade, Growth and development theory of trade and policy. 

ECO 413: Monetary and Financial Institution 

Money and a money Economy, The structure and business of commercial Bank, Comparative 

Banking (United Kingdom, United States) Nigerian Banking System, The West African 

Currency Board, Nigerian Central Bank, Financial Intermediaries, Money and Capital Markets 

International Monetary Institutions. 

ECO 414: Monetary Theory and Policy 

Theory of Demand and Supply of Money, Convertibility of the money supply, Multiplier, high 

powered money concepts, Recent developments in monetary theory and policy, Effectiveness of 

monetary and fiscal policies, Rules versus authorities in stabilization policy, Stabilization policy 

in open economies, International monetary arrangements and problems. 

264

ECO 415: Health Economics 

Importance of Health Economics, The Uniqueness of Health Care, Demand for Health Capital, 

Production of Health, Agency Problem in Health and Health Care, Health Care and advertising, 

Uncertainty in Health Care. 

ECO 416: Health Planning and Finance 

Health Care Financing – Insurance, Health Care Financing-Public and Private Policy options, 

Issues in Equity, Efficiency and Need in Health Care, Government Intervention in health Care, 

Policy issues and Analysis in Health Care. 

ECO 417: Labour Economics I 

‘Concepts- human capital, returns to investment in human capital, Introductory resources 

management review and application of resources allocation theory to the problem of investment 

in human capital, Investment in human capital choice between capital investment in human 

capital and in physical capital, the process of human capital accumulations determinants of 

human capital accumulation, Investment in education-social and private costs and returns to 

education. 

ECO 418: Labour Economics II 

Manpower analysis in a developing economy, structure and characteristics, education and 

training manpower policy, industrial relations, Manpower planning, rationale and process, future 

manpower requirements, survey of planning models, the planning gaps and the problems of 

manpower planning 

ECO 419: Business Economics I 

Definition and Scope of Business Economics, Decision making under risk and uncertainty, 

Decision tree analysis, Demand estimation and forecasting, The attribute approach to consumer 

choice, Alternative business objective, The internal organization of firms, portfolio matrices and 

corporate strategy. 

ECO 420: Business Economics II 

Pricing and pricing policies, Investment and Financing decisions, demand Analysis, Business 

Risk and Forecasting, International business, Multinational Corporations, Business enterprise 

and Economic Development. 

265

BASIC TEXTBOOKS FOR CORE COURSES 

ECO 101 & 102 :Elements of Economics: 

Begg, David, (1994); Stanley Fischer and Rudiger Dornbusch, Economics, London McGraw- 

Hill. 

Umo, J.U. (1996): Economics: An African Perspectives, Ikeja-Lagos: John West Publication 

Limited. 

Adebayo, A. (1998): Economics: A Simplified Approach, Volumes 1 & 2, African International 

Publications Ltd Lagos. 

ECO 11 & 12: Elements of Statistics 

Owen Frank and Ron Jones, statistics (3 rd Ed.), London: Pitman Publishers. 

Spiegel, Murray (1992): Theory and Problems of statistics (2 nd Ed. In SI units), London: 

McGraw-Hill Inc. (Schaum’s Outline Series) 

ECO 11& 12: Elements of Mathematics for Economists 

Dowling Edward T. (1992): Mathematical Economics 2 nd Ed.) (Schaum’s Outline Series) 

Archibald, G.C. and Lipsey, r.O. (1967): A Mathematical Treatment of economics, London: 

Wildenfeld and Nicolson. 

Chiang, Alpha: 1998; Fundamentals of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill Books, New 

York. 

ECO 201 & 202: Principles of Economics 

Lipsey, Richard G. and Chrystal, K. Alec (1995): An Introduction to Positive Economics, (8 th 

Ed.) ELBS with Oxford University Press Aboyade, O. (1983): Integrated Economics: A 

study of Developing Economics: London: Addison-Wesley Publishers. 

ECO 21 & 22: Introductory Statistics 

Spiegel, Murray R. (1992): Theory and Problems of Statistics op. cit. Walpole, Ronald E. 

Introduction to Statistic (2 nd Ed.) Collier Macmillan international Editions. 

ECO 21 & 22: Mathematics for Economists 

Chiang, Alpha C. (1998): Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, Tokyo: McGraw- 

Hill Kogakusha Limited. 

ECO 31 & 32: Intermediate Economic Theory 

Koutsoyian nis, A. (1980) Modern Microeconomics, London: Macmillan Press Limited (2 nd 

Ed.) 

Jhingan, M.L. (1997): Macroeconomic Theory, Delhi: Vrinda Publications. 

266

Mac Dougal, D.M. and Duesenbury, T.F. (1976): Macroeconomics, Tokyo McGraw-Hill 

Jhingan. 

ECO 301 & 302:Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 

Walpole, R.E. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc. 

ECO 31 & 32 

Yamane, Taro (1968): Mathematics for Economists 

ECO 401:Advanced Microeconomic Thoery 

Henderson, James M. and Quandt, R.E. (1980): Macroeconomic Theory: A Mathematical 

Treatment (3 rd Ed.) Tokyo: McGraw-Hill Kogakusha. 

Jhingan, M.L. (1997): Macroeconomic Theory (4 th Ed.) Delhi: Vrinda Publications. 

Richetts, Martins (1987), The Economics of Business Enterprises: New Approaches to the 

Firm, Sussex: Wheatsheat Books. 

ECO 402: Advanced Macroeconomics Theory 

Allen, R.G.D. (1967): Macro-Economic Theory: A Mathematical Treatment, London: 

Macmillan. 

Jhingan, M.L. (1997): Macro-Economic Theory (10 th Ed.) Delhi: Vrinda Publications. 

Levacic, Rosalind (1978) Macroeconomics London: Macmillan: ELBS Paper Back. 

ECO 401 & 402:Economics of Development 

Michael, P. Todaro (1985, 1970): Economic Development in the third World Macmillan 

London. 

Keith B. Griffin & John L. Enos (1970): Planning Development Addison Wesley London 

Jon Tinbergen (1967): Development Planning World University Library. 

Timi Yesufu (1996): The Nigerian Economy: Growth without Development: The Benin social 

Science Series, University of Benin, Benin city, Nigeria. 

M.L. Jhingan (1997): The Economics of Development and Planning Vikas, New Delhi. 

ECO 402:Comparative Economic Systems 

Gruchy, A.G. Comparative Economic Systems Houghton Mffling Coy, N.Y. 1966. 

ECO 403: Production Economics 

M.A. Fashola (1988) Production and Managerial Economics Department of Economics, 

University of Lagos. 

W.J. Baumol (1987) Economics Theory and Operations Analysis (4 th Ed.) Prentice-Hill of 

India, New Delhi. 

James L. Pappaas & Eugene F. Brigham (1979): Managerial Economics: The Dryden Press, 

Hinsdale, Illinois (3 rd Ed.) 

267

ECO 410 & 42 : Econometrics 

Jack Johnson and John Dinardo, Econometric Methods (1998) McGraw-Hill International 

Editions, New York. 

Kautsoyanniss, A. (1997) Econometrics 

Rubenfeld and Pyndick (1997): Econometrics Models 

268


Compulsory Courses 

DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

100 Level 

CODE TITLE UNITS 

POL 101 Introduction to Political Science 3 

POL 102 Nigerian Constitutional Development 3 

SOC 111 Introduction to Sociology 3 

PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology 3 

POL 103 Nigerian Legal Systems I 2 


CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science 3 

TOTAL 19 




POL 111 Introduction to African Government and Politics 3 

POL 112 Organisation of Government: The Citizen and the State 3 

POL 113 Nigerian Legal System II 2 

GST 105 Use of Library 2 

GST 104 Philosophy of Science 2 


Elective One elective from outside the Department/Faculty 2 

TOTAL 18 

200 Level 




POL 201 Nigerian Politics I 3 

POL 202 Introduction to Political Analysis 3 

POL 203 Introduction to International Relations 3 

POL 204 Introduction to Public Administrations 3 

POL 205 Introduction to Comparative Politics 3 

GST 201 Peace Studies & Conflict Resolution 2 

FSS 201 Social Science Statistics I 2 

TOTAL 19 

269




POL 211 Nigerian Politics II 3 

POL 216 Political Ideas 3 

POL 217 Foundation of Political Economy 3 

POL 218 Introduction to Local Government 3 

POL 219 Introduction to Research Methods in Political Science 3 

GST 202 Entrepreneurial Studies I 2 

FSS 211 Social Science Statistics II 2 

TOTAL 19 

300 Level 




POL 302 Logic and Methods of Political Inquiry 3 

POL 311 History of Political Thought 3 

POL 341 Comparative Federalism 3 

POL 353 Public Political Analysis 3 

POL 356 Politics of Development and Underdevelopment 3 

POL 332 Theories of International Relations 3 

Electives: One of the following 

POL 337 Theories and Practice of Marxism 2 

POL 354 Theory and Practice of Administration 2 

TOTAL 20 




POL 301 Contemporary Political Analysis 3 

POL 303 Public Administration in Nigeria 3 

POL 304 Political Behaviour 3 

POL 313 Political Data Analysis 3 

POL 325 The Methodology of Comparative Politics 3 


Elective 

POL 309 International Law 3 

TOTAL 20 

270

400 Level 

First semester 



POL 401A Research Essay I 3 

POL 402 The Military & Politics 3 

POL 403 Development Administration 3 

POL 404 Third World & Dependency 3 

POL 406 Nigerian Foreign Policy 3 

POL 409 International Organization 3 

POL 415 State and Economy 3 


POL 407 Revolution and Society 2 

POL 408 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 2 

TOTAL 23 




POL 401B Research Essay II 3 

POL 405 Politics and Law in Africa 3 

POL 412 Comparative Public Administration 3 

POL 414 Public Personal Administration 3 


POL 411 Nigerian Local Government 2 

POL 437 Sociology of Decolonization 2 

TOTAL 14 

SYNOPSES OF COURSES 

POL 101 Introduction to Political Science 3 units 

The objectives of the course are to lay the foundation for what Political Science is all about. To 

explain the nature of politics, discuss the concepts of power, authority, influence, legitimacy, and 

the state. To draw the distinction between politics and Political Science. To also examine the 

scope and methodologies of Political Science. 

POL 102 Nigerian Constitutional Development 3 units 

The course is designed to examine and analyse the trends of constitutional development from the 

colonial era to the present. It focuses on the landmark of various constitutions from the colonial 

to the post colonial eras. 

271

POL 111 Introduction to African Politics 3 units 

The course focuses on the nature of the African state, politics and economy. It examines the 

impact of colonialism and neo-colonialism on the African State. It also pays particular attention 

to succession problems in post-colonial Africa, military rule and its impact on democratization. 

POL 112 Organisation of Government: The Citizen of the State 3units 

The course focuses on the tripartite organizations of state power, the legislature, executive and 

the Judiciary. It also examines the doctrine of separation of powers in a presidential and 

parliamentary system of government, the types of government; Unitary, federal and confederal. 

It explains the role of political parties and Interest Groups/Pressure Groups in the political 

system. And to establish the relationship between citizens and the State. 

POL 201 Nigerian Politics I 3 units 

The course exposes students to the general political economics and social framework within 

which Nigeria politics and governmental institution development and functions. The course is 

treated from the historical perspective. It explains the environmental factors that influenced the 

constitutional development or changes at any given time. 

POL 202 Introduction to Political Analysis 3 units 

The course focuses on the nature of politics, political system, the structure of government, 

political representations, and institutions of different regions. The relationship between regime 

types and citizenship actions. It also explores the political culture and its impact on political 

stability. 

POL 203 Introduction to International Relations 3 units 

The course provides the basic understanding of what international relations is as a field of study. 

It is intended to acquaint the students with the various actors in the international system, the 

changing phases of international relations and the purpose and scope of the discipline. It also 

introduces the students to the various concepts such as foreign policy, diplomacy, power etc. It 

examines the dynamic forces in the international relations and the impact of the emergence of 

the Third World in the international system. 

272

POL 204 Introduction to Public Administration 3 units 

The objectives of this course are to analyse the rationale of public administration; the ecology of 

public administration; and explain the concept of politics and administration with a view to 

showing the dichotomy between them. It also examines other aspects such as administration 

actors, audit control and elements of administrative law. 

POL 205 Introduction to Comparative Politics 3 units 

The course focuses on the logic of comparative social inquiry; the approaches to comparative 

politics such as single country approach, multi-country approach and synchronic approach. It 

also analyzes the problems of comparative politics. 

POL 216 Political Ideas 3 units 

The course is designed to introduce the students to major political ideas in their historical 

context. It focuses on concepts such as Monarchism, Liberalism, Democracy, Socialism, 

Fascism, Anarchism, Syndicalism, etc. 

POL 217 Foundation of Political Economy 3 units 

The course focuses on the relationship between politics and the economy, class analysis of 

political power relations. It examines the material bases of political action. 

POL 218 Introduction to Local Government 3 units 

The course is designed to introduce the basic ideas about local government administration. It 

focuses on the nature and purpose of local government and explores the theoretical argument for 

local government as a third tier system of administration. It analyses the functions, structure and 

forms of local government, examines the relationship between local government and democratic 

practice, the government finance, as well as problems and prospects. 

POL 301 Contemporary Political Analysis 3 units 

The course focuses on some contending paradigms in contemporary political analysis and 

discusses their philosophical and ideological roots. It evaluates the various theoretical 

approaches such as: elite theory, group theory, system theory, structural functional theory, 

cybernetic and communication theory. It also examines basic concepts and the new approaches 

to political economy. 

273

POL 302 Logic and Methods of Political Inquiry 3 units 

The course is designed to expose the students to the methods of scientific research in political 

science; the logic of political inquiry, problem formulation and understanding variables. 

POL 305 Political Behaviour 3 units 

The course focuses on the measurement and determination of various political behaviour, 

political socialization, political culture, political participation and apathy. It also examines 

electoral behaviour, public opinion, and political communication. 

POL 311 History of Political Thought 3 units 

The objectives of this course are to explain the classical and modern political thinkers such as 

Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Locke, Thomas Hobbes, Marx, Fanon, Senghor, Nkrumah, etc. 

And also to explain the impact of these ideas on their respective society. 

POL 313 Political Data Analysis 3 units 

The course focuses on the various methods and techniques for generating and analyzing political 

data, for processing and testing of hypotheses. Students are introduced to various survey 

techniques as well as to inferential statistics for the explanation of political phenomenon. 

POL 309 International Law 3 units 

The course is designed to expose the students to some basic issues of international law. It 

explains the nature and development of international law, the sources of international law; the 

functions, the general principles of law; subjects of international law, recognition, etc. 

POL 325 The Methodology of Comparative Politics 3 units 

The course id designed to provide basic understanding of comparative political analysis and 

history of comparative politics to explore various concepts in comparative politics. To 

demonstrate the scientific method, logic of comparism and classification in comparative politics. 

It also examines some contending paradigms or orientations in comparative political analysis; 

the strategy of cross systems theorizing and measurement problems in cross-national research. 

POL332 Theories of International Relations 3 units 

The course is designed to explain the basic approaches and theories in the study of international 

relations. It exposes students to the debate between traditional school and behaviour school. It 

274

discusses theories that will aid the understanding of international events and the utilities of these 

theories in the conduct of research in international relations. Some of the theories are: power, 

balance of power, system theory, games theory, integration theory, functionalism, linkage 

politics, globalization, etc. 

POL 337 Theory and Practice of Marxism 2 units 

The objectives of this course are to explain Marxism as a concept and as a philosophy. To 

familiarise the students with the relationship between man, history and matter materials, labour, 

production, to explain the theory of surplus value and social exploitation. It explores the strategy 

for achieving a just order, examines the life and living condition in the former Soviet Union, 

China and Socialist States for the working of Marxism. 

POL 341 Comparative Federalism 3 units 

The objectives of this course are to trace the origin of federalism and to explore the approaches 

to the study of comparative federal system. To also compare some federal systems such as USA, 

Canada, India, Germany and Nigeria. 

POL 351 Government and Administration of Urban Systems 3 units 

The course entails the understanding of the planning and execution of major services in urban 

political systems. It examines the structure of political power in such a system. 

POL 353 Public Policy Analysis 3 units 

The course focuses on the concepts and strategies of Planning, Programming, and Budgeting 

System (PPBS). To analyse the basic techniques of network construction. It also examines and 

describes administrative system, cost-effect analysis and critique. 

POL 354 Theory and Practice of Administration 2 units 

The course evaluates the evolution of Administrative and Organisational Theory from the 

classical, modern to neo-classical periods. It establishes the relationship between politics, 

administration and political process. It examines administrative behaviour in various institutional 

settings, the interplay between political institutions and administrative patterns of behaviour. It 

facilitates our understanding of personnel administration and decision making in bureaucratic 

organisations. 

275

POL 356 Politics of Development and Underdevelopment 3 units 

The course exposes the students to some theoretical problems of development, 

underdevelopment and dependence it focuses on the socio-economic problems of Third World 

development and underdevelopment. The domestic and international economic structures. It 

analyses some changes and constraints in the international economic relations, with particular 

emphasis on post-colonial, African States, Latin America and Asian countries. 

POL 401 RESEARCH ESSAY/ PROJECT 6 units 

POL 402 The Military and Politics 3 units 

The objectives of this course are to explore and analyse the interdependence between the 

military regimes and civil types. The military in the foundation states, impact of social 

structures, ethnic or class conflict on military organizational procedures and behaviour. The 

problem of civilian control of the military, the role of armies in revolution, the phenomenon and 

definition of “Military-Industrial Complex”, ubiquity of military extractive tendency; explaining 

the stability or instability of Civil-Military relations in comparative settings. 

POL 403 Development Administration 3 units 

The course is designed to expose the students to the issues of development as a field of study, to 

analyse the pre-conditions for development, explore various theories of development and 

underdevelopment, survey major postulations of development administration, the dilemma of the 

development administration movement, the issues of foreign aid and trade as development 

strategies. 

POL 404 Third World and Dependency 3 units 

The course explores the nature, causes and manifestation of the dependence of Third World 

countries on Metropolitan countries. It analyses the center-periphry paradigm in relation to 

unequal international economic relations in the global capitalist system. It also explains the 

cyclical nature of dependence and poverty in the Third World countries, using the theories of 

development and underdevelopment. 

POL 405 Politics and Law in Africa 3 units 

The objective is to equip the students with the necessary tools for proper and unbiased analysis 

of politics in Africa. It examines Human and Community Rights in Africa. This course involves 

276

a critical study of the concept of law and the nature of politics. It examines the essence of law, 

the relationship between law and politics, the sources of Law in Africa and the relevance of law 

in the African political system among others. The general background provides the student with 

a nexus between law and politics in Africa. 

POL 406 Nigerian Foreign Policy 3 units 

The objectives of this course are to acquaint the students with the contending issues in Nigeria’s 

diplomatic and external relations; to explore the vast theoretical debate about the foreign policy- 

making process of Nigeria as a regional and sub-regional influential on the continent of Africa. 

The course provides the basis for understanding the nature and elements of foreign policy 

making, principles, the conditioning factors, objectives and instruments of foreign policy. To 

situate Nigerian’s foreign policy, within historical context from independence to the present 

date, observing concretely the changes that have taken place in the conduct of her external 

relations. To also expose the students to the basic theoretical explanations of Nigeria’s foreign 

policy. To identify Nigeria’s national interest in its core and specific manifestations and examine 

the role of Nigeria in the West Africa sub-region and the continent of Africa. 

POL 407 Revolution and Society 2 units 

The course explores the meaning, tactics and uses of revolution as an instrument of social 

change. It also explains the causes and effects of revolutions. It provides a comparative analysis 

of other strategies of social change. It considers case studies of revolutions such as the Russian 

Revolution of 1917, the Chinese Revolution of 1949, the French Revolution of 1789, the 

Cuban Revolution, etc. 

POL 408 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 2 units 

The course is designed to draw on distinction between Political Parties and Pressure Groups; the 

organizational structure of political parties, their roles and functions. It also examines the mode 

of formation of pressure groups, as well as roles and functions. 

POL 409 International Organizations 3 units 

The course deals with the nature and functions of international organizations such as the League 

of Nations, the United Nations Organizations, the African Union, ECOWAS, European Union, 

NATO, etc. 

277

POL 411 Nigerian Local Government 2 units 

The course is designed to acquaint the students on the evolution of Local Government 

Administration in Nigeria from 1990, the Native Authority System and its reforms in the inter- 

war and immediate post-World War II era; the Policy of Indirect Rule and the Local 

Government Reforms from 1950 to date, bearing in mind the reasons, problems and prospects. 

POL 414 Public Personnel Administration 3 units 

The course deals specifically on the understanding of human stocks in public organization, the 

strategies for manpower development in public organizations, organizational design, 

employment, placement, integration, motivation, training, supervision, performance, appraisal, 

industrial relations, disengagement, etc. The course also analyses other issues such as manpower 

audit and financial control in the public institutions. 

POL 415 State and Economy 3 units 

The course provides a critical analysis of the role of government in the management of the 

economy; it deals with the relationship between government and private enterprises, the role of 

foreign capital in the domestic economy, foreign aid, technological transfer, etc. The course also 

seeks to explain the problem of development, planning and administration in Nigeria. It 

examines indigenization policy, the contradiction between the self reliance and dependence of 

the economy on foreign capital 

278

PSYCHOLOGY 

DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY 

100 Level 


Core Courses 


PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology I 3 

PSY 102 Quantitative Methods in Psychology 3 

FSC 101 Introduction to Biology 3 


General Studies 


Electives (anyone from below) 

ECN 111 Principles of Microeconomics 3 

POL 101 Introduction to Political Science I 3 

TOTAL 17 


Core Courses 


PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology II 3 

PSY 112 Basic Concept in Experimental Psychology 3 

PSY 113 Practical Psychology I 3 

SOC 122 Nigerian Heritage 3 


GST 104 Philosophy of Science 2 



Electives (anyone from below) 

ECN 121 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 

POL 102 Introduction to Political Science II 3 

TOTAL 21 

200 Level 


Core Courses 


FSS 201 Introduction to Statistics for Soc. Sc. I 2 

PSY 200 Research Methods in Psychology 3 

PSY 202 Physiological Psychology I 3 

PSY 204 Developmental Psychology I 2 

PSY 206 Introduction to Social Psychology 3 

FSC 103 Introduction to Computer Science 3 



TOTAL 18 

279


Core Courses 


FSS 211 Social Sciences Statistics II 2 

PSY 201 Practical Psychology II 3 

PSY 203 Cognitive Psychology 3 

PSY 205 Developmental Psychology II 2 

PSY 207 Learning Processes 2 

PSY 208 Psychobiology 2 

PSY 209 Introduction to Personality 3 



TOTAL 19 

300 Level 


Core Courses 


PSY 300 Practical Psychology III 3 

PSY 302 Personality Assessment 3 

PSY 304 Industrial Psychology 3 

PSY 306 Developmental Psychology III 3 

PSY 308 Psychology of Substance Abuse 3 

Electives (at least any 2 from below) 

PSY 310 Psychology of Guidance and Counselling I 3 

PSY 312 Environmental Psychology 3 

PSY 314 Psychology of Personnel Management 3 

TOTAL (minimum) 21 


Core Courses 


PSY 301 Research Design and Analysis 3 

PSY 303 Clinical Psychology 3 

PSY 305 Psychological Testing & Construction 3 

PSY 307 Physiological Psychology II 3 




PSY 309 Human Sexuality 3 

PSY 311 Psychology of Guidance & Counselling II 3 

PSY 313 Political Psychology 3 


400 Level 


Core Courses 


PSY 400 Research Project 3 

PSY 402 Cognitive Processes 

280 

3

PSY 404 Practicum in Psychology I 3 

PSY 412 Social Perception 3 


PSY 406 Consumer Psychology 3 

PSY 408 Health Psychology (Behaviour Modification) 3 

PSY 410 Psychology of Vocational Behaviour 3 



Core Courses 


PSY 401 Research Project 3 

PSY 403 Organisational Psychology 3 

PSY 405 Practicum in Psychotherapy II 2 

PSY 411 Psychology of Union Management 3 

PSY 407 Psychology of Social Change 3 

PSY 409 Current Issues in Psychology 3 



PSY 101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY I 3 units 

Definitions, Basic concepts and History of Psychology. Methods of Psychological investigation. 

Psychological bases of behaviour, Social bases of behaviour, motivation and emotion; sensation 

and perception. 

PSY 111 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY II 3 units 

Learning; Human Development; Personality; Industrial Psychology; Abnormal Psychology; 

Forensic/Legal Psychology; Environmental Psychology. 

PSY 102 QUALITATIVE METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

The meaning of statistics and parameters, the difference between parametric and non-parametric 

statistics, classification and graphical representation of data, slopes of distribution; normal and 

skewed distribution; measures of central tendency; mean, mode and median in ungrouped and 

grouped data and their uses, measures of variability; first second and third qualities, their uses as 

tests of normality, characteristics of the normal curve, calculation of variance and standard 

deviation, Testing hypothesis; types of measurement; normal, ordinal and interval; Fisher exact 

probability test, Chi-Square test for two independent samples; Chi-Square for K independent 

samples, Mann Whitney U test; Wilcoxin matches pairs signed ranks test, Mc Nemar test for the 

281

significance of changes; Cochran Q test; measures of correlation; the contingency coefficient, 

Spearman rank correlation coefficient. 

PSY 112 BASIC CONCEPTS IN EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Basic assumptions underlying the scientific method of enquiry; Types of scientific investigation, 

Hypotheses; Variables, Validity, Reliability, Sampling method, Steps in conducting 

Experimental investigation. 

PSY 113 PRACTICAL PSYCHOLOGY I 3 units 

Introduction to methods of carrying out studies in psychology; Experimental and non- 

experimental methods. Conducting simple experiments in psychology, conducting simple survey 

research in psychology. 

FSS 201 INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCES 2 units 

Variables and graphs, frequency distribution; the mean, mode and other measures of central 

tendency. The standard deviation and other measures of dispersion; moments, skewness and 

kurtosis, elementary probability theory; the Binomial, normal and Poisson distribution, 

Elementary sampling theory; statistical estimation theory. 

FSS 211 SOCIAL SCIENCE STATISTICS 2 units 

Statistical decision theory; test of hypotheses and significance, small sampling theory, the Chi- 

Square, curve fitting and the method of least square correlation theory, multiple and partial 

correlation, analysis of time series, index numbers. 

PSY 200 RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Methods of inquiry in psychology, introspection, observation, clinical/case studies; survey, field 

study, laboratory experiments, control procedures. Types of experimental designs. Analysis of 

variance. Basic assumptions of scientific inquiry, Ethical considerations in psychological 

research, Review of psychological reports. 

PSY 201 PRACTICAL PSYCHOLOGY II 3 units 

Steps in conducting psychological experiments, choosing a research topic; writing psychological 

reports, conduct, analysis and report of specific experiments on Perception, visual illusion, depth 

282

perception, light discrimination, consumer behaviour, memory, stress and performance, learning, 

maze learning, behaviour setting. 

PSY 202 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY I 3 units 

History of physiological psychology/ philosophical & Biological roots of physiological 

psychology, Research techniques in physiological psychology, Neurones structure and 

classification, Neural transmission of impulses, Hormones and Behaviour. 

The nervous system, the spinal cord; hind-brain, mid brain, fore brain, peripheral nervous 

system, autonomic nervous system, cerebral dominance, special protection of the brain. 

PSY 203 COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Definition of cognitive psychology; cognitive processes, attention, perception, memory, 

language, learning, visual imagery, simulations, processing stages, mental representations, 

concept formation and types; thinking, problem solving; Reasoning; Inductive and Deductive. 

Decision making and judgement; creativity. Implications of the above for the development of the 

Nigerian child. 

PSY 204 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I 2 units 

The development of an individual from conception to infancy 0 to 2 years, development in 

neonatal and infancy stage focusing on physical development of language & communication, 

perceptual and cognitive development, learning, personality & social development, changes and 

factors that occur in the uterus during development, infant development, maturation, 

implications and application of the development characteristics from the prenatal stage for 

Education, health & technology. 

PSY 205 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY II 2 units 

Development in early, middle and late childhood; physical development, language in neonatal 

and infancy stages focusing on physical development of language & communication 

development, cognition and perception development, Learning and learning disability, 

Personality and social development, Implication of development for Educational policy, health 

policy and technological development. 

283

PSY 206 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Concepts and scope, research methods, animal society, process of social influences, conformity, 

cognitive dissonance, theories and measurement, communication and persuasion, language and 

society. Foundations of ethnicity and ethnic groups. Manifestations of ethnic behaviour. 

Fostering ethnic harmony. 

PSY 207 LEARNING PROCESSES 2 units 

Learning and concept formation, the Process of Classical conditioning, the process of operant 

conditioning, schedule of reinforcement, the concept of punishment, the theory of cognitive 

mapping; Insight learning, Latent learning, observational learning, modelling, imitation, 

attention, vigilance, ordering, equivalence, memory, remembering, forgetting, mnemonic 

devices. 

PSY 208 PSYCHOBIOLOGY 2 units 

Introduction: What is psychobiology? Importance of Biology in the understanding of Behaviour, 

The nature/nurture controversy. Behaviour Genetics, Principles of Ethnology/ Comparative 

Psychology, Primate Societies and social organisation, Animal Communication (bees, bats etc). 

PSY 209 INTRODUCTION TO PERSONALITY 3 units 

Definitions, concepts, the various theories of personality, psychodynamic, psychosocial 

behavioural; humanistic, gestalt psychometric or trait theories. 

PSY 300 PRACTICAL PSYCHOLOGY III 3 units 

The nature of experimentation, methods of inquiry in psychology, observation method; 

Experimental method; key concepts in experimentation; other research methods; ethical 

consideration in human research; formal reporting of psychological investigation and scientific 

reports in psychology; experiments in physiological psychology; information processing in the 

human organism; mapping the blind spot; reaction time experiment. 

PSY 301 RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS 3 units 

Factorial design with more than two levels in the factors, factorial experiments with a 

randomised block design, factorial experiments with a Latin square design, factorial designs with 

repeated measure mixed designs; Non parametric analysis of variance, Kruskar Wallis Test (one 

way analysis of variance); Friedman Analysis (two way analysis of variance). Jonckneere Trend 

284

Test. Types of experimental design: T-test randomised blocked design, matched-subject design, 

repeated measure design: Latin square, factorial design, and independent-group design. 

PSY 302 PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT 3 units 

Concept and scope of personality assessment; History of personality assessment; objectives of 

personality assessment; principles and methods of personality assessment; problems of 

personality assessments. Objective personality tests and detailed description of some; such as 

MMPI; CPI California Personality Inventory. Basic factors in selecting personality assessment 

instruments for use a) validity b) reliability. Projective personality assessment tests: Projective 

tests and their use; and detailed descriptions of some, such as: Rorschach Ink-Blot Test, 

Holtzman Ink-Bolt Test, and Thematic Apperception Test 

PSY 303 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY I 3 units 

Fundamentals of psychology; concepts of clinical psychology, History of psychopathology; 

models of psychopathology; theories of psychopathology; classes of psychopathology; 

classifying abnormal behaviour; anxiety disorders; Adjustment disorders; impulse control 

disorders; personality disorders psychosis, developmental disorders, substance abuse, 

characteristics treatment and prevention. Schizophrenia; manic depressive psychosis; sexual 

disorders; eating disorders; suicide; mental retardation; gender identity disorders; Emotional and 

Behavioural disorders of childhood and adolescence. 

PSY 304 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Industrial psychology from African perspective; principles, practices and problems; the nature of 

work and organisations in Africa, major deterrent factors, psychological research in African 

organisations. Techniques, tools and problems, personnel testing in organisation, the criteria, 

performance appraisal, typical, industrial criteria, Training in industrial organisations, problems 

of personnel training in Africa; managerial psychology in Africa; leadership and supervision in 

African organisations, motivation, morale; job satisfaction and incentives, organisational 

psychology in Africa, working conditions in African organisations, Engineering psychology, 

consumer psychology in Africa, Applied psychology in Africa: Priority areas. 

PSY 305 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING AND TEST CONSTRUCTION 3 units 

History; nature and functions of measurement in psychology, basic statistics in psychological 

testing, test typology and classification; types; application of test and measurement; 

285

standardization, reliability and validity. Origins of Psychological testing, history, nature and 

status, Methods and steps of psychological test construction, psychological test validation, 

Reliability, Standardization; Uses and types of psychological tests; procedures and guides of 

questionnaire construction; the act of interviewing; social and ethical considerations in 

psychological test construction; constraints and limitations to psychological test development in 

Nigeria; limitation of existing indigenous in Nigeria. Alternative versus free response, test 

construction for speed versus typical performance, paper and pencil versus performance test, 

structural versus projective test, predictor test, assessment test versus prediction, vocational 

aptitude test, test anxiety scale, intelligent test. 

PSY 306 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY III 3 units 

Development in Adolescence, Early, Middle, late Adulthood. Physical and Mental Development 

in Adolescence; Personality and social development in Adolescence, Moral development in 

Adolescence, Personality and social development in early adulthood, family, marriage and 

parenthood, Career development, Aging during the middle and late adult years; Menopause, 

physical and psychological characteristics, health problems, adult sexuality, theories of middle 

age crises. Senescence, retirement, bereavement and death. Implications of development in these 

stages for National education policy, health policy and technological policy. 

PSY 307 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY II 3 units 

States of consciousness (wakeful and sleep), Sleep Disorders; Language and communication, 

Language Disorders; instinct and motivation Hunger, thirst, homeostasis and sex; Auditory 

system; Visual system. 

PSY 308 PSYCHOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE 3 units 

Definition and concept of substance abuse, History of substance abuse; theories of substance 

abuse; classes and effects of substance; identification of substance abusers, Treatment of 

substance abuse; Rehabilitation of substance abusers, Prevention of substance abuse; outcome 

and evaluation of substance abuse programmes. 

PSY 309 HUMAN SEXUALITY 3 units 

Human sexuality definition, components of sexuality, sexuality education, advantages of 

sexuality education and characteristics of sexually healthy person, sexual scripts and key 

concepts. Anatomy and physiology of human reproductive system. Sex roles and sex typing, 

286

theories of sex role development and gender differences, Human sexuality and the media, law, 

culture, religion and society. 

PSY 310 PSYCHOLOGY OF GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING I 3 units 

Definitions; Psychoanalytic theory, behaviourism, client-centred theory; Gestalt; Existential 

theory Rational Emotive theory; Transactional Analysis. 

PSY 311 PSYCHOLOGY OF GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING II 3 units 

Types of counselling; modes of counselling; methods of obtaining information in counselling; 

intervention techniques; practicum. 

PSY 312 PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 3 units 

Personnel management in perspective; psychological aspects of personnel management; 

Personnel selection; types of personnel selection techniques of Job Creation and job analysis; 

psychological tests and testing; Recruitment, selection and placement; Training and 

Development; Performance appraisal; Motivation; satisfaction and morale; Motivation through 

salaries and wage incentives; Leadership and supervision; managing employee at work; 

communication and change management of industrial conflicts and crisis; collective bargaining. 

PSY 313 POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

The application of contemporary psychology theories, concepts and methods in the study of 

political behaviour. The context and structure of political beliefs and attitudes, the processing of 

political information and other factors that influence judgements and decision making, 

introduction to Personality of politicians, power and politics, psycho-biographies of outstanding 

politicians behind the throne, psychology of non-elected politicians, misperceptions among 

foreign policy advisers, group processes and decision making. Election and Electoral practices 

and the agencies. 

PSY 400 RESEARCH PROJECTS 3 units 

PSY 401 RESEARCH PROJECTS 3 units 

PSY 402 COGNITIVE PROCESSES 3 units 

287

Psychology and Language; The structure of language Proposition, surface and underlying 

structures, combining propositions, condensing propositions, the function of language speech act 

theory, Propositional content, Thematic structure. Genetic Epistemology; Development 

epistemology methods, number and space, time and velocity, object permanence, identity and 

conservation, Comparative Research in Cognitive Processes. 

Literacy and Cognition; Thought and oral speech, thought and written speech, cultural, 

educational processes and the elaboration of human consciousness and thought. The concept of 

the schema; Henry Head’s notion of the schema, Ulric Neisser’s notion of the schema, Frederick 

Bartlett’s notion of the schema, Jerome Bruner’s notion of the schema, Jean Piaget’s notion of 

the schema. 

PSY 403 ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

This course is designed to enable students to understand the various aspects of human behaviour 

and human problems in industries and organisations. The course shows the field of organisations 

in Nigeria; Motivation in industries and organisations; Job satisfaction and morale; leadership 

and supervision; leadership in Africa; managerial psychology in organisations; Training and 

Development; Groups, Interpersonal and Inter-group relationship in organisations Group 

Psychology and work productivity; Decision making, problem solving and communication; 

Grievance Handling and Conflict Resolution; Organisation Design, Work Design and Job 

design; Management of change, conflicts and crisis; organisational effectiveness and 

development. 

PSY 404 PRATICUM PSYCHOTHERAPY I 3 units 

Definition and scope of psychotherapy; Basic principles of psychotherapy, Goals of 

psychotherapy, common unifying factors in the psychotherapies. Some models of 

psychotherapy, the psychoanalytic model, the humanistic/Existential model the Gestalt model; 

Group therapy. Historical perspective of clinical psychology; concepts and scope of clinical 

assessment; objectives of clinical assessment; Requirements of effective clinical assessment; 

stages of clinical assessment; clinical observation; clinical interview; psychological testing; 

psycho-physiological assessment; writing a psychological report; Ethical issues in clinical 

assessment; sources of psychological tests. 

288

PSY 405 PRACTICUM PSYCHOTHERAPY II 2 units 

Definition of behaviour therapy/modification, History of Behaviour Therapy/modification; 

General principles underlying behaviour therapy/modification; Behaviour therapy/modification 

techniques, Rational emotive therapy, Assertion training, contingency management, systematic 

de-sensitization, flooding and implosive therapy, Biofeedback technique, modelling Aversion 

therapy. 

PSY 406 CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Introduction to the nature of consumer behaviour; individual psychological factors; motivation 

and personality theories; social factors; cultural factors, economic factors, political factors and 

changes in their environment. 

PSY 407 PSYCHOLOGY OF SOCIAL CHANGE 3 units 

Basic concepts in change, introduction, designing social problems; social change and the 

medical sector; strategies for change; actors in the change process; ethics in social change. 

PSY 408 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Concepts, scope, history, research and assessment in health psychology, Health and illness 

behaviour, prevention, promotion and special issues in health psychology. 

PSY 409 CURRENT ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 units 

Issues that are particular to Nigeria and issues that concern psychology in general. The current 

issues cult, crime, AIDS, drug abuse, societal conflict and its impact, youth delinquency, breast 

feeding in infants, administration, education, child abuse and neglect, broken marriages, life 

expectancy, environmental pollution and its impact on people and unemployment. 

PSY 410 PSYCHOLOGY OF VOCATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 3 units 

Definition of work related concepts; Psychological aspects of work; Factors that affect 

vocational behaviour; Theories of occupational choice; Holland’s personality theory; Trait and 

factor; Super’s developmental theory; Ginzberg’s process theory; Chance theory; Sociological 

theories; Need theories. 

289

PSY 411 PSYCHOLOGY OF UNION MANAGEMENT 3 units 

Nature of labour-management relations in organization; Psychological aspects of labour- 

management relations; climate and labour management relations; Nature of conflicts in 

industrial organization; Industrial conflicts management, causes and development of labour 

unions; Nature of collective bargaining, Psychological aspects of collective bargaining. Role of 

communication with the unions; conducting union management meetings; Achieving effective 

decision making and problem solving with the unions; Quality for work life and positive union- 

management relations; Labour main programme for positive union management relations. 

PSY 412 SOCIAL PERCEPTION 3 units 

SOCIOLOGY 

DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES IN SOCIOLOGY 

To be eligible for the award of the B.Sc Sociology degree, a student must obtain a minimum of 

116 credit units in a three-year programme or 154 credit units in a four-year degree programme, 

inclusive of the University course requirements and the department’s compulsory courses. The 

courses that are available at various levels of the B.Sc degree programme are as follows: 

100 Level 





SOC 112 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

SOC 113 Introduction to Nigerian Societies and Cultures 3 


PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology 3 

CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science 3 

Elective One elective from any other Department within 

The Faculty in Consultation with the Course Adviser 3 

TOTAL 20 

290




SOC 121 Introduction to African Societies & Culture 3 


SOC 123 Elements of Scientific Thought 3 


GST 104 History and Philosophy of Science 2 


Elective One elective from any other Department within the 

Faculty in consultation with the Course Adviser 3 

TOTAL 18 

200 LEVEL 


COMPULSORY COURSES 

TOTAL (minimum) units for the year 38 


SOC 211 History of Social Thought I 3 

SOC 213 Social Change I 3 

PSY 206 Introduction to Social Psychology 3 


FSS 201 Introduction to Statistics for Social Sciences 2 

Elective Any two electives (one from the department) 4 


Electives available in the department: 

SOC 214 Sociology of Knowledge & Technology 2 

SOC 215 Sociology of Education 2 

SOC 216 Sociology of Mass Communication 2 




SOC 221 History of Social Thought II 3 

FSS 211 Statistics for Social Sciences II 2 

SOC 222 Social Change II 3 

SOC 223 Language and Culture in Society 3 

SOC 224 Structure of the Nigerian Society 3 


Elective One elective from the department 2 

TOTAL 18 


291

SOC 225 Sociology of the Family 2 

SOC 228 Women in Society 2 

TOTAL (minimum) units of the year 35 

300 LEVEL 




SOC 311 Method of Social Research I 3 

SOC 312 Social Inequality 3 

SOC 313 Sociology of Crime and Delinquency I 3 

SOC 314 Inter-Group Relations 3 

PSY 313 Political Psychology 3 

Elective Any two electives (one from the department) 4 

TOTAL 19 


SOC 315 History Development of Social Work & Social Services 2 

SOC 316 Sociology of Law 2 

SOC 317 Sociology of Ageing 2 

SOC 318 Sociology of Urban Life 2 



CODE TITLE UNITS PREREQUISITE 

SOC 321 Method of Social Research II 3 SOC 311 

SOC 322 Sociology of Crime and Delinquency II 3 

SOC 323 Political Sociology 3 

SOC 324 Rural Sociology 3 

SOC 325 Formal Organisation 3 


Elective Any one elective from the department 2 

TOTAL 19 


SOC 326 Social Stratification, Social Structure and Social Change 2 

SOC 327 Sociology of Health & Illness Relation 2 

SOC 328 Sociology of Religion 2 

SOC 329 The Structure, Function & Principles of Social Services 2 SOC 315 


400 Level 



SOC 411 Contemporary Sociological Theories 3 SOC 211, 221 

SOC 412 Demography 3 

292

SOC 413 Sociology of Third World Development 3 

SOC 414 Urbanisation and Labour Migration I 3 

SOC 416 Regional Ethnography: Sub-Saharan Africa I 3 

SOC 417 Industrial Sociology 3 

Elective Any one elective from the following 

SOC 418 Sociology of Medicine I 2 SOC 327 

SOC 419 Child Development 2 

SOC 420 Models in Sociological Analysis 2 

SOC 421 Sociology of Deviant Behaviour 2 

SOC 422 Religion as Social Universal 2 

SOC 423 Culture and Communication 2 

SOC 424 Foundations of Social Planning & Policy 2 

SOC 425 Principle & Method of Social Work I 2 SOC 315, 

329 

SOC 426 Marriage and Family Planning 2 

TOTAL 20 




SOC 431 Contemporary Sociological Theories I 3 SOC 411 

SOC 432 Regional Ethnography: Sub-Saharan Africa II 3 

SOC 433 Urbanisation and Labour Migration II 3 

SOC 434 Research Project 6 

SOC 435 Sociology of Third World Development II 3 

Elective Any one elective from the following 

SOC 436 Personality and Motivation 2 

SOC 437 Sociology of Decolonisation 2 

SOC 438 Religion and other Social Institutions 2 

SOC 439 Sociology of Policy and Planning 2 

SOC 440 Principles & Methods of Social Work II 2 SOC 315, 329, 425 

SOC 441 Population Policies and Programme 2 

TOTAL 20 


The minimum Credit units required by the Department for graduation is as follows: 

YEAR I II III IV TOTAL 

38 35 38 40 151 

293


SOC 111 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 4 units 

The course is intended to expose new Sociology students to the elementary concepts, tools and 

techniques of Sociological Analysis. The course is divided into five parts viz: 

i) Part A: Elements of Sociological Analysis 

ii) Part B: Social Organisation/ Group Behaviour 

iii) Part C: Elements of Sociological Investigation 

iv) Part D: Analysis of Major Sociological Problems; and 

v) Part E: Issues of Sociological Interest. 

SOC 112 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 3 units 

This is a general anthropology course. The aim is to equip the beginning student with sufficient 

basic knowledge of the concepts, language and methods of study of the discipline to prepare a 

sound foundation for understanding more specific or higher level ethnography courses. Students 

will also be exposed to the debate concerning the positive or negative role of the anthropologists 

in the service of colonialism in Africa. The main focus of this course will be Social 

Anthropology/Cultural Anthropology, with particular reference to Sub-Saharan Africa. 

SOC 113 INTRODUCTION TO NIGERIAN SOCIETIES AND CULTURES 3 units 

Survey of the main societies in Nigeria and their associated cultures, with special attention to 

their geographical distribution, linguistic classification, and traditional religion and adjudication. 

SOC 121 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN SOCIETIES AND CULTURES 4 units 

The course focuses on the people and cultures of Africa. Socio-cultural and ecological settings 

of Africa’s peoples are examined. It looks at the variety of cultural practices of the different 

cultural areas with a view to showing their similarities and differences. It examines critically the 

notion of the “culture area” initially put forward by Herskovits in order to re-examine how fare 

the mechanistic theory of environment can explain occupational differences and similarities. The 

course ends on note of Development, using both the stimulating theory of Walter Rodney 

concerning the ways in which Europe under-developed Africa and its corollary of how Africans 

have since independence continued to under-develop Africa. 

294

SOC 122 NIGERIAN HERITAGE 3 units 

The course is designed to examine the response of the Nigerian culture to change. At the end of 

the course, the student should have a full grasp of the concepts of social heritage, social change 

and culture and be able to distinguish between material and non-material culture. It is believed 

that all aspects of culture do not respond uniformly to the process of change. The concept of 

socialization as being responsible for the most enduring aspect of culture will be pursued. An 

idea that should engage students’ attention relate to the issue of which aspect of our heritage can 

be commercialized and which aspect should be combined with the borrowed culture to produce 

that which can contribute more meaningfully to national development. 

SOC 123 ELEMENTS OF SCIENTIFIC THOUGHT 3 units 

The course id designed to introduce neophyte students to the rudiments of science: pure/natural 

and applied social sciences. It examines the interface between and among these sciences. It 

considers the definition of science rigorously and examines their historical, sociological and 

contemporary perspectives. Modes of knowledge acquisition i.e. authoritarian, rationalistic, e.t.c 

are perused. Assumptions, values, morality and objectivity of science are also highlighted. The 

course considers the debate of magic, religion and science. Besides, nature, types and salience of 

concepts in social sciences are discussed. Various scientific methods, designs and their 

disciplinary applications are germane in the course. Seven broad branches/disciplines under the 

rubric of social sciences i.e. anthropology, economics, geography, mass communication, 

political science, psychology and sociology are examined. 

SOC 211 HISTORY OF SOCIAL THOUGHT I 3 units 

The course introduces students to the beginning of social ideas and contributions of early social 

thinkers’ right from Greek philosophers Socrates, Plato and Aristotle through to Middle Age 

philosophers and the rise and development of modern social thought. It lays emphasis on the 

historical development of the influence and contributions of these social thinkers, including the 

intellectual environment in which they lived, on the emergence of modern science in the middle 

19 th century. 

SOC 212 SOCIAL STATISTICS I 3 units 

Role of statistics in social science inquiry. Nature of measurement. Presentation of data. Central 

values. Measures of deviation, correlation, nature of sampling. Probabilities and normal 

distribution: inference, hypothesis testing. Test of significance. 

295

SOC 213 SOCIAL CHANGE I 3 units 

The course seeks to expose students to the major theoretical perspectives on social change, that 

is; its causes, cause and consequence with an emphasis on their relevance to the Nigerian 

situation. 

SOC 216 SOCIOLOGY OF MASS COMMUNICATION 2 units 

An introduction to the study of human communication including the understanding of the nature, 

functions and concepts of the Mass Media and their institutions. 

SOC 221 HISTORY OF SOCIAL THOUGHT II 3 units 

Students are introduced to the main contributors of social thought since the emergence of 

modern sociology. This includes western, oriental, Islamic as well as contemporary African 

social ideas about modern society. 

SOC 222 SOCIAL CHANGE II 3 units 

This course builds on the sociological analysis of fundamental alterations in the structure and 

functioning of society earlier on treated in the first semester. It introduces students to the 

mechanisms and processes of social change in Africa as well as the social problems 

accompanying such changes. 

SOC 223 LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN SOCIETY 3 units 

Language is without any doubt the most momentous and the most mysterious product of the 

human mind. In language, we have the free accomplished use of symbolism and the record of 

articulate conceptual thinking. Without language, there seems to be nothing like explicit thought 

whatever. All known cultures from the past, as well as existing ones now, can be arranged along 

a line representing degree of difference between the most simple and the most complex and in 

terms of technology, the knowledge base, social structure and material artefacts. This course 

therefore, takes an analytic look into the relationship between LANGUAGE and CULTURE 

with a view to bringing out into the open the adequacies and inadequacies of language as a 

medium of communication. 

SOC 224 STRUCTURE OF THE NIGERIAN SOCIETY 3 units 

This course defines the structure of the Nigerian society from physico-geographic, social, 

culture, economic, religious and political dimensions; both traditional and contemporary as well 

296

as the ethnic and language distribution of the Nigerian people. The course takes students through 

a tour of Nigeria in the classroom. 

SOC 225 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY 2 units 

The course is designed to introduce the undergraduate student to the concept and phenomenon of 

marriage and family as they have evolved and been perceived and analysed by sociologists, 

through the historical, comparative and analytical perspectives. The student will be exposed to 

the classical as well as contemporary theories on the origin, structure and dynamics of the 

Family as a Universal Social Institution. Current empirical data will be applied to evaluate the 

relevance of the Old and New theories. 

SOC 226 STATISTICS OF REGRESSION AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 3units 

This will study measures of Dispersion – Central moments – skewness and kurtosis. Some 

distributions- binomials, normal, Poisson correlation coefficients; linear estimation and time 

series. 

SOC 228 WOMEN IN SOCIETY 2 units 

This course is designed to introduce students to the concept of gender among other key concepts. 

It will also give an overview of the value and meaning given to the activities of women in 

different spheres of society, particularly the devaluation of women’s work at the level of 

production and reproduction. At the end of the course, students should have an understanding of 

the extent to which perception of gender roles is incorporated into our worldviews and how these 

shape social relationships. How these processes, particularly purely biological facts are given 

cultural meanings and values could be focused upon. Students would be sensitised on how to 

empower women for overall national development. 

SOC 311 METHODS OF SOCIAL RESEARCH I 3 units 

The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic elements of Social Research 

Methods. The course provides knowledge of the conceptual tools and processes of practical 

research which students will be required to demonstrate in the Final Year Research Project. 

At the end of the course, students should have a good knowledge and understanding of the 

foundations of social research and be able to select and formulate good research topics 

This course is a Prerequisite for SOC 321: Research Design and Analysis. 

297

SOC 312 SOCIAL INEQUALITY AND SOCIAL STRATIFICATION 3 units 

This course introduces students to the key concepts, scope and definition of social inequality and 

social stratification. It includes an understanding of the factors of social inequality and the 

various dimensions of social stratification as well as the theories that explain them and their 

major exponents. 

SOC 313 SOCIOLOGY OF CRIME AND DELINQUENCY I 3 units 

The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic elements in the study of Crime 

and Delinquency. The course entails a critical analysis of the basic terms, and discusses the 

relevance of the study of crime and delinquency to contemporary Nigerian society. The course 

also discusses the various theories of Crime and Delinquency and their relevance to the 

understanding of the incidence of these phenomenon in contemporary Nigerian society and 

issues about the measurement of crime. At the end of the course, students should have a good 

understanding of the problems of definition and measurement of crime and delinquency, and 

have a good grasp of theoretical explanations of the incidence of various types of crime in the 

society. 

SOC315 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL POLICY & SOCIAL SERVICE 

298 

2 units 

The course introduces students to the basic rationale for social work and social welfare as 

problem solving process. It examines the historical development and cultural foundations of 

social work. Students are also introduced to concepts and contents defining social work and 

welfare as a field of study. Students are also expected to develop a frame of reference for 

understanding the growth of social policy, social work and social services and their relationship 

to each other in our cultural context. 

SOC 316 SOCIOLOGY OF LAW 2 units 

Central to the Sociology of Law is the view that law, as a social phenomenon is an appropriate 

subject for sociological investigation, interpretation and explanation. The understanding of the 

nature of law, its relations to other social control mechanisms, its sources, determinants and 

functions and complex relationships between the social structure and the legal system of a 

society are some of the concerns of sociology of law. Broadly defined therefore, Sociology of 

Law is the application of sociological theories, insights and methods to the problems of law in 

relation to society.

SOC 317 SOCIOLOGY OF AGEING/AGING 2 units 

The focus of this course is on ageing as a social phenomenon that is, on the way age is built into 

the social structure and on dynamic processes related to age. We draw attention to the importance 

of the issue of ageing for the 21 st century, which will see more and more old people because the 

present population will live longer than its predecessor. 

Age as usually perceived, is a social construct i.e. something we talk about, define and redefine 

on the basis of social categories, and not purely chronological or biological ones. Although 

ageing occurs throughout the life course, we shall be more concerned with the old in the society; 

however old age may be variously defined. 

Students are expected to attain the following course objectives: 

I. To develop an understanding of the process and product of ageing from a sociological 

perspective. 

II. To appreciate the sociological theories utilized to explain social phenomenon related to 

the ageing process and the old. 

III. To develop and awareness and appreciation of the social significance of ageing in a 

variety of cultural contexts. 

IV. To appreciate the current situation of the old in the Nigerian society. 

SOC 318 SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE 2 units 

Throughout the course of history, the city has reflected some of the major tensions of human 

existence. Tradition versus change, community versus self, ethnic homogeneity versus cultural 

diversity; economic self-interest versus human compassion; and promises of wealth versus 

realities of abject poverty. This course explores these issues and seeks to understand how city 

people organise their relationship to other people, to urban geographic spaces, as well as what 

they feel about these matters. Aspects of the Nigerian urban experience and especially of the city 

of Lagos will be central to class discussions. 

SOC 321 RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS 3 units 

Prerequisite – SOC 311 

This course builds on the foundation in social research laid by SOC 311: Methods of Social 

Research I. The course is aimed at equipping students with the necessary knowledge and skill for 

successful execution of social research. The course covers various designs and modes of analysis 

299

for research. At the end of the course, students should be able to design researches, collect useful 

information and analyse same successfully with minimum supervision. 

SOC 322 SOCIOLOGY OF CRIME AND DELIQUENCY II 3 units 

This course builds on the foundation laid in SOC 313 Sociology of Crime and Delinquency I, in 

the first semester. This course is aimed at enabling the students understand the pattern and extent 

of crime in contemporary Nigeria, as well as the measures for the control of crime and 

delinquency. 

SOC 323 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3 units 

Political Sociology is that branch of Sociology that is concerned with the social causes and 

consequences of given power distributions within and between societies, and with the social and 

political conflicts that lead to changes in the allocation of power. It is also a subject area that 

seeks to examine the links between politics and society, between social structures and political 

structures and between social behaviour and political behaviour. 

SOC 325 FORMAL ORGANISATIONS 3 units 

The course begins with a discussion of the scope, significance of the study of formal 

organisations and a pertinent survey of both classical and contemporary thoughts. This is 

followed by an examination of structural properties and the attendant ramifications, both within 

and across organisations. 

SOC326 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION, SOCIAL STRUCTURES & SOCIAL CHANGES 

2units 

The course will expand student knowledge on Comparative stratification processes and systems 

– concrete discussions and comparisons of approaches examined in First Semester. Social 

Stratification in Africa and Nigeria: - Examination of the process using African and Nigerian 

examples. 

SOC 327 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND ILLNESS RELATIONS 2 units 

This course introduces the key concepts and modes of explanation within the discipline. It 

attempts an examination of the social organisation of health care delivery systems across social 

structures emphasizing the relationship of these with the cultural and social aspects of illness, 

disorders as well as social relations inherent in health care institutions. The course lays the 

300

foundation for the course SOC 418 – Sociology of Medicine. The importance of epidemiology 

and the cultural ecology of both illness and medical care are stressed. The centrality of ‘sick role’ 

is also considered. The course sheds light on social aspects of diseases without ignoring the 

biological dimensions. 

SOC 328 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 2 units 

This course will take the student through the following areas in the socio-religious studies viz: - 

Theories of Marx and Weber on religion as dependent social variable. Religion vis-a-vis 

morality in social and cultural policy. Religion and social research. Religion and psychology: 

personal and social relations in health ministry; Religion and social differentiation, stratification. 

Form of religious development and structures, institutionalization of deed, code, cult, 

communion; priestly prophetically, church sect, Episcopal. 

SOC 329 THE STRUCTURE, FUNCTION & PRINCIPLES OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES 

2units 

Prerequisite: SOC 315 

This course considers the institutionalised provision of health, education, social security; housing 

and family welfare services systems in Nigeria. It also introduces casework, group work, 

community work and social administration as the major components of social services system. 

The course deals with configuration of selected institutional social services like psychiatric 

hospitals, orphanages, adoption homes, child guidance clinics and child care trust scheme. 

SOC 411 CLASSICAL FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES 3 units 

Prerequisite: SOC 211 and SOC 221 

This course provides and introduction to the question of order in society, the nature and types of 

theories in general and scientific theories in particular. It examines the attempts made by 

classical school thinkers such as Hobbes, Locke, Adam Smith, Malthus, St. Simon, Auguste 

Comte, Herbert Spencer, Karl Marx etc to provide answers to the Hobbesian problem of order. 

Attempt is made in the course to indentify the contributions of these thinkers to such unit ideas 

of current sociology as society, community, cultures, authority, power, social stratification and 

social changes. 

301

SOC 412 DEMOGRAPHY 3 units 

The course is designed to introduce the students to the basic principles of demography. Some 

basic concepts such as size, composition, distribution, population change, fertility, mortality, 

nuptiality, divorce, migration etc are defined for clarity. However, basic measurements of 

fertility, mortality, migration, population growth and labour force are treated in greater detail. 

SOC 413 SOCIOLOGY OF THIRD WORLD DEVELOPMENT 3 units 

The objective of this course is to introduce the undergraduate students who are nearing the end 

of their programme to the core concepts, paradigms and models often employed in development 

analysis. The purpose is to sharpen their interest in the field so that they begin to appreciate the 

centrality of the issues to their age and the life of the country and the world at large. Several 

definitions are explored with a view to highlighting the peculiarities of the Sociological 

perspective. An attempt is also made to apply the tools and method s of sociological analysis to 

x-ray some global development issues as a way of demonstrating the richness, versatility as well 

as, the weakness of the sociological approach. 

SOC 414 URBANISATION AND LABOUR MIGRATION I 3 units 

This is a sessional course consisting of two composite units namely: SOC 414 in the First 

Semester and SOC 433 in the Second Semester. 

A large majority of rural communities are affected to some extent by processes of migration, and 

the urban settings that have been the subject of sociological enquiry are very often formed by 

large proportion of settings that have been the subject of sociological enquiry are very often 

cities formed by large proportion of migrant inhabitants. Generally, migration is treated as a one- 

way process usually rural-urban, since this is the most evident historical trend, and one which 

generates constant concern due to the demographic growth of cities, which especially in Africa, 

continually outstrips their potential for economic development. However, a closer analysis of 

migratory processes reveals that they are not exclusively one way. The crude statistics of rural- 

urban migration may disguise not only the frequency of return migration, but also the existence 

of persons and families who regularly alternate their residences between rural communities and 

towns. The regional focus of this course is Western and Southern Africa. The reading list is in 

the main, drawn from monographs and journal articles rather than a concentration on textbooks 

which are also included. 

302

SOC 416/SOC 432 REGIONAL ETHNOGRAPHY: SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA I & II 

3 units 

Why study African Social Systems, i.e. the rationale/relevance of the course to contemporary 

Sociological studies and analysis. An examination of sub-topics like the Geography and Climatic 

conditions, Races, History, Culture Areas, and Language etc of these peoples may help us to 

understand and explain the nature, dynamics and pattern of our socio-cultural environment for 

the purpose of effective and socially relevant change. Secondly, to refute and redirect some of 

the assumptions and positions that are biased and pejorative with regards to the previous way in 

which some of the most important elements of our history and culture have been explained. 

SOC 417 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 3 units 

Discussions of concepts, different approaches and controversies in the discipline and its 

relationship to other cognate areas of study and practice. 

Theories in Industrial Sociology: Discussion and examination of theoretical origins of major 

ideas, practices and modes of study, in the sociology of industry; development in terms of scale 

and types of productive units historical and comparative perspectives. 

The Internal Structure, Work Behaviour and Social Relationship in the Industrial Organisation 

The nature of the organisation – structure, principles, problems; authority, communications and 

decision making in the organisation, job satisfaction, leadership and supervision in the 

organisation. Industrial interest groups- interest groups, consensus and conflict and their 

resolution in the organisation. 

Field Studies: Examination of at least 2 case studies of problems of industry related to the above 

mentioned areas deriving from empirical studies in Nigeria and any other place. 

Industrialisation, Industry and Social Structure: Examination of the phenomenon of 

industrialisation in its historical and comparative perspectives and that of the relationship 

between industrialisation, industry and social institutions. 

SOC 418 SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE 2 units 


This course examines the development of the social organisation of health care delivery, the 

social and cultural relations and implications with particular reference to the Nigerian context. It 

303

compares the situation within other social systems. It considers the administrative, organisational 

and professional complexity of modern health care delivery system. It identifies and deals with 

problems that are faced with integrating the two parallel systems existing in Nigeria. It looks at 

the organisation, staffing, functions and problems of specific private and public hospitals in 

Nigeria. It examines certain areas of medical and nursing practice and considers some available 

empirical studies in the field. HIV/AIDS and other related issues are focused. 

SOC 424 FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL POLICY AND SOCIAL PLANNING 

2 units 

The course introduces students to the concepts, conditional factors and processes relevant to the 

formation and analysis of social development policies and service systems. Particular emphasis 

will be placed on examining these topics in the light of the Nigeria experience in specific and the 

developing world in general. 

SOC 425 PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK I 2 units 

Prerequisite: SOC 315, SOC 329 

The course is designed to consolidate the concepts already discussed in SOC 315, and illuminate 

on principles, values and methods of social work within and outside Nigeria. The course 

considers social work and its interface with other social science disciplines i.e. Psychology, 

Sociology, Anthropology, Mass communication, Economics, Political Science and a host of 

others. The course will attempt to delineate the frameworks and methods that underlie the 

practice of social work as a profession. The methods will be viewed as an integral whole, which 

serves the means to achieve social therapeutic ends. 

A theoretical discussion of the basis of social work practice will be examined including the 

demand and supply of social welfare assistance in our societies. Some emotional disorders will 

be perused. The roles and appropriate application of casework, group work and community 

organisation principles in Nigeria will be considered. 

SOC 426 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY PLANNING 2 units 

This course reviews the necessity for marriage, strategies, bride wealth, learning how to live 

together in terms of mutual role expectations of couples. It attempts an evaluation and prediction 

of marital success and cross-cultural influence on marriage. It examines family planning as a 

practice for marital harmony and marriage stability. 

304

SOC 431 CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES 3 units 


This course examines the ideas of the founding fathers of modern Sociological thought such as 

Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Vilfredo Pareto, George Simmel, Talcott Parsons, etc and their 

influence on sociological schools of thought such as functionalism, social action, social 

behaviourism, and symbolic interactionism. Cognisance is taken of the ideological components 

of these various paradigms and also of their application to research in current sociology and 

social psychology. 

SOC 433 URBANISATION AND LABOUR MIGRATION II 3 units 

This is a continuation of SOC 414 offered in the first semester. We will, especially in the second 

semester approach migration from the urban perspective, studying how migrants are 

incorporated into the urban environment, how migrant communities respond and change as a 

result of urban life, and how the squatter settlements they form in turn change the nature and 

characteristics of the city itself. 

The reading list is in the main, drawn from monographs and journal articles rather than a 

concentration on textbooks, which are also included. 

SOC 434 RESEARCH ESSAY 6 units 

Developing student’s skills in analysis and writing reports based on an empirical or library study 

of a specific subject matter or topic in relevant social science disciplines. Students would present 

a research-based report of not less than 8,000 words at the end of the fourth year. 

The report should be typed on one side of A4 sized paper. Two hard cover bound copies of the 

project report should be submitted to the department. The candidate’s name and the title of the 

project should be written both on the cover as well as on the spine of the bound copies. 

For the B.Sc (Sociology) degree programme, the project report should be bound in black cover. 

SOC 435 SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT 3 units 

The course covers various topics including: 

1. Pre-colonial and Colonial Era and the Question of Underdevelopment. 

2. The Post Colonial Era: The Immediate Post- Colonial Social and Political Structures; and 

3. Contemporary Issues in Nigeria Development Seminars. 

305

SOC 439 SOCIOLOGY OF POLICY MAKING AND PLANNING 2 units 

Historical Comparative and Practical Perspectives using the tools provided by SOC 329. This 

course focuses on the history nature and pattern of planning and policy-making process in 

Nigeria. It situates where action in the context of the social structures and political economy and 

offers comparative perspectives. 

It takes issues and eases in Planning and policy making and applies some of the techniques of 

policy making and planning to convey the nature of the problems, the institutional and 

professional requirements, the relationship with the social system and the nature of problems. 

SOC 440 PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK II 2 units 

Prerequisite: SOC 315, 329, 425 

A general orientation and drill in the specific methods of social work practice is expected. The 

various methods and appropriate models in Social Case Work, Community Work, Social Policy 

and Administration including Social Research are elucidated. 

The fields of Social Work Practice: Poverty and Relief, Health including Mental dimension, 

Family Welfare, Youth Service, Correctional Institutions, Gerontological Services, schools and 

industries are examined. 

SOC 441 POPULATION POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES 2 units 

Population Policies Concepts and Types: Population trend and policies in Europe in the 19 th and 

20 th centuries; the birth control movement; the genesis of the state intervention; pre-natal and 

antenatal policies; family allowances in France and Belgium. Current trends and policies in the 

Third World: The UN world population conference (1974/1984/1994) and the world population 

plan of action; and family planning programme and the effectiveness in less developed societies. 

Section B: Philosophy 

The graduates of the Accounting Programme should be well grounded in analytical techniques 

and the use of information and communication technology that will enable them to successfully 

pursue postgraduate studies in specialized areas of Accounting. They should also be able to 

function effectively in both public and private sectors in all areas of accounting. 

306

Section C: Objectives 

The objectives of the Department’s programme, which derive from its philosophy, are to: 

i. Provide basic knowledge and skills needed for the understanding and analysis of 

problems related to the management of industrial, commercial, public and other 

human organizations: 

ii. Equip students with the skills required for identifying and defining problems and 

taking appropriate decisions, using scientific techniques and tools: 

iii. Inculcate in students the awareness of, and sensitivity to, environmental factors 

and conditions and their impact on accounting and managerial practices and 

decisions: and 

iv. Develop in students, leadership and interpersonal skills which are needed for 

working efficiently and effectively in organisations in order to achieve optimal 

use of scarce resources for maximum benefits. 

Section D: Rationale/Justification 

We are in a dynamic environment. The only thing that is constant is change itself. 

Curriculum designed at the inception of the Department in 1962 is due for review to reflect 

current developments. 

Our products should be marketable and acceptable in the industry. The need to equip our 

graduates with modern thinking and research cannot be over-emphasized apart from making 

them competitive globally. 

Section E: Admission Requirements 

Students are normally admitted to either the 100-Level course or the 200-Level, depending upon 

entry qualifications 

100-level Students 

5 credits at a sitting from WASC or NECO. These credits must include Maths, English and 

Economics. Students must have passed meritoriously in the JAMB and post-UME Exams. 

200-level Students 

5 credits at a sitting from WASC or NECO plus at least three Advanced Level papers at credit 

levels minimum, or its equivalent. 

307

Section F: Course Content 

SUMMARY OF B.Sc. (Hons.) COURSES 

B. Sc Accounting 

100 Level (First Semester) 


GST 105 The Use of English I 2 C 

FBA 110 Algebra For Business Students 3 C 

ECN 111 Principles of Microeconomics 3 R 

CMP 103 Introduction to Computer 2 R 

ACC 110 Introduction to Accounting 3 C 

(Second Semester) 

Plus minimum of 4 Units from the following 

POL 102 Nigerian Constitutional Development 2 E 

HIS 103 History of West Africa 3 E 

PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology 3 E 

SOC 111 Introduction to Sociology 4 E 

FRE 187 French I 2 E 

TOTAL 17/18/19/20 

Course 

Code 


FBA 120 Calculus for Business Students 3 C 

ECN 121 Principles of Macro Economics 3 C 

IRP 120 Human Resource Management 3 C 

BUS 120 Principles of Management 3 C 

Plus minimum of 6 Units from the following 

Optional Courses 

GST 214 Basic Computer Studies E 2 

FRE 188 French II E 3 

PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology II E 3 

POL 113 Introduction to African Politics E 3 


308 

100 

Level


Course 

Code 

200 Level (Second Semester) 



ACC 210 Principles of Financial Accounting 3 C 

CIL 308 Business Law 3 C 

GST 201 General African Studies 2 C 

INS 210 Introduction to Insurance 3 C 

ECN 211 Micro Economics II 4 C 

FIN 210 Introduction to Finance 3 

BUS 211 Introduction to Management 3 

IRP 210 Foundations of Industrial Relations 3 

Course 

Code 


GST 202 General African Studies II 2 C 

ACC 220 Elements of Cost Accounting 3 C 

FBA 220 Introduction to Business Statistics 3 C 

BUS 221 Introduction to Management Theory and Practice 3 C 

FBA 223 Business Communication 3 C 

ECN 221 Macro Economics 4 

FIN 220 Introduction to Money and Banking 3 

IRP 220 Foundations of Personnel Management 3 


FIN 310 Business Finance I 3 C 

CIL 306 Company Law 3 C 

FBA 310 Business Statistical Methods 3 C 

FBA 311 Business Information Technology 3 C 

ACC 310 Cost Accounting 3 C 

309

GST 307 Entrepreneurship and Corporate Governance I 2 

ACC 311 Financial Accounting 3 

ACC 312 Taxation I 3 



BUS 320 Personnel Management (Human Resource 

Management) 


310 

3 C 

ACC 320 Management Accounting I 3 C 

FIN 320 Business Finance II 3 C 

ACC 321 Accounting Theory 3 C 

ACC 322 Principles of Auditing 3 E 

ACC 323 Research Methodology in Accounting 3 

GST 308 Entrepreneurship & Corporate Governance II 2 


ACC 410 Management Accounting II 3 C 

ACC 413 Research Project 3 C 

BUS 410 Business Policy and Strategic Management 3 C 

ACC 411 Advanced Financial Accounting I 3 C 

ACC 412 Public Sector Accounting 3 C 

FBA 410 Quantitative Methods 3 

ACC 414 Introduction to International Accounting 3 

ACC 415 Introduction to Mines Accounting 3 

FIN 418 International Monetary Relations and Financial Systems 3



ACC 420 Auditing and Investigation 3 C 

BUS 420 International Business 3 C 

ACC 421 Management Information Systems and Computer Application 3 C 

FBA 420 Corporate Social Responsibility 3 C 

ACC 422 Taxation II 3 C 

ACC 423 Advanced Financial Accounting II 3 

ACC 424 Introduction to Petroleum Accounting 3 

ACC 425 Forensic Accounting 3 

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF EACH COURSE 

1. ACC 110: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING 

- Definition of Accounting 

- Double Entry Principles 

- Steps Involved in Book-keeping 

- Books of Original Entry & Posting to the Ledger 

- Cash Transaction & Bank Reconciliation 

- Trial Balance 

- Final Accounts of Sole Proprietor and Adjustment 

2. GST 105: THE USE OF ENGLISH 

The course is designed to enable students acquire improved study skills and better 

communicative skills in the use of English for general and academic purposes at the 

university level. The emphasis in GST 105 is on developing through lectures/discussions 

and weekly exercises students’ study skills, listening, reading and comprehension skills, 

improved knowledge of English grammar and usage: vocabulary development, etc. all of 

which are needed to provide a smooth transition from the secondary school to the 

university in terms of the language needs for academic purposes. 

311

3. FBA 110: ALGEBRA FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS 

The course is intended to provide solid foundation in algebra and introduce students to 

mathematics reasoning and substituting symbols for verbal statements. Topics to be 

covered include concepts and manipulation of sets, real and imaginary numbers, vector 

matrices and determinants. 

4. ECN 111: PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

Elementary presentation of microeconomic theory. Topics include the nature and scope 

of economics and the distinction between micro-and macro-economics; tools of 

economic analysis and scientific method; basic concepts in economics; the price theory; 

consumer behaviour; theory of supply especially analysis of production costs, 

equilibrium of the profit maximizing firm, and types of competition; factor market 

analysis and the theory of distribution; introduction to welfare economics. 

5 FSC 103: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Computer hardware: functional components, modern input/output units 

Computer software: operating system, application packages. 

Program Development: flowcharts and Algorithms 

Program objects. Basic programming language fundamentals. 

6. POL 102: NIGERIAN CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT 

The course is designed to examine and analyse trend of constitutional development from 

the colonial era to the present date. It focuses on the landmark of various constitutions 

from the colonial to the post colonial eras. It explains the environmental factors that 

influenced the constitutional development or changes at any given time. 

7. HIS 103: HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA 

This course discusses the challenges of state formation and the mobilization of resources 

for this goal in West Africa during the period under consideration. 

8. PSY 100: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 

Definitions: Basic concepts and History of Psychology. Psychological bases of 

behaviour; Social bases of behaviour; motivation and emotion; sensation and perception. 

312

9. SOC 111: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

The course is intended to expose new Sociology students to the elementary concepts, 

tools and techniques of Sociology Analysis. The course is divided into five parts. 

(i) Part A: Elements of sociology Analysis; 

(ii) Part B: Social Organization/Group Behaviour; 

(iii) Part C: Elements of Sociological/Problems; 

(iv) Part D: Analysis of Major Sociological Problems; and 

(v) Part E: Issues of Sociological Interest. 

10. FRE 187: FRENCH 1 

The course is to acquaint Science students with the basic knowledge of French language, 

with special reference to scientific concepts, ideas, expressions and words in French. To 

guarantee rewarding better letter learning for students, the course is divided into two 

parts, with the first part dealing with French language fundamentals such as the alphabet, 

sounds and essentials of French grammar, and the second part dealing with specifics in 

Science from the French language perspective. 

11. 100 LEVEL: SECOND SEMESTER COURSES 

FBA 120: CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS 

Limits and Differentiation, Integration and its applications, coordinate geometry, 

permutations and combination and prior probability. 

12. ECN 121: PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS 

Elementary treatment of macroeconomic theory which includes the following topics: the 

Circular flow of Income and system of National Income Accounting; basic Keynesian 

model and National Income determination; Consumption, Savings and Investment 

functions; fiscal and monetary policy; trade, balance of payments, inflation 

unemployment, growth and development. 

13. IRP 120: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

This course seeks to introduce students to the elementary concepts, values and 

philosophy of the discipline of human resource management and to lead them to 

appreciate the curriculum they are expected to get through so as to become professionals 

in the area. Topics to be covered include functional areas of human resource 

management, supply and demand characteristics of labour, organization of the personnel 

313

functions, manpower planning, motivation, leadership styles, training and development, 

performance appraisal, disciplinary procedures, employee welfare. 

14. BUS 120: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 

This course seeks to introduce the students to the basic foundational knowledge of 

human resource management, theories and practices dealing with factors in people and in 

the work environment which influence people and management. 

15. GST 214: BASIC OMPUTER STUDIES 

Introduction to using personal computer hardware and software. Using personal 

computers as effective problem-solving tools for the present and future. Experience with 

common application software including word processing, spreadsheet, database 

management and electronic communication. 

16. FRE 188: FRENCH II 

Continuation of FRE 187, with specific focus on the acquisition of words and 

expressions that are related to the professional interests/orientation of the students. 

17. PSY 101: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY II 

Learning: Human Development; Personality; consumer Psychology; Abnormal 

Psychology; Forensic/Legal Psychology. 

18. POL 113: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN POLITICS 

The course focuses on the nature of the African state, politics and economy. It explains 

the impact of colonialism, neo-colonialism on the African State. It also pays particular 

attention on succession problems in post-colonial Africa, military rule and its impact on 

democratization. 

19. SOC 122: NIGERIAN HERITAGE 

The course is designed to examine the response of the Nigerian culture to change. At the 

end of the course, the student should have a full grasp of the concepts of social heritage, 

social change and culture and be able to distinguish between material and non-material 

culture. It is believed that all aspects of culture do not respond uniformly to the process 

of change. The concept of socialization as being responsible for the most enduring 

314

aspect of culture will be pursued. An idea that should engage students’ attention relate to 

the issue of which aspect of our heritage can be commercialized and which aspect should 

be combined with the borrowed culture to produce that which can contribute more 

meaningfully to national development. 

20. ACC 120: INTRODUCTION TO COST ACCOUNTING 

The course is designed to introduce students into elements of cost accounting as a 

foundation for coping with more advanced studies in later semester. The course covers 

the Nature and Scope of Cost Accounting; Break-Even Analysis and Cost-Volume- 

Profit-Relationship; Marginal costing and absorption costing; Material Pricing; and 

Quantitative Models for Materials. 


21. ACC 210: PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 

The nature and scope of accounting; the role of accountants. The accounting function 

and its relationship with the information systems of organizations. Accounting 

procedures and systems. Double entry book-keeping accounting systems, the trial 

balance, accruals, prepayments and adjustment; classification of expenditure between 

capital and revenue. Methods of recording account data: manual and mechanical. 

Manufacturing, trading and profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of a sole trader; 

Accounting treatment of control accounts and bank reconciliation. 

Partnership Accounts: formation, operation and preparation of final accounts. 

Incomplete records, accounts of clubs and societies. 

Company accounts: Introduction to company accounts; Simple final accounts. 

22. CIL 308: BUSINESS LAW 

The Nigerian Legal System Source of Nigeria Law; hierarchy of Nigerian Courts, 

Commercial arbitration. Law of Contracts; Commercial contracts: Passing off and “Trade 

Libel” Company law; Introduction to Company Law, powers and functions of Directors. 

Introduction to Taxation Laws. 

23. GST 201: GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES 

Library Studies, Evolution, Sudanese States, Early History. 

315

24. INS 210: INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE 

Historical developments of insurance. Insurance carries the risk of an institution. The 

scope of insurance. The general functions of insurance. Detailed analysis of the various 

classes of insurance. Company organization and operations. The insurance contract and 

its analysis. Social insurance, pension schemes. Group insurances. Current legislation in 

Nigeria on insurance business. 

25. ECN 211: MICRO ECONOMICS II 

The analysis stresses aggregate economic variable treated algebraically and graphically. 

Course topics include the determination of the level of economic activity, the basic 

model of national income determination, the theories of consumption and investment. 

The Keynesian classical and neo-classical theories 

of money. Inflation, output and employment and the general equilibrium of the product, 

money and labour markets. The level of employment and economic growth. 

26. FIN 210: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE 

The nature and risks of finance: The limited liability company. The firm and its 

objectives. The objective of financial decisions. The financial function-investment, 

financing and dividend. Financial Management as a tool for planning and control of 

company operations. Principles for planning and control of company operations, sources 

of finance-short and medium term, long-term. The stock market; Functions, meaning of 

market price, market value and market participants: Information available to investors: 

economy, industry and company information. Understanding company financial 

information: Ratio analysis based on balance sheet information: short-term ratios, 

performance ratios and financing ratios. Various “markets” ratios derived from price 

dividend and earnings-earnings yields, dividend yield and price seaming ratio. Mechanics 

of discounting – compound interest, present value, annuities, terminal values and 

perpetuities. Arithmetic and geometric progression. Investment, consumption and 

exchange. 

27. BUS 211: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT 

The fields of Business Administration. Concepts of management. Managers, authority, 

responsibility, accountability, and administration. Organic Business functions. What 

managers and top administrators do in organizations. Managing the total organization 

316

using the systems approach. Organisations as open social systems. Examples of 

manufacturing, services and agricultural business units as systems of inputs, 

transformation processes, outputs, and feedback. 

The management process. The functions performed by managers in organizations, their 

rationale, and their limits on controlling business activities and behaviour. Setting 

objectives: Planning and Organising resources. Controlling and co-ordinating activities. 

Directing, Innovating, Motivating personnel. Staffing; Providing leadership by reducing 

or preventing uncertainty. Making decisions. Management knowledge, skills, and 

behavioural styles in Nigeria. 

Management techniques observable in Nigerian Organisations. New concepts of 

management that may be applied in Nigeria. Measuring the performance of organization. 

Making changes in existing parastatals and business establishments in Nigeria. 

28. IRP 210: FOUNDATIONS OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 

To familiarize students with the broad field of Industrial Relations and thereby provide a 

foundation for subsequent courses in industrial relations. The course provides a general 

introduction to the study of trade unions, employers, organization, collective bargaining, 

industrial conflict, labour economics and labour managerial relations. 

200 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER COURSES 

29. GST 202: GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES II 

Introduction 

Aims and Objectives of the course. To understand the relationship to modern 

management problems. 

Dimensional Characteristics – Size and Area. Position and Prominent Features. 

Physical Characteristics 

Geological Structure and Development, Relief and Landscape, Drainage and hydrograph. 

Climate Characteristics 

Temperature patterns, Wind Systems, Pressure Belts, Rainfall distribution, Intensity, 

Periodicity etc., Ocean Currents. 

317

Biogeographically Characteristics 

Vegetation, Faunal Life, Soils. 

Human Occupancy 

Ethnographic Summary, Population Density and Distribution, Settlement Patters and 

Urbanization, Migration. 

Economic Activities 

Agriculture, Fishing and Forestry, Mining and industrial Development, Power Supply 

and Distribution, The role and Modes of Transportation, External Economic 

Relations/co-operation. 

Political Development 

Leadership, Stability, Role Expectations and Conflict. 

Problems of Modern Development 

Manpower and Training, Dependence Vs Independence, New directions.. 

30. ACC 220: ELEMENTS OF COST ACCOUNTING 

Objectives and purpose of Cost Accounting. The principles underlying the preparation 

and presentation of ‘cost’: viz: historical cost, standard cost, marginal cost, average cost, 

etc. Cost units and cost centers. The elements of cost; and classification of costs. 

Cost accounting for materials, labour, overheads and equipment. Job and process cost 

accounting; elements of marginal costing, standard costing and budgetary control. 

Double entry accounts for cost control. 

31. FBA 220: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS 

Nature of statistics, statistical inquiries, forms and design. The role of statistics, basic 

concepts in statistics, discrete and continuous variables, functional relationships, source 

of data. Methods of collecting primary data. Presentation of statistical data, measures of 

central tendency, measures of dispersion, moments, skewness and kurtosis, elementary 

probability distribution: Normal, Binomial, Poisson and Hyper geometric. 

318

32. BUS 221: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT THEORY 

AND PRACTICE 

The concept of business environment. The concept of organisations. The concept of 

interactions between organizations and relevant business environment. The environment 

of an organization as a source of inputs, and as a repository for the outputs or 

organizations. Models of relationships between organizations and their environment. 

How to measure the major aspects of the environments of an organization. Examples of 

classroom, department, faculty, university, community, state and country, as general 

environment, for given business activities. The Nigerian business system in charts, facts, 

figures and general descriptions; the role of government in the business system. The 

factors affecting public and private organizations in Nigeria. The laws, conventions, 

socio-cultural practice, beliefs, economic structure, financial, monetary, as well as 

budgetary policies of state and Federal Government, affecting organizations. The 

National Rolling Plan and business-activities in Nigeria. The Economic Community Of 

West African States (ECOWAS) as an extension of the environment of business in West 

Africa. How to manage the interface between given organization and their relevant 

environment. Developing awareness of how given variables in the Nigerian business 

environment affect organizational success and failure. Business and management 

strategy formation as a way of dealing with future changes in the environment. 

Techniques of forecasting trends and changes in the environment or organization. 

33. FBA 223: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 

This course deals with effective business communication and covers communication 

theory, fundamentals of business writing, business correspondences, business report 

writing and other forms of business communication. 

34. ECN 221: MACRO ECONOMICS 

National Income Accounting; The Theory of National Income Determination. National 

Income and the Price Level, Economic Planning, Growth and Development. 

35. FIN 220: INTRODUCTION TO MONEY AND BANKING 

The Course objective is to provide students with the knowledge that would enable them 

have a good grasp and understanding of the concepts of money and banking, their roles 

319

and importance in an economy. It also aims at equipping students with the necessary 

tools for the appraisal and formulation of financial policies. Course contents include: the 

nature, forms and functions of money; banking concepts, principles and functions of 

different types of banking institutions, with particular reference to the development and 

structure of the Nigerian banking system. The place of banks in the circular flow of 

income and payments monetary creation, the banks and money supply; the role of non- 

bank financial intermediaries. Financial intermediaries and the savings investment 

process. 

Money and capital markets. 

Students are also introduced to aspects of monetary theories, inflation and credit creation, 

money and economic activity monetary and fiscal policies and international trade and 

finance. 

36. IRP 220: FOUNDATIONS OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 

This course seeks to inculcate in students the values and philosophy of the discipline of 

human resources management and to lead them to appreciate the curriculum they are 

expected to get through so as to become professionals in the area. 

300 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER COURSES 

37. FIN 310: BUSINESS FINANCE I 

This course deals with the investment decisions of the firm under conditions of certainty, 

the problems of mutually exclusive projects, capital rationing and inflation, the 

measurement and usefulness of the cost of capital as a decision and the relevance of 

dividend decision for the firm are discussed. Students will also be introduced to the 

concept of capital market efficiency and the pricing of capital assets. 

38. CIL 306: COMPANY LAW 

General Introduction 

Formation of company 

Incorporation documents 

Corporate doctrines 

Administration of company 

Capital 

Determination. 

320

39. FBA 310: BUSINESS STATISTICAL METHODS 

Elementary Sampling Theory, Estimation Theory, Student’s distribution, 

Statistical decision Theory, Tests of Hypotheses for small and large samples, Chi-square 

distribution and Test of Goodness of fit, Linear Regression, Correlation Theory, index 

Number, Time Series and Analysis of Time Series. 

40. FBA 311: BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 

This course is designed to provide an introductory platform of information system for 

business students. It is designed also to familiarize students with organizational and 

managerial foundations of systems, the technical foundation for understanding 

information system in enhancing business processes and management decision making 

across the enterprise and the process of building and managing systems. 

Introduction to and fundamentals of Data Processing-brief history and conventional data 

Processing methods; manual methods and mechanized methods, classification of systems 

and their relative merits closed loop and open loop systems: effect on time-tag; the total 

system approach and objectives; total systems and subsystems. 

Data processing and management information systems (MIS), the organization of MIS 

including the use of mechanical and electronic accounting machines, flow charting and 

the principles of systems design and documentation. Managerial uses of the information 

output as a basic for developing criteria and systems. Information needs of management 

and design of MIS. Computer and Data Processing-evolution of the computer and the 

Computer system input, output and central processing unit Hardware and Software, 

Introduction to common computer programming languages used in business (COBOL, 

FORTRAN, SPSS etc) Electronic Data Process (EDP) methods; batch processing, real- 

time processing and the management of EPD, Business Systems hierarchical structure of 

Organizations; the sub-optimization issue. 

41. ACC 310: COST ACCOUNTING 

A review of the history, principles and objectives (in terms of users) of Cost Accounting 

(Information). Preparation and presentation of Cost Accounting information for various 

users and levels of management as well as various types of businesses. Cost Accounting 

aspect of materials, labour, and overheads. Integrated and uniform costing, Job costing 

321

(including contract and batch). Process costing (detailed treatment of joint and by- 

product as well as spoilage). Marginal costing (Breakeven and Cost-Volume-Profit 

Analysis). Standard costing and budgetary control - variances and variance analysis: 

quantity, rate, cost and efficiency variances; behavioural aspects of cost accounting. 

Topical issues in cost accounting. 

42. GST 307: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CORPORATE 

GOVERNANCE I 

Knowing your Business Environment 

. Starting your own Business 

Managing your Own Business 

Funding, Servicing and Financing Your Own Business 

Corporate Governance 

43. ACC 311: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 

Company Accounts: formation, issue and redemption of shares and debentures, final 

accounts, merging, amalgamation, absorption, etc, including statutory requirements of 

company accounts in respect of each area. Advanced partnership accounts: admission, 

retirement, dissolution, change of interest, including the treatment of goodwill on 

admission/retirement, conversion of partnerships of limited companies, amalgamation of 

partnerships. 

Departmental and Branch Accounts (Home and Foreign Branches). Introduction to 

interpretation of accounts and financial statements analysis - Funds flow statements. 

44. ACC 312: TAXATION I 

Outline of Nigerian system of Income Tax: administration; structure and procedures, 

returns, assessment, appeal, postponement, collection - with reference to all necessary 

legislations. Distinction between the taxation of income and the taxation of capital. 

Personal Income Tax: The law and practice of income tax relating to individuals, 

exempting, and treatments of losses. Computation and assessable income 

commencement and cessation of trade or business. 

322

Company Tax: The principles and scope of company tax. The small company 

provisions, including definitions, computations and exemption. Capital Allowances. 


45. BUS 320: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (HUMAN RESOURCE 

Course Contents 

MANAGEMENT) 

An overview of Personnel Management, Human Resource Planning, Staffing – 

Recruitment, Selection and Placement, Training and Development, Compensation 

Management, Performance Appraisal, Employee Discipline, Labour – Management 

Relations. 

46. ACC 320: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING I 

The nature and objectives of Management Accounting. The preparation, interpretation 

and presentation of business budget, forecasts and other advanced forms of cost accounts 

in aid of Management. 

Budgets and Budgetary Control. To include short and long-term budgeting, relationship 

between budgets and Standard Costing. 

Preparation of budgets of various types. Types of standard and significance and analysis 

of causes of variances. 

Behavioural considerations with reference to known authoritative works. Participation, 

negation, budgetary slack, feedback. 

A review of process costing, product costing, including joint and by products and their 

application to decision-making situations. 

An introduction to investment decision making; returns on capital employed and the 

payback period, basic discounting techniques. Internal Rate of Return and Net Present 

Value. 

Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis; different models. 

323

47. FIN 320: BUSINESS FINANCE I 

Deals with the financial decisions of the firm. Topics to be covered include sources of 

finance and the raising of new finance by business enterprises, working capital 

management, lease financing, mergers and acquisitions. The techniques of financial 

planning and control: the interpretation and analysis of financial statements. Other 

special problem areas relating to the financing, of the unincorporated business, small 

business and agricultural financing in Nigeria will be analysed. 

48. ACC 321: ACCOUNTING THEORY 

The nature and role of accounting theory. A brief history of the development of 

accounting theory. Types of methodology of accounting theory. The regulatory 

framework and the impact of government on the development of accounting theory. The 

Accounting Profession, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, An overview of the 

International financial Report Standards (IFRS), the Companies and Allied Matters Act, 

Securities and Exchange Commission, Stock Exchange, etc. Accounting concepts - a 

review of their evolution, implication, conflicts and possible alternatives. The 

measurement of periodic income-net income concepts, revenue and expenses, gains and 

losses (including extraordinary items), criticisms of reported net income and the 

problems of net income measurement. The measurement of capital. The balance sheet: 

valuation of assets and liabilities. The impact of price-level changes on financial 

statements and methods of accounting for them. 

Social Responsibility Accounting, Corporate Social Responsibility. Human Resources 

Accounting. 

The Current Issues in the Development of Accounting Theory-the work of standards- 

setting bodies (Local and International). 

49. ACC 322: PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING 

The nature and purpose of an audit. The role of the auditor - internal audit, external 

audit, reporting responsibilities, appointment, dismissal, resignation. The concepts of 

“true and fair”, “independence of auditor”. Relationship of auditors to directors, 

shareholders and other users of financial statements. 

324

Audit planning - initial review of accounting system, evaluation of internal control 

system and procedures, development of an audit programme. Audit procedures, 

vouching of accounts, verification of assets, sampling techniques, flowcharting, 

stocktaking procedures, letter of representation; the audit report, statutory requirement 

for audit report (Companies and Allied Matters Act, 1990, as amended). Types of audit 

report, professional requirements, duties and power under statute and case law, 

independence and ethical considerations. 

50. ACC 323: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN ACCOUNTING 

This course is designed to train students in the skills of scientific information gathering, 

analysis and interpretation in dealings with business and organizational problems in 

Nigeria. Through reading, assignment and direct experience, students will be exposed to 

the art of problem identification and analysis, data gathering and analysis and report 

writing. Emphasis will be placed on the scientific approach at every stage. The 

problems and prospects of business research in a seller’s market like Nigeria will be 

examined. 

51. GST 308: ENTREPRENEURSHIP & CORPORATE 

GOVERNANCE II 

This is the practical to GST 307. It covers proposal writing, business briefs and 

feasibility studies and defence. 

400 LEVEL FIRST SEMESTER COURSES 

52. ACC 410: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING II 

The application of statistical techniques for the presentation of accounting information. 

Accounting reports for boards of directors, other executives and external users. 

Information for decision-making; elements of decision-making. Cost concepts and 

decisions; use, meaning and measurement of relevant incremental and marginal costs; 

meaning of opportunity costs; optimization, with limiting factors; idle capacity. 

Applications of decision-making; adoption of new products; product mix; alternative 

methods of manufacture; discontinuing product lines; make or buy and sell or process 

325

further; shut down and temporary closure, conversion, etc. Valuation of shares and 

business - going concern and break-up basis. 

53. ACC 413: RESEARCH PROJECT 

An empirical research on a contemporary issue in the field of accounting under a 

designated Supervisor should be conducted by every final year Student. A Research 

Report should be submitted for grading. 

54. BUS 410: BUSINESS POLICY AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

Concepts of Strategy in relation to businesses, corporations, and management. Ideas of 

linkage between organisation and their relevant environments as the basis of strategy 

formulation and implementation. Concepts of policies, decision-making, business 

objectives, performance criteria, structure, and managerial behaviour. The major 

contributions of courses in finance, accounting, insurance, economics, behavioural 

sciences, and management to business policy and decision-making. Practice in 

calculating simple financial and economic indices from business data and other 

accounting information. Teaming the behavioural implication of courses of action that 

are considered rational on the basis of financial and economic indices computed. The 

course will emphasis the use of all salient ideas gained from other courses in the 

undergraduate programme. 

The strategic framework. Examples of basic corporate objectives. Factors in the 

business environment of specific firms in Nigeria. 

Analysing a firm’s opportunities and threats, strengths and weaknesses. Selecting 

strategies and structure. Deriving the strategies, policies and structures, of public limited 

liability companies from their published annual reports. Developing the skills of students 

in developing clear business objectives, writing clear strategies and policies, and 

presenting structures that are capable of being used in implementing chosen strategies. 

55. ACC 411: ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I 

Review of company accounts. Group accounts - preparation of consolidated accounts, 

elimination of intra-group balances and profit on intra-group transactions. Treatment of 

minority interest and cost of control balance. 

326

Accounting problems of group companies, including multinationals, takeovers, mergers, 

reconstructions, reorganizations, associate companies. Accounting for acquisitions and 

mergers. 

Accounting for foreign operations - foreign branches/affiliates, methods of conversion, 

etc. 

Valuation of shares and business - going concern and break-up basis. 

Bankruptcy and insolvency - requirements of the statute and accounting for bankruptcy 

and insolvency. 

56. ACC 412: PUBLIC SECTOR ACCOUNTING 

Introduction to public sector accounting - distinction between public and private sectors, 

basic accounting for not-for-profit (NFP) organizations, unique characteristics of NFP, 

classification of NFP; basic characteristics of governmental accounting. 

Structure of governmental accounting in Nigeria, the treasury, audit department, 

consolidated revenue fund, capital and development fund. 

Financial accounting and analysis - use of self accounting system, fund accounting 

system and standardized uniform forms of transactions. 

Decision-making and planning and control of public fund - application of costing 

method; budgeting processes; the use of Audit Department; accounting for local 

government; education and health institutions, Planning, Programming and Budgeting 

System (PPBS). 

Recent developments and issues in the public sector - implication of Nigeria’s 

membership of the ECOWAS and effect of restructuring the public sector. 

327

57. FBA 410: QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

This course is designed to expose students to advanced quantitative techniques with a 

view to ensuring they possess the ability to cope with and tackle management decision 

problems. Topics covered include mathematical programming, transportation and 

assignment models, conflict analysis and game theory, project management and other 

operations research models, replacement, inventory, line balancing, routing and 

sequencing, search, markov chains. 

58. ACC 414: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING 

Preamble 

The world has become a global village, courtesy of advancement in technology. 

Accounting graduates need to be aware of the linkages, ramifications, conditions and 

demands of the global economy. 

Accounting is the language of business. The knowledge of international accounting will 

produce accounting information that reflects the internal reporting to business managers 

operating in different nations and cultures. 

Objectives 

At the end of the course, students should have been exposed to: 

- Standard international accounting techniques 

- The descriptive and the normative solutions to international accounting problems 

- Trade – off between the integration and differentiation of issues within each areas 

of international accounting 

- Opportunities to explore the new facets of international accounting. 

Contents: 

The need for International Accounting 

International Diversity in Accounting 

Exchange Rate Risk Management 

Organizational and performance Evaluation of Multinational operations. 

Capital Budgeting for Multinationals 

Accounting for Foreign currency Transactions and Translation 

Accounting for Inflation Internationally 

International Taxation and Value Added Taxation. 

328

59. ACC 415: INTRODUCTION TO MINES ACCOUNTING 

Course Objective 

Exploration of Mineral Resources has the potential to impact seriously on the economy, 

the environment and the culture of a people. The impacts go beyond the present 

generation to several future generations. Mining is a specialized operation dominated by 

Multinational Companies with huge Capital outlay and good appetite for risks. The 

course will expose undergraduate Accounting students to the peculiarities of mining 

projects and help them develop skills in managing and accounting for mining operations 

in a way that will result in a sustainable development. 

Course Outline 

The Course covers the following areas: 

1. Geological Concepts 

- Minerals, rocks; Ore deposits 

- Types of Ore deposits 

- Exploration methods 

2. Mineral Mining and Processing Methods 

3. The Environment of Mining in Nigeria 

- Legal Framework 

- Regulatory Framework 

- Social/Ethnical issues in Mining 

4. Mineral Resource Taxation 

- Royalty/Income Taxation 

- Tin Capitalization 

- Tax Treatment and Multinational Mining companies (MMNC) 

- Transfer Pricing and use of Subsidiaries 

- Capital allowance and Mining operations. 

5. Governance in Mining Environment 

- Sustainability Concept/Resource Curse 

- The concept of sustainable development 

329

- Sharing benefit streams among levels of Government 

- Mining and Inter generational Equity 

- Managing Income Streams for Sustainable development 

- Tripple bottom-line Reporting 

6. Investment in Mining Operation 

- Mining project appraisal and approval process 

- Mining Life Cycle 

7. Mining and the Environment 

- Mining Project development Life cycle 

- Site Environmental baseline conditions 

- Environmental Impact of Mines through Mine Life Cycle 

60. FIN 418: INTERNATIONAL MONETARY RELATIONS AND 

FINANCIAL SYSTEMS 

Students will be exposed to various aspects of the basis for international exchange, 

balance of payments analysis, international monetary financial cooperation and the 

international monetary reforms as they affect developing countries. 


61. ACC 420: AUDITING AND INVESTIGATION 

The provisions of the Companies and Allied Matters Act, 1990 (as amended) as they 

affect the auditor. Advanced auditing procedures - internal control procedures: 

organization structure; separation of duties and responsibilities, authorization procedures, 

physical controls and suitability of personnel, revenues; purchases; inventory and cash 

cycles; cut-off procedures -sampling and statistical techniques; system design and audit 

considerations. 

Audit Policy - audit of group accounts - overseas subsidiaries; assessment of materiality 

and the application of judgment in matters to be disclosed. The post-audit client review. 

The audit of accounts of solicitors and charitable and other non-profit-oriented 

undertakings. 

Auditing of computer-based accounting system. 

330

The study and evaluation of internal control systems, EDP, flow charting, attributable 

sampling; statistical sampling in performing the audit, use of specialists. 

Investigation - Investigation for clients prior to investment in or acquisition of a business. 

Prospectus investigation; special investigations and report. 

62. BUS 420: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

Organic business functions of marketing, production, finance and personnel in Nigeria. 

Management process of corporate planning, budgeting and control, business 

performance appraisal, managing by objectives, motivating group and individual efforts 

and generally relating an organization to the changes taking place in the environment. 

Predicting the dynamic environment. Anticipating the impact of environment changes on 

strategies and performance of a firm. Analysis of the role of employee and managerial 

behaviour in success or failure of strategy implementation. Problem of matching 

organization with strategy and introducing change in the way members of the firm 

execute given tasks. The issues of learning and unlearning in the interest of adjusting 

strategies and policies to a firm’s performance experience. Strategy in the functional 

areas. Determining the markets and marketing strategies for Nigerian firms and products. 

Research and Development strategies in Nigeria. Production and Procurement strategies. 

Personnel and Industrial Relations strategy in Nigeria. The design of financial strategies 

and policies. Behavioural and structural strategies for implementing chosen business 

strategies integrated analysis. Recent developments affecting the strategy formulation 

and implementation processes of firms in Nigeria. 

63. ACC 421: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND 

COMPUTER APPLICATION 

Introduction to and fundamentals of Data Processing - brief history and conventional data 

processing methods. Manual methods and mechanized methods. Classification of 

systems and their relative merits. Closed loop and open systems: effect on time-lags, the 

total approach and objectives; total systems an sub-systems. 

Data processing and Management Information Systems (MIS). The organization of MIS, 

including the use of mechanical and electronic accounting machines, flow charting and 

the principles of systems design and documentation. 

331

Managerial uses of the information output as a basis of developing criteria and systems 

information needs of management and design of MIS. 

Computer and Data Processing evolution of the computer programming languages used 

in business (COBOL, FORTRAN, SPSS, etc.). Electronic Data Processing (EP) 

methods; batch processing, real-time processing and the management of EDP. 

Business systems; hierarchical structure of organizations; the sub-optimisation issue. 

64. FBA 420: CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

This course will provide students with an overview, historical perspectives, theories and 

principles of CSR, stakeholder and social contract issues concerning corporate 

governance and sustainability. Other topics to be covered include business ethics, ethical 

management practices and corporate behaviour performance evaluation and reporting, 

globalisation and CSR, CSR and not for profit organisations, CRS and leadership, 

institutions relating to CSR. 

65. ACC 422: TAXATION II 

Business Taxation - Computation of tax, loss relief and capital allowances (including 

change of date of reporting, change of fiscal year, and loss of office) with particular 

reference to companies. Relief for small companies and pioneer companies. 

Capital Gains Tax - as affecting companies; re-organisation, merger, takeover, close 

companies, disposal of assets - directly and indirectly. 

Computation of capital gains tax and deductions allowed, valuation of assets. 

Replacement of business assets (roll-over relief). 

Petroleum Profit Tax. 

Taxation of overseas activities - corporate and individuals, tax implications of overseas 

investment. The treatment of branch/subsidiary companies. Repatriation of funds and 

tax implications, dividends, double taxation. 

Current issues in Taxation. 

332

66. ACC 423: ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II 

Accounting for transactions - joint ventures, hire purchase, goods and sales or return, 

royalties, containers, consignments, investment and securities, bill of exchange and 

pension fund. 

Accounting for banks and insurance companies, with special reference to relevant 

legislations. 

Interpretation of financial statements - ratio analysis, analysis of working capital and 

statements of sources and application of funds and cash flows; and objectives of 

disclosure. 

67. ACC 424: INTRODUCTION TO PETROLEUM ACCOUNTING 

Course Contents: 

An introduction to the Petroleum Industry: Basic Terms and concepts, an overview 

of Petroleum Exploration and production and history of the petroleum industry in Nigeria 

Petroleum Economics: A focus on Adding Reserve Value and Petroleum Economics 

Today from a global perspective. 

Organization of an Exploration & Prospecting Company: Exploration Department, 

Drilling and Production Department, Marketing Department, Administrative Department, 

Organization of the Accounting functions, and Information Systems. 

Accounting Principles for Oil & Gas Producing Activities: Historical background, 

Classification of cost incurred, Capitalization overview under successful Efforts 

Accounting, Overview of Amortization under successful Efforts Accounting, Chart of 

Accounts, Analysis of Accounts for Successful Efforts Accounting, Overview of Full 

Cost Accounting and Overview of income Tax Accounting with special emphasis on 

petroleum Profit Tax. 

68. ACC 425: FORENSIC ACCOUNTING 

The objective: Globally, forensic accounting is viewed as one of the hottest career 

tracks. Therefore, exposure of undergraduate accounting students to the area will equip 

333

them with financial crime investigative and litigation support engagement service skills. 

Demand for individuals possessing forensic accounting education and skills is on the 

increase. Thus, acquisition of forensic accounting knowledge will make accounting 

graduates more desirable in the employment market. 

The Course: Basically, Forensic Accounting entails 

Financial Crime Investigations, and Litigation support Engagement Services. 

Course Outline: The course covers the following areas: 

An Overview of accounting profession: past, present and future; the nature and scope of 

forensic Accounting, forensic Accounting and other related disciplines, theories of crime 

and the nature of ‘man’, analysis of financial crime investigation, rules of evidence and 

why investigations fail, approaches to litigation support engagement services 

An overview of financial crime laws, and financial crime investigative and prosecuting 

agencies in Nigeria. Corporate governance and ethics, the future of forensic accounting 

education and practice in Nigeria. 

334

COURSE CONTENT 

B.Sc. Business Administration 

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

B.Sc. Business Administration Curriculum 

100 Level First Semester 

Compulsory Courses Units Classification 

FBA 110 Algebra for Business Students 3 C 

ECN 111 Elements of Economics I 3 C 

GST 105 Use of English 2 C 

BUS 101 Introduction to Quantitative Techniques 3 C 

ACC 110 Introduction to Accounting 3 C 

Sub Total 14 

Optional Two Units – 

SOC 111 Introduction to Sociology 2 E 

PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology 2 E 

POL 101 Introduction to Political Science 2 E 

Any other course or courses from other Departments in the University Sub Total 02 

100 Level Second Semester 


FBA 120 Calculus for Business Students 3 C 

ECN 121 Elements of Economics II 3 C 

BUS 102 

IRP 120 

BUS 120 

Theory of Administration 

Elements of Human Resource 

Management 

Principles of Management 

3 

3 

3 

C 

C 

C 

Sub Total 15 

Optional Two Units 

PSY 101 Elements of Psychology 2 E 

HIS 110 Introduction to Economic History 2 E 

Any other course or courses from other Department in the University 

Sub Total 02 



ACC 210 Introduction to Management Accounting 3 C 

INS 210 Introduction to Insurance 3 C 

GST 201 General African Studies I 2 C 

GST 214 Introduction to Computer 2 C 

FIN 210 Introduction to Finance 3 C 

BUS 212 Introduction to Business & Labour 

Economics 

3 C 

Sub Total 16 

Optional Two Units: 

FRE 187 French I 2 E 

ECN 221 Microeconomics 2 E 

Sub Total 02 

335



ACC 220 Elements of Cost Accounting 3 C 

FBA 220 Introduction to Business Statistics 3 C 

BUS 221 Introduction to Mgt & Biz Environment 3 C 

GAS 202 General African Studies II 2 C 

FBA 223 Business Communication 3 C 

Sub Total 14 

Optional Six Units 

FIN 220 Money and Banking 3 E 

INS 220 Principles and Practice of Insurance 3 E 

ECN 221 Macroeconomics 3 E 

Sub Total 06 



FIN 310 Business Finance I 3 C 

CIL 308 Business Law 3 C 

FBA 310 Business Statistics Methods 3 C 

FBA 311 

GST 307 

BUS 310 

Business Information Technology 

Entrepreneurial &Corporate Governance I 

Production Management & Control I 



BUS 410 Business Policy& Strategic Management 3 C 

FBA 410 Quantitative Methods 3 C 

BUS 412 Management Theory 3 C 

Sub Total 09 

Optional Nine Units: 

BUS 413 Operational Research 3 E 

BUS 415 Marketing Research 3 E 

336 

3 

2 

3 

C 

C 

C 

Sub Total 17 



FIN 320 Business Finance II 3 C 

FBA 321 Research Seminar 3 C 

GST 308 Entrepreneurial &Corporate Governance 2 C 


BUS 320 Principles of Marketing 3 C 

IRP 320 Personnel Management 3 C 

Sub Total 15 

Optional Six Units 

FIN 321 International Trade and Finance 3 E 

BUS 321 Corporate Planning and Strategy 3 E 

BUS 323 Production Management & Control II 3 E 

BUS 324 Introduction to Quality Control 3 E 

PSY 310 Psychological Study of Behaviour 3 E 

Sub Total 06

BUS 416 Comparative Management and 

Administration 

3 E 

BUS 417 Sales Management 3 E 

Sub Total 09 



BUS 420 International Business 3 C 

FBA 420 Corporate Social Responsibility 3 C 

BUS 411 Research Project 3 C 

BUS 423 Entrepreneurial Development 3 C 

BUS 429 Change Management 3 C 

Sub Total 15 

Optional Six Units: Units Classification 

BUS 421 Industrial Relations 3 E 

BUS 422 Promotion 3 E 

FIN 427 Practice of Banking 3 E 

IRP 422 Motivation and Productivity in Industry 3 E 

Sub Total 

06 

Total Compulsory 115 

Total Electives 33 

Grand Total 148 

337


FBA 110: ALGEBRA FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS (3 units) 

Objective: The design of this course is intended to provide a solid foundation in algebra and 

primarily to introduce students to mathematics reasoning substituting symbols for verbal 

statements. Some basic concepts and operations are further introduced that will be required for 

course ii of mathematics for business. These include the concepts and manipulation of sets, real 

and imaginary numbers vector matrices and determinants. 

Course contents 

1. Mathematical and symbolic logic: Elements of symbolic logic definitions, statements, 

demonstration and axioms. 

2. Inductive and deductive systems. Analysis of simple and compound statements, the truth 

table. 

3. Concepts of sets, null-sets, group and field. Set operation cordiality, equivalence, 

correspondence. 

4. mapping and transformation-mapping into line and the plane (graphing solution sets) 

5. Real number systems. Base of real number systems 

6. Introduction to complex number-definition (real and imaginary parts) Equality, addition 

and multiplication. Complex conjugate. Absolute value the argued diagram. 

7. Introduction to vectors: the zero. Multiplication by scalar, the addition of vector, the 

zero. Multiplication. Equality addition and multiplication. 

8. Matrix-Definition, Scalar Multiplication by scalar, Equality addition and multiplication. 

9. The Zero matrix and unit matrix. The transpose and inverse of a matrix. Application to 

linear simultaneous equations. 

10. Determinants-introduction. Multiplication by a scalar. Equality and addition. Minor and 

cofactors. Application of determinants to linear simultaneous equations. 

ECN 111: PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMIC (3 units) 

Elementary presentation of microeconomic theory. Topics include the nature and scope of 

economics and the distinction between micro and macroeconomics; tools of economic analysis 

and scientific method; basic concepts in economics; the price theory; consumer behaviour; 

theory of supply especially analysis of production costs, equilibrium of the profit maximizing 

firm, and types of competition; factor market analysis and the theory of distribution; introduction 

to welfare economics. 

GST 105: THE USE OF ENGLISH (2 units) 

338

The course is designed to enable students acquire improved study skills and better 

communicative skills in the use of English for general and academic purposes at the university 

level. The emphasis in GST 105 is on developing through lectures/discussions and weekly 

exercises students’ study skills, listening, reading and comprehension skills, improved 

knowledge of English grammar and usage: vocabulary development, etc. all of which are needed 

to provide a smooth transition from the secondary school to the university in terms of the 

language needs for academic purposes. 

BUS 101: INTRODUCTION TO QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to introduce students to the formulation and solution of 

business problems using quantitative techniques. It is based on modelling techniques for 

management decisions. The students are introduced to different decision environment situations, 

elements of decision analysis and models (tools) for analysing decision problems. 


Elements of Decision Analysis, Types of Decision Situations, Decision Trees; Operational 

Research Approach to Decision Analysis, Systems and system Analysis; Modelling in OR, 

Simulation; Cases for OR Analysis, 

ACC 110: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING (3 units) 

Objective: the design of this course is to introduce the students to the basic concepts of 

accounting, its structure, standards and definitions. 


- Definition of Accounting 

- Double Entry Principles 

- Steps involved in Book – Keeping 

- Books of Original Entry & Posting to the Ledger 

- Cash Transaction & Bank Reconciliation 

- Trial balance 

- Final Accounts and sole Proprietor and Adjustment. 

SOC 111: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (2 units) 

The course is intended to expose new students to the elementary concepts, tools and techniques 

of Sociological analysis. The course is divided into five parts: 

i. Part A: Elements of Sociological Analysis 

ii. Part B: Social Organisational/Group Behaviour 

iii. Part C: elements of Sociological Problems 

iv. Part D: Analysis of major Sociological Problems 

339

v. Part E: Issues of Sociological Interest 

PSY 100: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (2 units) 

The course will look into the definitions and basic concepts and history of Psychology, 

psychological basis of behaviour, social basis of behaviour, motivation and emotion, sensation 

and perception. 

POL 101: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE (2 units) 

This course introduces students to the theme and nature of politics and political science. It is to 

emphasize issues relevant to political discourse and practices. It also introduces the students to 

the languages and basic concepts of politics. The student is later introduced to the methods of 

political science. 

FBA 120: CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge of the relationship 

between variables. The basic algebraic functions and co-ordinate geometry-the straight line, the 

conic sections and transcendental functions; Trigonometric, Logarithmic and Exponential 

functions – are to be thoroughly dealt with. Further, the student is introduced to differentiation 

and integrations involving the basic functions. 


1. Discrete and continuous variables. The idea of function-even and odd function sample, 

rational and composite algebraic functions. Graphs of these functions. 

2. The Straight line in Various forms 

3. The circle, parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola 

4. Trigonometric functions: definition of Sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant and 

cosecant. Circular measures (the definitions of the radius) graphs of 0, Cos 0, tan 0 and 

cot θ 

5. Logarithmic functions. The definitions and laws of logarithm. Simple operations on 

logarithms functions: graphs of logarithmic function 

6. Exponential functions: the definitions of Corporation as (1=1/ n) when n is very large. 

The expansions of esc and its graph. 

7. Differential calculus: limits of functions. Derivatives of elementary functions. 

8. Derivatives of implicit functions. Simple applications to geometry and dynamics. Partial 

derivatives. 

9. Maxima, minima and points of – inflexion. Application to curve tracing. 

ECN 121: ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS II (3 units) 

340

Elementary treatment of macroeconomic theory which includes the following topics: the circular 

flow of income and system of national income accounting; basic Keynesian model and national 

income determination; consumption, savings and investment functions; fiscal and monetary 

policy; trade, balance of payments, inflation, unemployment, growth and development. 

BUS 102: THEORY OF ADMINISTRATION (3 units) 

Objective: The course is designed to expose students to the rudiments of Administration. This 

will provide solid foundation to the understanding of Business Administration. It will expose 

students to the general theory of Administration and Management. Topics for discussion shall 

include, but not limited to the following: 

1. Introduction to Management 

2. Distinguishing Management, Administration and Organisation. 

3. Management: Art or Science? 

4. Introduction to management Theories 

5. Management levels and functions 

6. Managerial Skills 

7. Management Roles 

8. Organic functions of Business functions in Administration 

9. Functions of Management 

IRP 120: ELEMENTS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to introduce the students to the basic foundational knowledge of 

human resource management; theories and practices dealing with factors in people and in the 

work environment which influence people and problems. 


The course covers the functional area of human resource management: 

Supply and demand characteristics of labour- by type; Organisation of the personnel functions; 

Manpower Planning; Motivation; Leadership styles; Training and Development; Performance 

appraisal, Disciplinary procedures, Employee welfare. 

BUS 120: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to achieve the following objectives: 

(i) Learn the concepts, process and skills associated with Management and Decision Making 

(ii) Learn the techniques of Management and Decision Making 

(iii) Review empirical studies on different aspects of Management Process 

341


The field of business administration. Concepts of management manager, authority, 

responsibility, accountability and administration. Organic business function. What managers and 

top administrators do in organisation? Managing the total organisation using the system 

approach. Organisation as open social systems. Example of manufacturing, services and 

agricultural business units as systems of inputs, transformation processes, outputs and feedback. 

The management process. The functions performed by managers in organization, their rationale, 

and their limits on controlling business activities and behaviour. Setting objectives: planning 

organizing resources. Controlling and co-coordinating activities. Directing innovating, 

motivating personnel. Staffing; providing leadership by reducing or preventing uncertainty. 

Making decisions. Management knowledge, skills and Behavioural styles in Nigeria 

management techniques observable in Nigerian organisations. New concepts of managements 

that may be applied in Nigeria. Measuring the performance of organisation. Making changes in 

existing prostates and business establishment in Nigeria. 

PSY 101: ELEMENTS OF PSYCHOLOGY (2 units) 

This course encompasses psychological function of learning; human development; personality; 

consumer psychology; abnormal psychology; forensic/legal psychology. 

ACC 210: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (3 units) 

Objective: This course has been designed to enable the student to acquire the basic skill in 

financial accounting and the basic concepts and computations associated with management 

accounting. Upon completion of this course it is expected that students will be able to make all 

journal entries and prepare a classified balance sheet of the different type of business 

organisation. 


The nature and scope of accounting; the role of accountants. The accounting function and its 

relationship with the information systems of organisations. Accounting procedures and systems, 

Doubles entry book-keeping accounting systems, the trial balance, accruals, prepayments and 

adjustment, classification of expenditure between capital and revenue. Method of recording 

account date: manual and mechanical, manufacturing, trading and profit and loss accounts and 

balance sheet of sole trader, accounting treatment of control accounts and bank reconciliation. 

Partnership Accounts: Formation, operation and preparation of final accounts. Incomplete 

records, accounts of clubs and societies. Company accounts: Introduction to company accounts; 

simple final accounts. 

INS 210: INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE (3 units) 

342

Objective: This course is designed to provide student with an overview of the basic insurance 

principles. At the conclusion of the course, students should be able to 

� Have an understanding of many basic insurance principles. 

� Become familiar with many of the insurance terms 

� Understand how the insurance business operates. 

� Be aware of how the insurance employee fits into the big picture of the insurance 

business. 


Historical developments of insurance. Insurance carries and institutions. The scope of insurance. 

The general functions of insurance. Detailed analysis of the various classes of insurance. 

Company organization and operation. The insurance contract and its analysis. Social insurance, 

pension schemes. Group insurances. Current legislation in Nigeria on insurance business 

GST 201: GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES (2 units) 

� Library Studies, Evolution, 

� Sudanese States, 

� Early History. 

FIN 210: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE (3 units) 

Objective: This course serves as a foundation to the more advanced courses in financial 

management taught at the 300 and 400 levels. The objective is to equip students with the basic 

tools, concepts and the institutional background to financial decision-making. Emphasis is on the 

micro aspects of finance treated at an introductory level. 

BUS 212: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS AND LABOUR ECONOMICS (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of the labour 

economy along with ways of modelling the behaviour of the labour market. The course also 

examines and discusses labour market issues such as labour demand and supply, employment, 

unemployment and wages. 


Nature of labour problems in Developing Countries, Labour Force, Definition and Concepts, 

Determinations of sizes and Composition of Labour Force; Concepts of Unemployment; 

Industrial and Occupational Distribution of Labour force. The informal Sector and the modern 

sector, Labour Force. The informal sector and the modern sector, Labour Market Theories, 

Economic of Wage Determination. Features of Nigerian Labour Market, Manpower 

Development. 

343

ACC 220: ELEMENTS OF COST ACCOUNTING (3 units) 

Objective: The course is aim to introduce the students to the accounting practices used for and 

the control of material, labour and overhead costs. Job-order, process cost and standard cost 

systems. At the end of the course, students should be able to: 

� Describe the cost concepts, cost-behaviours and cost accounting techniques 

� Be able to apply the knowledge of cost accounting to the different types of organizations 

� Apply cost concepts and cost behaviours in the solving of management decision. 

� Determine the costs of products and services 

� Analyze the profitability of a product or service 


Objectives and purpose of Cost Accounting. The principles underlying the preparation and 

presentation of cost: viz: historical cost, standard cost, marginal cost, average cost e.t.c, cost 

units and cost centers. The elements of cost, and classification of costs. 

Cost Accounting for materials, labour overheads and equipment. Job and process cost 

accounting; elements of marginal costing, standard costing and budgetary control, Double entry 

accounts for cost control. 

FBA 220: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to introduce the students to the nature of statistics and the 

importance of statistics in business. It covers ways to organize, describe and present data; it also 

introduces the concept of probability. The students will also explore computational methods for 

presenting data called descriptive statistics. By the end of this course, students should be able to 

� Classify statistical studies as either descriptive or inferential 

� Distinguish between discrete and continuous variables and data. 

� Organize, summarize and display data on a meaningful way. 

� Compute various measure of centre, variability end position of data sets 

� Distinguish between various elementary probability distributions. 


Nature of statistics, statistical inquires forms and design, the role of statistics, basic concepts in 

statistics, discrete and continuous variables, Functional Relationships, Source of Data. Methods 

of collecting primary Data, Presentation of statistical data, Measures of Central Tendency, 

Measures of Dispersion, Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis, Elementary Probability 

Distributions: Normal, Binomial, Poisson and hyper geometric. 

344

BUS 221: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS 

ENVIRONMENT (3 units) 

Objective: At the end of the lecture of this course the following learning objectives would have 

been achieved. 

1. The definitions and the concept of business environment. 

2. The structure and types of businesses in Nigeria (CAMA, 1990) level of the 

environment. 

3. The Internal and External Environmental factors of organisations. 

4. The relationship or linkage between business and its environment. 

5. Impact of environmental uncertainty managers’ decision-making ability. 

6. Various strategies managers may use to manage the environment. 


The concepts of business environment, the concept of organizations, the concept interactions 

between organizations and relevant business environments, the environment of an organization 

as a source of inputs, and as a repository for the outputs of organizations, Models of 

relationships between organizations and their environments. How to measure the major aspects 

of the environments of an organization, Examples of classroom, department, faculty, university, 

community, state and country, as general environments, for given business activities. The 

Nigerian business system in charts, facts, figures and general descriptions; the role of 

government in the business system, the factors affecting public and private organisation in 

Nigeria, the laws, conventions, socio-cultural practice, beliefs, economic structure, financial, 

monetary, as well as budgetary policies of state and federal Government, affecting organisations. 

The national Rolling Plan and business-activities in Nigeria, The ECOWAS as an extension of 

the environment of business in West Africa, how to manage the interface between given 

organisations and their relevant environment Developing awareness of how given variables in 

the Nigerian business environment affect organisational success and failure. Business and 

management strategy formation as a way of dealing with future changes in the environment 

Techniques of forecasting trends and changes in the environment of organisation. 

GST 202: GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES (2 units) 

Outline 

i. Introduction 

a) Aims and Objectives of the course. The relationship to modern management 

problems. 

b) Dimensional Characteristics – Size and Area. Position and Prominent Features. 

ii. Physical Characteristics: Geological Structure and Development, Relief and Landscape, 

Drainage and hydrograph. 

iii. Climate Characteristics: Temperature patterns, Wind Systems, Pressure Belts, Rainfall 

distribution, Intensity, Periodicity, and Ocean Currents etc. 

iv. Biogeographically Characteristics: Vegetation, Faunal Life, Soils. 

v. Human Occupancy: Ethnographic Summary, Population Density and Distribution, 

Settlement Patterns and Urbanization, Migration. 

345

vi. Economic Activities: Agriculture, Fishing and Forestry, Mining and Industrial 

Development, Power Supply and Distribution, the Role and Modes of Transportation, 

External Economic Relations/Cooperation. 

vii. Political Development: Leadership, Stability, Role Expectations and Conflict. 

viii. Problems of Modern Development: Manpower and Training, Dependency vs. 

Independence, New directions. 

FBA 223: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3 units) 

Objective: The course deals with effective Business Communication. The subject matter is to 

provide the bases for understanding the problems and principles of communicating in business. 

The course will cover the following: 

(I) Communication Theory 

� the role of communication on the business organization 

� model of the communication Theory 

� words and meaning 

� some malfunction of communication 

(II) Fundamentals of Business writing 

� principles of clear Business writing 

� qualities of effectives correspondence 

(III) Business correspondences 

� situations Requiring Directness 

� indirect situations 

� persuasive Requests and collection 

� sales and Applications 

� memorandums 

(IV) Business Report Writing 

� Reports: problems, organization, and Interpretation 

� Reports: Determination of make up 

� Reports: Techniques of Writing 

� Reports: Visual Communications 

(V) Other Forms of Business Communication 

� public speaking and oral reporting 

� additional oral communication activities 

� non verbal communication 

� technology of Business communication 

FIN 220: MONEY AND BANKING (3 units) 

Objective: The course objective is to provide students with the knowledge that would enable 

them have a good grasp and understanding of the concepts of money and banking, their roles and 

346

importance in an economy. It also aims at equipping students with the necessary tools for the 

appraisal and formulation of financial policies, 


Course contents include; the nature, forms and functions of money; banking concepts, principles 

and functions of different types of banking institutions, with particular reference to the 

development and structure of Nigerian banking. The place of banks in the circular flow of 

income and payments monetary creation, the banks and money supply; the role of non-bank 

financial intermediaries 

INS 220: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF INSURANCE (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide a broad knowledge of insurance principles and 

practice, relevant legal principles, an overview of the various classes of insurance and the 

participants in the industry and their relationship to each other. The students at the end of this 

course should be 

� Acquitted and have good understanding of the general principle of insurance 

� Able to understand the insurance markets 

� Able to know how to handle claim and disputes in the practices of insurance 


The general principle of insurance; insurable interest, utmost good faith, indemnity subrogation 

& contribution; proximate cause. Insurance and wagering. The insurance markets; insurers and 

insured; broker and agents. Insurance Association and Organisational insurance in practice; 

physical and moral hazards, premiums, renewals. Claim and disputes in the practices of 

insurance, Insurance Marketing. History of Insurance legislation in Nigeria. 

ECN 221: MACROECONOMICS (3 units) 

The analysis stresses aggregate economic variable treated algebraically and graphically. Course 

topics include the determination of the level of economic activities, the basic model of national 

income determination, the theories of consumption and investments. The Keynesian classical 

and neo-classical theories of money. Inflation, output and employment and the general 

equilibrium of the product, money and labour markets. The level of employment and economic 

growth. 

FIN 310: BUSINESS FINANCE I (3 units) 

Objective: This course enables students to know exactly the role of the financial manager in 

any organization. It equips students with the basic that used by the financial manager for 

detecting and eliminating potential corporate problems and help students appreciate the 

347

importance of cost of capital as a decision tool. The students will also be introduced to how 

the financial manager makes investment decision under certainly and uncertainly. The 

student as the end of the course should be able to: 

� Understand investment decisions to be made by a firm under conditions of certainly 

and uncertainly 

� Understand the usefulness of the cost of capital as a decision tool. 

� Basic concept of capital market 

� Carry out the pricing of capital assets. 


This course deals with the investment decisions of the firm under conditions of certainty and 

uncertainty, the problems of mutually exclusive projects, capital rationing and inflation, the 

measurement and usefulness of the cost of capital as a decision and the relevance of dividend 

decision for the firm are discussed. Students will also be introduced to the concept of capital 

market and the pricing of capital assets. 

CIL 308: BUSINESS LAW (3 units) 

� The Nigerian Legal System Source of Nigeria Law; hierarchy of Nigerian Courts, 

Commercial arbitration. 

� Law of Contracts; Commercial contracts; Passing off and “Trade Libel” 

� Company law; Introduction to Company Law, powers and functions of Directors. 

� Introduction to Taxation Laws. 

FBA 310: BUSINESS STATISTICAL METHODS (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to demonstrate to the student the use of various statistical 

procedures and techniques. The course covers the basics of statistics including sampling 

distribution, confidence interval; and hypothesis testing. At the end of the course students should 

be able to: 

� Explain the key concepts and theory of the following statistical method: interval 

estimation, sampling, hypothesis testing, correlation and regression analysis 

� Explain the possibilities of applying methods of statistical analysis to business problems 

� Select adequate statistical methods for real data analysis. 

� Analyze and interpret results of statistical computation. 


Elementary Sampling Theory, estimation theory, student’s t distribution, statistical Decision 

Theory, tests of hypotheses for small and large samples, Chi-square Distribution and Test of 

Goodness of fit, Linear Regression, Correlation, Index Number, Time Series Analysis . 

348

FBA 311: BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to provide an introductory platform of information systems for 

business and management to students. It is designed to familiarize students with organizational 

and managerial foundations of system the technical foundation for understanding information 

systems in enhancing business processes and management decision making across the enterprise 

and the process of building and managing systems in organizations. 


Introduction to and fundamentals of Data Processing-brief history and conventional data 

Processing methods; manual methods and mechanized methods, Classification of systems and 

their relative merits Closed loop and open loop systems: effect on time-lag; the total system 

approach and objectives; total systems and subsystems. 

Data processing and management information systems (MIS), the organizations of MIS 

including the use of mechanical and electronic accounting machines, flow charting and the 

principles of systems design and documentation. Managerial uses of the information output as a 

basic for developing criteria and systems. Information needs of management and design of MIS. 

Computer and Data Processing- evolution of the computer and the Computer system input, 

output and central processing unit Hardware and Software, Introduction to common computer 

programming languages used in business (COBOL, FORTRAN, SPSS etc) Electronic, Data 

processing (EDP) methods; batch processing, real-time processing and the management of EPD, 

Business Systems hierarchical structure of Organizations; the sub-optimization issue. 

GST 307: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (2 units) 

A. Knowing your Business Environment 

� Definition of Entrepreneurship, business, environment, governance and other 

basic concepts. 

� Role of entrepreneurship in national development 

� Motivation of entrepreneur 

� The Nigerian business environment and its interdependence with the ECOWAS, 

and other regional trade bodies in Africa. 

� The Government and its policy objective for assisting small and medium 

enterprises (SMEs). 

� Functions of various support agencies e.g. NEPC, NAPEP, NDE, RMRDC, and 

Industrial Development Centre. 

B. Starting your own Business 

� The attributes of entrepreneurship factors and skills to be considered. 

� Project Types and Selection 

� Forms of Business organization: sole trader, partnership, limited liability 

Company Business Registration and Legal Framework 

349

� Sources of Information and identification of the key processes involved. 

� Preparation of feasibility report/business plan. 

C. Managing your Own Business 

� Effective business management 

� Marketing strategies 

� Staff welfare and productivity 

� Recruitment, training and development 

� Time management 

� Health and safety issues including management of HIV/AIDS in the workplace. 

Concept of project management. 

D. Financing Your Own Business 

� Sources for finance for SMEs in Nigeria 

� .Role of banks in financing SMEs in Nigeria. 

� Interpreting financial statements 

� Analysis of cash flows and profitability of business 

� Working capital management – with emphasis on stocks and debtors 

management. 

E. Corporate Governance 

� Corporate governance and its importance in business management. 

� The nature and essence of governance 

� Governing principles of good corporate governance: Vision, Mission, Goal 

setting. 

� Effective communication. 

� Accountability and long term business planning 

� Business ethics. 

BUS 310: PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL I (3 units) 

Objective: The course is designed to introduce the students to the concepts, problems, and 

techniques, applicable to the operations of a vanity of business organizations. The emphasis is on 

decision making in operational stress such as: facility requirements, and utilizations, control and 

coordination of resource inputs and outputs, types of transformation/conversion processes and 

performance measurement. 


Elements of Production; Production and process Design and Management; Faculty Location and 

Layout; Modern Tools and Machinery of Production; Standards Definition; Line Balancing; 

Automation; Production Scheduling and Control; Work Measurement; Maintenance of Tools 

and Equipment; Quality Control. 

350

FIN 320: BUSINESS FINANCE II (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide a comprehensive array of knowledge and skills to 

manage the finance function of a modern organization, and to provide the necessary background 

both to understand and to apply financial-management techniques. On completion of the course, 

the students should be able to. 


� Understand different sources of finance to an organisation. 

� Be acquitted the knowledge of raising of new finance for business enterprises 

� Manage organization working capital 

� Apply the techniques of financial statements in making financial decision. 

Deals with the financial decisions of the firm topics to be covered include sources of finance and 

the raising of new finance by business enterprises, working capital management, lease financing, 

mergers and acquisitions. The techniques of financial statements, other special problem areas 

relating to the financing, of the unincorporated business, small business and agricultural 

financing in Nigeria will be analysed. 

FBA 321: RESEARCH SEMINAR (3 units) 

Objective: The aim of the course is to introduce students to the theories and practical 

implications of research methods. This course is designed to train students in the skills of 

scientific information gathering, analysis and interpretation in dealings with business and 

organizational problems in Nigerian. Through reading, assignment and direct experience, 

students will be exposed to the art of problem identification and analysis, data gathering and 

analysis and report writing. Emphasis will be placed on the scientific approach at every stage. 

The problems and prospects of business research in a seller’s market like Nigeria will be 

examined. 

GST 308: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE II (2 units) 

Contents: This is the practical to GST 307. It covers proposal writing, business briefs and 

feasibility studies and defence. 

BUS 320: PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING (3 units) 

Objective: The course is supposed to introduce to all business students the basic problems and 

practices in Marketing Management. 


351

A. Introduction: Marketing definition, concept, Evolution, Role and Importance; The 

Marketing System. 

B. Market Analysis: The marketing Environment; Buyer Behaviour; Market 

Segmentation; Market Measurement and Forecasting. 

C. The marketing Mix: The product Concept, Development and Life Cycle; Product 

Classification and Marketing Strategies; Pricing; Management of the Channels of 

Distribution. 

D. Promotion: Advertising; Personal Selling; Public Relations and Sales Promotion; 

Marketing of Professional Services. 

E. Appraising the Marketing Effort. 

IRP 320: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the essentials of managing people 

working in organizations. The first part discusses theories of motivation, job satisfaction and 

leadership’s styles. The latter part of the course focuses on the functional aspects of Personnel 

Management, Recruitment and Selection of Personnel, Performance Appraisal, Manpower 

Planning, Training and Development, Disciplinary Procedures, Employee Welfare. 

BUS 323: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL II (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to acquit the students with techniques and application of control 

concepts in the design of inventory, production, quality and project-planning systems. 


The emphasis is on advanced discussion of production management topics. Areas of Coverage 

will include inventory control project planning, forecasting, aggregate planning, quality control 

and material resource planning. 

BUS 324: INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY CONTROL (3 units) 

Objective: The objective of this course is to make students familiar with many of the techniques 

and concepts of quality management. The course examines concepts, tools, and techniques used 

in the management and measurement of quality, productivity, and competitiveness in local and 

international environment. On completion of the course, the student should be able to quickly 

and easily identify and correct errors in quality control measures. 


Concepts of quality control; objectives of quality control; consequences of quality control; costs 

associated with quality control. 

352

Manufacturing quality; inspection of purchased materials and parts, inspection during 

manufacture, inspection of finished products, Control charts; types of control charts; the 

variables control charts, Attributes control charts and Walds sequential control chart. 

Acceptance sampling; single double, and multiple sampling schemes. 

The use of the “Average outing quality limit” (AQOL) of a single sampling table; the use of Lot 

Tolerance Per cent Defective (LTPD). 

Computers in quality control; dimension signals; acceptance or rejection signals. 

People as inspectors, item characteristics with a defined standard; inspector variable (i.e.) 

measurements, inspection of attributes (i.e. assessments). 

Local and International regulations of Quality control. Quality control cases. One (1) month 

Factory Experience. 

FIN 321: INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge of fiscal and 

monetary policies as stabilization measures for an economy. 


This course deals with the fiscal and monetary policies as stabilization measures for an 

economy. The instruments, and targets of money and fiscal policies, the effect of such policies 

on macroeconomic aggregates, like unemployment, level of income, inflation, e.t.c. The 

controversy with regards of the most potent of the different stabilization policies, the 

international monetary organizations like IMF as they affect the national economic development 

are also treated. 

BUS 321: CORPORATE PLANNING AND STRATEGY (3 units) 

Objective: The objective of this course is to provide a working knowledge of the process of 

formal strategic planning and strategy in large organisations. 

1. This course is to enable you learn the concepts, principles and skills associated with 

Corporate Planning and Strategy. 

2. Learn the techniques of Strategic Planning and Strategy carry out practical exercises to 

master the techniques in Strategic Planning and Strategy. 

3. Review empirical studies in different aspects of Corporate Planning and Strategy. 


1. The concept and theory of planning 

2. Strategic planning 

3. Organisational Goals and Objectives 

353

4. Environmental study and analysis (SWOTS/TOWS) 

5. Technological forecasting 

6. Socio-Political forecasting 

7. Industry Analysis 

8. Planning tasks and techniques 

9. Operational planning and the resource allocation process 

10. Organization for planning 

11. Organizational and behavioural aspects of planning 

12. Role and skills of the corporate planner. 

13. Managing and corporate planning processes. 

BUS 329: ENTREPRENEURIAL STRATEGY (3 units) 

This course emphasizes how entrepreneurial strategy focuses on creating structural change or 

responding to change induced externally. It also covers Grabber-holder dynamics as an 

analytical framework for developing entrepreneurial strategy to increase success in creating and 

shaping the diffusion of new technology or product innovation dynamics. It examines 

entrepreneurial attributes such as innovation, creativity, and opportunity recognition, coupled 

with managerial attributes such as strategic management, planning, and budgeting, and the 

synergistic impact these attributes have on all types of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations; 

drawing heavily on the principles of microeconomics and strategy. It includes modelling, case 

studies, and a term project. 

Topics Include 

• First mover versus follower advantage in an emerging market 

• Late-comer advantage and strategy in a mature market 

• Strategy to break-through stagnation 

• Strategy to turn danger into opportunity 

PSY 310: PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDY OF BEHAVIOUR (3 units) 

This course is designed to acquaint students with the problems of industrial and organizational 

psychology and how it affects their lives as job applicants, employees, managers, and 

consumers. 

BUS 410: BUSINESS POLICY AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3 units) 

Course Objectives 

Business Policy course seeks to impart knowledge, concepts and develop skills and attitudes 

required to effectively manage organisations in the final year of the B.Sc. (Hons) programme. 

The course will utilize the knowledge of the functional areas such as marketing, finance, 

354

accounting, human resources management and others. The course will enable students to achieve 

the following. 

(i) Learn the concepts, principles and skills associated with Business Policy and Decision 

Making 

(ii) Learn the techniques of Business Policy and Decision Making 

(iii) Carry-out practical exercises to master the techniques in Business Policy & Decision 

Making. 

(iv) Develop a bibliography of texts and journal articles in Business Policy & Decision 

Making. 

(v) Study and present comparative reviews of text-books in Business Policy. 

(vi) Review empirical studies on different aspects of Business Policy & Decision Making. 

This course relates to how the directors and top managers of business as well as other 

organizations shape the futures of their establishments. Organizations operate in complex 

environments. Aspects of the complexity of such environments may concern economic, legal, 

socio-cultural, political, technological, competitive and industrial factors in a business 

environment to keep changing over time. Different qualities of an environment in which given 

organizations are operating may exert various effects upon such organizations. Top managers 

have a central task of ensuring that their establishments: can continuously interest with their 

environment in terms of the changes taking place in specific critical factors in such 

environments. Business organizations do exist to perpetuate themselves through effective 

operations and dynamic performance. The job of competitively keeping an organization in a 

state of profitable interaction with its environment is vital and subtle one. It requires suitable 

strategies to guarantee good performance and minimum possible operational difficulties that 

could lead to poor performance. 

Irrespective of one’s area of specialization, this course provides an opportunity for approaching the field 

of business administration as an entity. Decisions affecting what type of business an organization goes 

into or gets out of do require all the skills gained from the functional areas. Issues pertaining to the supply 

and demand of given products and services require the insights of economic theory. The environment in 

which a business is being done warrants that social sciences be engaged in the understanding and 

predicting its texture. Subjects such as law, sociology, government, anthropology, African history and 

culture, mathematics, business, ecology, geography, and economic development, for example, do have 

contributions to make our appreciation of business environments. 


Concepts of Strategy in relation to business, corporations and management. Ideas of linkage 

between organization and their relevant environments as the basis of strategy formulation and 

implementation. Concepts of policies, decision-making, business objectives, performance 

criteria, structure, and managerial behaviour. The major contributions of courses in finance, 

accounting, insurance, economics, behavioural sciences, and management to business policy and 

decision-making. Practice in calculating simple financial and economic indices from business 

data and other accounting information. Teaming the behavioural implication of courses of action 

that are considered rational on the basis of financial and economic indices computed. Emphasis 

of course as from for using all salient ideas gained from other courses in the undergraduate 

355

programme. The strategy framework. Example of basic corporate objectives. Factors in the 

business environment of specific firms in Nigeria. Analyzing a firm’s opportunities and threats, 

strengths and weaknesses. Selecting strategies and structure. Deriving the strategies, policies and 

structures, of public limited liability companies from their published annual reports. Developing 

the skills of students in developing clear business objectives, writing clear strategies and 

policies, and presenting structure that are capable of being used in implementation chosen 

strategies. 

Organic business functions of marketing, production, finance, and personnel in Nigeria. 

Management process of corporate planning, budgeting and control, business performance 

appraisal, managing by objectives, motivating group and individual efforts, and generally 

relating an organisation to the changes taking place in the environment. Predicting the dynamic 

environment. Anticipating the impact of environment changes on strategies and performance of 

a firm. Analysis of the role of employee and managerial behaviour in success or failure of 

strategy, implementation. Problem of matching organisation with strategy, and introducing 

change in the way members of the firm execute given tasks. The issues of learning and 

unlearning in the interest of adjusting strategies and policies to a firm’s performance experience. 

Strategy in the functional areas. Determining the markets and marketing strategies for Nigerian 

firms and products. Research and Development strategies in Nigeria. Production and Procedural 

strategies. Personnel and Industrial Relations strategy in Nigeria. The design of financial 

strategies and policies. Behavioural and structural strategies for implementing chosen business 

strategies Integrated analysis. Recent developments affecting the strategy formulation and 

implementation processes of firms in Nigeria. 

FBA 410: QUANTITATIVE METHODS (3 units) 

Objective: This course builds on the foundation of introduction to quantitative techniques. It is 

designed to expose students to advanced quantitative techniques with a view to ensuring that 

students possess the ability to cope with and tackle management decision problems. 


Mathematical Programming; Transportation Model, Assignment Model, Conflict Analysis and 

Game Theory, Project Management, other OR Models: Inventory, Replacement, Line Balancing, 

Routing and Sequencing, and Search, Markov chains. 

BUS 412: MANAGEMENT THEORY (3 units) 

The following course objectives will be achieved during the lectures: 

1. To enable you bring together pieces of information you have come across on theories in 

the physical and social sciences. 

2. To provide linkage of the ideas of theories in the area of management and unified them 

into coherent explanations of management activities. 

356

3. To examine the structures of simple management theories. 

4. To assist you initiate your own theory of management, bearing in mind the sociocultural 

influences of the Nigerian society. 

5. To facilitate your practice of management theory ultimately. 


Concepts of theory in the physical and social sciences. Levels of theory. The features of theory 

management. Links between management theories and management models. Practice of 

management conduct as a test of good management theory. Existing difficulties to developing 

useful management theories in Nigeria and other developing countries. Consideration of simple 

theories of management from the classic to modern times. For instance; the scientific 

management movement and the managerial behavioural movement. Theory X and Theory Y. 

The Grid Approach. Participative models. Management by objectives Quantitative and 

behavioural control models. Testing specific theories from, the Nigeria socio-culture experiences 

of managing extended family issues, to settling group conflicts, of securing productivity at work, 

of maintaining control over the forces in the environment. Theories observable in the way 

Nigerian parastatals are being managed. Expatriate management approaches to work in Nigerian 

organizations. The confluence of management philosophy, management theory, and managerial 

behaviour in Nigeria. Criteria for locating bad management practices, and ideas of how better 

management theories may be introduced to particular Nigerian organizations. 

BUS 413: OPERATIONS RESEARCH (3 units) 

Course Objectives 

This course is designed to expose students to advanced techniques of operational research with a 

view to ensuring that students possess the ability to cope with and tackle complex management 

problems. 


1. Advanced Mathematical Modelling 

I. Current methodologies 

II. Modules for Mathematical Modelling 

2. Systems Models 

I. Systems dynamics 

II. Advanced simulation 

3. OR Modelling Tools 

I. Statistics and probability theory 

II. Computer uses 

4. Advanced Mathematical Programming 

Concepts, formulation, analysis and application of 

I. Dynamic Programming 

II. Non-linear programming 

III. Integer programming 

357

IV. Goal programming 

5. Queuing Theory and Applications 

I. Theory of Stochastic process 

II. Theory of queues 

III. Applications to Business 

6. Advanced theories of Games 

I. Two person, zero sum feature and limitations 

II. Metagames and Hypergames 

III. Applications to Business 

BUS 415: MARKETING RESEARCH (3 units) 

Objective: The course is designed to introduce students to the application of analytical tools to 

marketing problems including markets, products, distribution channels, sales effort and 

advertising, Emphasis on planning, investigation, collection, interpretation of data and 

presentation of results. 


A. Marketing Research & Decision Marketing 

Research Design 

Value & Cost of Information 

B. Secondary Data 

Survey Research, Panels and Export Factor 

Experimentation 

C. Measurement & Research 

Concepts of Management 

Questionnaire Design 

Attitude Scales 

Observation, Depth Interview & Projective 

Techniques 

D. Sampling & Research 

The Sampling Process: Identification of the population size and the sample size and the 

methods of selecting the sample frame. 

E. Analysis of Data 

Data Reduction 

Statistical Techniques 

Problem Identification Research 

Market Segmentation, Market Potential 

Market share & Sales Analysis 

Sales Forecasting 

Problem Solution Research 

Product & Pricing Research 

Promotion & Distribution Research Control 

358

Evaluation & Reporting of Marketing Research 

Ethical Issues in Marketing Research 

BUS 416: COMPARATIVE MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION (3 units) 

Objective: The course seeks to provide students with a comparative assessment of management 

styles and practices acnes different settings and contexts. It introduces the students to the private 

and public management styles employing a compare/contract approach. On completion of the 

course, student should be able to analyze the main similarities and differences that exist in these 

two contexts though a companion at the distinct management styles that exist 


The comparative approach to management and administration. Elements of management and 

administration. The skills of management in private and public sector. The military administer 

the civil servant, the manager, as interchangeable experts. Constraints of organizational setting 

on the management of group activities. Profiles of Nigerian executives that have moved from 

public to private sectors, and vice versa. The use of management techniques in public 

administration. Nigerian experiences in modernizing the management of public corporations. 

The use of management consultant and management contracts in streaming the operations of 

Nigerian Railways, Nigerian Ports Authority, Nigerian Airways, and the Nigerian national 

Petroleum Corporation. Theories of comparative administration. Theories of comparative 

management. Constraints imposed on managerial discretion in public corporations a human 

resource management model that meets the needs of private and Public sectors. Selected 

problems in comparative management and administration. Motivating personnel, controlling 

performance, rewarding performance, training and developing staff, introducing change, and 

modifying employee behaviour. An inventory of practices that could be usefully transferred 

between public and business organizational in Nigeria. The change-agent role of Nigerian 

professional in undertaking comparative management and administration research. 

BUS 417: SALES MANAGEMENT (3 units) 

Objective: the course is intended to provide students with the knowledge of organization and 

Management of Sales Department, Sales planning, forecasting and analysis. Selection, training 

and motivation, compensation & control of sales force. 


I. Introduction 

Evaluation of sales Department, Sales Management, Objectives of Sales 

Management, Sales Executive as Coordinator. 

II. Sales Management & Control 

Setting Selling-personal Objectives, Determining Sales Policies, Formulating 

Personal-Selling Strategy. 

III. Organizing the Sales Effort 

359

The Sales Executive Job. The Sales Organisation, Sales Department Relations, 

Distributive Network Relations. 

IV. Sales Force Management 

Personnel Management in the Selling Field, Recruiting & Selecting Sales 

Personnel, Planning & Conducting Sales, Training Programme Instructions in 

Sale Technique Motivating the Individual Sales Person, Sales meeting & Sales 

Contests, Compensating Sales Personnel Assigning Personnel to Territories; 

Evaluating & Supervising Sales Personnel. 

V. Controlling Sales Effort 

The Sales budget, Quotas, Sales Control & Analysis 

BUS 420: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide the students with the dimensions of international 

business. It seeks to define international business and describe how it differs from domestic 

business. At the end this course student should be able to: 

� Explain why companies engage in international business and why its growth has 

accurate 

� Describe the major countervailing force that affects international business. 

� Analyze the different types of legal, political and economical systems influencing 

international business 

� Analyze the different types of legal, political and economical systems influencing 

international business. 


The course focuses on the international dimension of business, including trade, financial and 

foreign investment patterns, and problems and policies at the corporate and national levels. It 

covers theoretical, institutional and case analyses of major issues, including the impact of 

international codes and organizations on corporate policies in home and host countries, the effect 

of changing governmental policies on strategies for managing international operations. Using a 

wide range of data sources, cases, and other empirical studies, each student will prepare an 

individual study of a specific company and country. 

FBA 420: CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (3 units) 

Objective: Over the years, a growing number of countries and companies have recognised the 

benefits of ethics and Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) policies and practices in business. 

Developing a CSR strategy, based on integrity and sound values into a long-term approach 

offers both business benefits to a corporations and positive contributions to civil society as a 

whole. Graduates of universities will eventually find themselves occupying strategic positions in 

industry and public organisations, hence, the need to impact in them theoretical and practical 

knowledge in CSR. 

360


This course will provide students with an overview of CSR, historical perspectives, theories and 

principles of CSR, stakeholder and social contract, issues concerning corporate governance and 

sustainability, business ethics, ethical management practices, and corporate behaviour, 

performance evaluation and reporting, globalization and CSR, CSR in not for profit 

organizations, CSR and leadership, Institutions relating to CSR. 

BUS 411: RESEARCH PROJECT (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to find out the understanding and real life application of the 

students knowledge of the course on research seminar. It is aimed at developing students’ skill in 

analysing and writing reports based on an empirical or library study of a specific subject matter 

or topic in relevant Administration and Management Studies. Students would present a researchbased 

report of not less than 2,000 words at the end of the session. 

BUS 423: ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT (3 units) 

Objective: The main objective of this course is to expose students to entrepreneurial 

development concepts, techniques and practices. In addition it aims at instilling into students the 

necessary skills needed for stating business and assisting in managing the business: 


The course will cover the following 

1. Introduction 

(a) Entrepreneurial Theory 

(b) Definitions of: 

(i) Entrepreneur 

(ii) Entrepreneur 

(iii) Management 

(c) Entrepreneurial Roles 

(d) Characteristics of Entrepreneur 

(e) Interpreneurship and Management 

(f) Entrepreneurship and Interpreneurship 

2. Entrepreneur Theory and the Nigerian Experience 

3. Relevant Environment 

(a) Economic Factors 

(b) Socio-Cultural Factors 

(c) Legal-Political Factors 

(d) Technological 

4. World Economic Systems 

(a) Capitalist Economy 

361

(b) Mixed Economy 

5. Approaches to Entrepreneurship 

(a) Psychological Approach 

(b) Sociological Approach 

(c) Distinctive Competence 

6. The importance of Entrepreneurship 

(a) The Benefits of Entrepreneurship 

(b) Environmental Variables Favouring Entrepreneurship 

7. Launching the Entrepreneurship Organisation 

(a) Barriers to Entry in Entrepreneurship 

(b) Planning of a Strategy 

(c) Choosing an Organisation 

(d) Nurturing the Entrepreneurship spirit 

8. Business Ownership Types in Nigeria 

a) Sole Proprietorship’ 

b) Partnership 

c) Public Limited Company (PLC) 

d) Unlimited Company (ULTD), etc. 

9. Business Formations & Types 

a) Registrations of Business 

b) Incorporation of Companies 

10. Career Development in Business 

(a) What is career? 

(b) The career Planning, Process 

(c) How do people choose careers? 

(d) Career Stages 

(e) Analyzing Career Environment 

11. Feasibility Study 

12. Personal Factors In Starting a Business 

a) Define the Need for Achievement 

b) Define the major Entrepreneurial Characteristics 

c) Ways to Strengthen your achievement/motivation 

d) Rewards and Penalties of owing a business of your own. 

e) The Entrepreneurship Characteristics 

f) Reinforcing Achievement Motivation 

BUS 421: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skill in handling 

industrial relations issues in an organization. It seeks to teach students about current industrial 

relations. The students will also gain an understanding about organizations and government 

employment relations strategies while learning about the different strategies available to all 

organizations. At the completion of this course students should be able to 

362

� Understand theoretical and practical knowledge of people and institutions involved in 

and affected by industrial relations issues (employees, employers, employer associations, 

union, industrial tribunal and other bodies). 

� Understand process used by their participants in negotiating, decisions and the outcomes 

that arise. 


(i) Systems of industrial relations 

(ii) Substantive rules, procedural rules and disciplinary rulers 

(iii) Trade unions – their origins, purpose, structure and government 

(iv) Theories of trade unionism 

(v) Employers association – their objectives, structure, functions, benefits to members. 

(vi) Nigeria employers consultative association (NECA) 

(vii) Collectives bargaining – its theories, structures, procedures, subjects styles and third 

party involvement. 

(viii) Protective labour legislations, labour decrees 

(ix) Strikes and industrial conflicts 

(x) Income policy 

(xi) Payments systems 

(xii) Productive bargaining 

(xiii) International comparisms of industrial relations. 

BUS 422: PROMOTION (3 units) 

Objective: This course is to provide the students with basic insight into the knowledge of the 

promotion process. It is also expected to generate through processes in relation to day-to-day 

problems of being more efficient in the promotion of products to certain and unstable markets. It 

will also review the policies and ethics of promotion. 

Course Content: 

- The Role of Promotion in Marketing 

- Behavioural and Communication, Cultural and Social Conditions 

- Creativity in Promotion 

- Elements of Promotions- Personal Selling 

- Advertising – Sales Promotion 

- Indirect Promotion 

- Management of the Promotion Programmes; Ethical and Legal 

- Environments of Promotion 

BUS 429: CHANGE MANAGEMENT (3 units) 


363

A. Change Management: An Overview 

1) Definition and Meaning 

2) Models and Perspective 

3) Techniques for Change Management 

B. Managing Change in Organisations 

1) Organisational Development and Change 

2) Strategic Change 

3) Continuous Renewal 

4) Innovation versus Continuous Improvement 

5) Business Restructuring, Process Transformation and Total Quality Management 

6) Stakeholder Analysis, System modelling and Cause/Effect Analysis 

7) Change Management and Consulting 

8) Organisational Change, Learning and knowledge Management 

9) Change Management Programs 

� Managerial Choice 

� Managing People 

� Managing Resources 

BUS 427: INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS (3 units) 

This course gives students understanding on basic concepts and tools of modern industrial 

economics and to use these tools to examine importance issues in the organization of firms and 

markets. The course introduces the way markets and industries are structured and the behaviour 

and performance of institutions in competition, cooperation, corporate interaction with other 

organizations. Topics contained therein include: Oligopoly, collusions, determinants of market 

and corporate structures, price discrimination, and antitrust laws and policies. 

FIN 427: PRACTICE OF BANKING (3 units) 

Objective: This course is designed to provide students with knowledge of developing mutually 

fruitful relationship with customers and understand the significance of different types of accent, 

as well as, the implications at events affecting their conduct. 


The prerequisite for this course is FIN 313 (law relating to banking), topics to be covered 

include: Relationship of Banker and Customer-mandates, power of attorney, secrecy, set-offs 

and appropriation of payment. The opening and operation of various types of accounts-private, 

institutional, clubs, societies, churches and trust accounts, bank advances-principles of bank 

lending, securities for bankers’ advances, secured and unsecured advances, Interpretation of 

balance sheets and management accounting for the lending banker. Other topics include: 

Negotiable instruments, guarantees, and property and bankruptcy procedures. 

364

IRP 422: MOTIVATION AND PRODUCTIVITY IN INDUSTRY (3 units) 

Objective: This course seeks to give attention to the knowledge and skills needed to grow and 

sustain performance in an organisation, whether a full company, a department, a division or 

other strategic business unit within an existing organisation by getting the right things done 

through teams of people. 


Social and psychological concepts, principles and techniques involved in the study of workmotivation 

and productivity problems of industrial productivity in Nigerian organisations 

365

ACADEMIC BRIEF (VOLUME II) - Funai

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?